Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Hilcorp Alaska, LLC Production Drilling Support in Cook Inlet, Alaska, 60164-60202 [2024-16112]
Download as PDF
60164
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
[RTID 0648–XD960]
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to
Specified Activities; Taking Marine
Mammals Incidental to Hilcorp Alaska,
LLC Production Drilling Support in
Cook Inlet, Alaska
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental
harassment authorization; request for
comments on proposed authorization
and possible renewal.
AGENCY:
NMFS has received a request
from Hilcorp Alaska, LLC (Hilcorp) for
authorization to take marine mammals
incidental to production drilling
support activities in Cook Inlet, Alaska.
Pursuant to the Marine Mammal
Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is
requesting comments on its proposal to
issue an incidental harassment
authorization (IHA) to incidentally take
marine mammals during the specified
activities. NMFS is also requesting
comments on a possible one-time, 1year renewal that could be issued under
certain circumstances and if all
requirements are met, as described in
Request for Public Comments at the end
of this notice. NMFS will consider
public comments prior to making any
final decision on the issuance of the
requested MMPA authorization and
agency responses will be summarized in
the final notice of our decision.
DATES: Comments and information must
be received no later than August 23,
2024.
SUMMARY:
Comments should be
addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief,
Permits and Conservation Division,
Office of Protected Resources, National
Marine Fisheries Service and should be
submitted via email to
ITP.tyson.moore@noaa.gov. Electronic
copies of the application and supporting
documents, as well as a list of the
references cited in this document, may
be obtained online at: https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/
marine-mammal-protection/incidentaltake-authorizations-oil-and-gas. In case
of problems accessing these documents,
please call the contact listed below.
Instructions: NMFS is not responsible
for comments sent by any other method,
to any other address or individual, or
received after the end of the comment
period. Comments, including all
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
ADDRESSES:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
attachments, must not exceed a 25megabyte file size. All comments
received are a part of the public record
and will generally be posted online at
https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/
national/marine-mammal-protection/
incidental-take-authorizations-oil-andgas without change. All personal
identifying information (e.g., name,
address) voluntarily submitted by the
commenter may be publicly accessible.
Do not submit confidential business
information or otherwise sensitive or
protected information.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Reny Tyson Moore, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427–8401.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
The MMPA prohibits the ‘‘take’’ of
marine mammals, with certain
exceptions. Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and
(D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et
seq.) direct the Secretary of Commerce
(as delegated to NMFS) to allow, upon
request, the incidental, but not
intentional, taking of small numbers of
marine mammals by U.S. citizens who
engage in a specified activity (other than
commercial fishing) within a specified
geographical region if certain findings
are made and either regulations are
proposed or, if the taking is limited to
harassment, a notice of a proposed IHA
is provided to the public for review.
Authorization for incidental takings
shall be granted if NMFS finds that the
taking will have a negligible impact on
the species or stock(s) and will not have
an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for
taking for subsistence uses (where
relevant). Further, NMFS must prescribe
the permissible methods of taking and
other ‘‘means of effecting the least
practicable adverse impact’’ on the
affected species or stocks and their
habitat, paying particular attention to
rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of
similar significance, and on the
availability of the species or stocks for
taking for certain subsistence uses
(referred to in shorthand as
‘‘mitigation’’); and requirements
pertaining to the monitoring and
reporting of the takings. The definitions
of all applicable MMPA statutory terms
cited above are included in the relevant
sections below.
IHA) with respect to potential impacts
on the human environment.
Accordingly, NMFS is preparing an
Environmental Assessment (EA) to
consider the environmental impacts
associated with the issuance of the
proposed IHA. NMFS’ draft EA will be
made available at https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/
marine-mammal-protection/incidentaltake-authorizations-oil-and-gas at the
time of publication of this notice. We
will review all comments submitted in
response to this notice prior to
concluding our NEPA process or making
a final decision on the IHA request.
Summary of Request
On August 2, 2023, NMFS received a
request from Hilcorp for an IHA to take
marine mammals incidental to
production drilling support activities in
Cook Inlet, Alaska. Following NMFS’
review of the application, Hilcorp
submitted revised versions on
September 29, 2023, December 27, 2023,
February 29, 2024, and April 8, 2024.
The application was deemed adequate
and complete on April 12, 2024.
Hilcorp’s request is for take of 12
species of marine mammals, by Level B
harassment. Neither Hilcorp nor NMFS
expect serious injury or mortality to
result from this activity and, therefore,
an IHA is appropriate.
NMFS previously issued an IHA to
Hilcorp for similar work (87 FR 62364,
October 1, 2022). Hilcorp complied with
all the requirements (e.g., mitigation,
monitoring, and reporting) of the
previous IHA, and information
regarding their monitoring results may
be found in the Potential Effects of
Specified Activities on Marine
Mammals and their Habitat section of
this notice.
Description of Proposed Activity
Overview
Hilcorp plans to use three tug boats to
tow and hold, and up to four tug boats
to position, a jack-up rig to support
production drilling at existing platforms
in middle Cook Inlet and Trading Bay,
Alaska, on 6 non-consecutive days
between September 14, 2024, and
September 13, 2025. Noise produced by
tugs under load with a jack-up rig may
result in take, by Level B harassment, of
twelve marine mammal species.
National Environmental Policy Act
Dates and Duration
To comply with the National
Environmental Policy Act of 1969
(NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and
NOAA Administrative Order (NAO)
216–6A, NMFS must review our
proposed action (i.e., the issuance of an
The IHA would be effective from
September 14, 2024, through September
13, 2025. As noted above, Hilcorp
proposes to conduct the jack-up rig
towing, holding, and positioning
activities on 6 non-consecutive days
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
during the authorization period. Hilcorp
would only conduct tug towing rig
activities at night if necessary to
accommodate a favorable tide.
Specific Geographic Region
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
Hilcorp’s proposed activities would
take place in middle Cook Inlet and
Trading Bay, Alaska, extending north
from Rig Tenders Dock on the eastern
side of Cook Inlet near Nikiski to an area
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
approximately 32 kilometers (km) south
of Point Possession, west to the Tyonek
platform in middle Cook Inlet, south to
the Dolly Varden platform in Trading
Bay, and across Cook Inlet to the Rig
Tenders Dock. For the purposes of this
project, lower Cook Inlet refers to waters
south of the East and West Forelands;
middle Cook Inlet refers to waters north
of the East and West Forelands and
south of Threemile River on the west
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
60165
and Point Possession on the east;
Trading Bay refers to waters from
approximately the Granite Point Tank
Farm on the north to the West Foreland
on the south; and upper Cook Inlet
refers to waters north and east of Beluga
River on the west and Point Possession
on the east. A map of the specific area
in which Hilcorp plans to operate is
provided in figure 1 below.
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
60166
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
Han-,AWoa,w:
2024 Geographic Region of Hilcorp bll and Gas
Exploration; Development, Production,
and Decommissioning Activities
;i;!OO Cerue1polnl Dr, Silile 1.00
MchOfBge~"/·~,K 99503
Mapoaie:4125/202ii
AlaSka Albers NAC 1983
0 2;5 SMIies
f--+-1
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
Detailed Description of the Specified
Activity
Hilcorp proposes to conduct
production drilling activities from
existing platforms in middle Cook Inlet
and Trading Bay between September 14,
2024, and September 13, 2025, during
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
which period there would be a need for
an estimated six days of tug activity. For
the preceding months (September 2023
to September 2024), Hilcorp is operating
under an existing IHA (See 87 FR 62364,
October 14, 2022). In 2024, the Spartan
151 jack-up rig (or an equivalent rig)
will be mobilized for production
drilling from the Rig Tenders Dock in
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Nikiski and towed to an existing
platform under the aforementioned
2023–2024 IHA. Tug activities
associated with the current IHA request
would include one demobilization effort
of a jack-up rig (Spartan 151 or
equivalent rig) from an existing platform
to Rig Tenders Dock in Nikiski, one
jack-up rig relocation between existing
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
EN24JY24.000
Figure 1-- Hilcorp's Proposed Activity Location
60167
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
platforms, and one remobilization effort
of the jack-up rig from Rig Tenders Dock
in Nikiski to middle Cook Inlet. A jackup rig is a type of mobile offshore drill
unit used in offshore oil and gas drilling
activities. It is comprised of a buoyant
mobile platform or hull with moveable
legs that are adjusted to raise and lower
the hull over the surface of the water.
Three tugs are needed to safely and
effectively tow the jack-up rig during
moves and to hold it into the correct
position where it can be temporarily
secured to the seafloor. A fourth tug
may be needed to assist with the
positioning of the jack-up rig on
location.
Development drilling activities occur
from existing platforms within Cook
Inlet through either well slots or
existing wellbores in existing platform
legs, and no well construction occurs
during production drilling. All Hilcorp
platforms have potential for
development drilling activities. Drilling
activities from platforms within Cook
Inlet are accomplished by using
conventional drilling equipment from a
variety of rig configurations.
Some platforms in Cook Inlet have
permanent drilling rigs installed that
operate using power provided by the
platform power generation systems;
other platforms do not have drill rigs,
and the use of a mobile drill rig is
required. Mobile offshore drill rigs may
be powered by the platform power
generation system (if compatible with
the platform power generation system)
or may self-generate power with the use
of diesel-powered generators.
While traveling with the jack-up rig
during the proposed moves, the most
common configuration is two tugs
positioned side by side (approximately
30 to 60 m apart), pulling from the front
of the jack-up rig, and one tug
approximately 200 m behind the front
tugs positioned behind the jack-up rig,
applying tension on the line as needed
for steering and straightening. While
positioning the jack-up rig on a
platform, the tugs may be fanned out
around the jack-up rig to provide the
finer control of movement necessary to
safely position the jack-up rig on the
platform.
Upon arrival and readiness to position
the rig adjacent to a platform, a fourth
tug would be on standby to provide
assistance. The fourth tug would not be
expected to extend assistance beyond
one hour. The horsepower of each of the
tugs used during the proposed activities
may range between 4,000 and 8,000.
Specifications of the tugs anticipated for
use are provided in table 1 below. If
these specific tugs are not available, the
tugs contracted would be of similar size
and power to those listed in table 1.
TABLE 1—DESCRIPTION OF TUGS (OR SIMILAR) USED FOR TOWING, HOLDING, AND POSITIONING THE JACK-UP RIG
Length
(m)
Vessel
Activity
Bering Wind ............................
Stellar Wind ............................
Glacial Wind ............................
Dr. Hank Kaplan .....................
Towing, holding, and positioning the jack-up rig ...................
Towing, holding, and positioning the jack-up rig ...................
Towing, holding, and positioning the jack-up rig ...................
Standby tug used only for positioning the jack-up rig, if
needed.
Width
(m)
22
32
37
23
Gross tonnage
10
11
11
11
144
160
196
196
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
Note: m = meters.
The amount of time the tugs are under
load transiting, holding, and positioning
the jack-up rig in Cook Inlet would be
tide-dependent. The amount of
operational effort (i.e., power output)
the tugs use for transiting would depend
on whether the tugs are towing with or
against the tide and could vary across a
tidal cycle as the current increases or
decreases in speed over time. Hilcorp
would make every effort to transit with
the tide (which requires lower power
output) and minimize transit against the
tide (which requires higher power
output).
A high slack tide would be preferred
to position the jack-up rig on an existing
platform or well site. The relatively
slow current and calm conditions at a
slack tide would enable the tugs to
perform the fine movements necessary
to safely position the jack-up rig within
several feet of the platform.
Additionally, positioning and securing
the jack-up rig at high slack tide rather
than low slack tide would allow for the
legs to be pinned down (jack the legs
down onto the sea floor) at an adequate
height to ensure that the hull of the jackup rig remains above the water level of
the subsequent incoming high tide.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
Because 12 hours elapse between each
high slack tide, tugs are generally under
load for those 12 hours, even if the
towed distance is small, as high slack
tides are preferred to both attach and
detach the jack-up rig from the tugs.
Once the tugs are on location with the
jack-up rig at high slack tide (12 hours
from the previous departure), there is a
1 to 2-hour window when the tide is
slow enough for the tugs to initiate
positioning the jack-up rig and pin the
legs to the seafloor on location. The tugs
are estimated to be under load, generally
at half-power conditions or less, for up
to 14 hours from the time of departure
through the initial positioning attempt
of the jack-up rig. One additional tug
may engage during positioning activities
to assist with fine movements necessary
to place the jack-up rig. The fourth tug
is estimated to engage with the three
tugs during a positioning attempt for up
to 1 hour at half power.
If the first positioning attempt takes
longer than anticipated, the increasing
current speed would prevent the tugs
from safely positioning the jack-up rig
on location. If the first positioning
attempt is not successful, the jack-up rig
would be pinned down at a nearby
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
location and the tugs would be released
from the jack-up rig and no longer under
load. The tugs would remain nearby,
generally floating with the current.
Approximately an hour before the next
high slack tide, the tugs would re-attach
to the jack-up rig and reattempt
positioning over a period of 2 to 3
hours. Positioning activities would
generally be at half power. If a second
attempt is needed, the tugs would be
under load holding or positioning the
jack-up rig on a second day for up to 5
hours. Typically, the jack-up rig can be
successfully positioned over the
platform in one or two attempts.
During a location-to-location transport
(e.g., platform-to-platform), the tugs
would transport the jack-up rig traveling
with the tide in nearly all circumstances
except in situations that threaten the
safety of humans and/or infrastructure
integrity. In a north-to-south transit, the
tugs would tow the jack-up rig with the
outgoing tide and would typically arrive
at their next location to position the
jack-up rig on the low slack tide,
requiring half power or a lower power
output during the transport. In a southto-north transit, Hilcorp would prefer to
pull the jack-up rig from the platform on
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
60168
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
a low slack tide to begin transiting north
following the incoming tide. This would
maximize their control over the jack-up
rig and would require half power or a
lower power output. There may be a
situation wherein the tugs pulling the
jack-up rig begin transiting with the tide
to their next location, miss the tide
window to safely set the jack-up rig on
the platform or pin it nearby, and so
have to transport the jack-up rig against
the tide to a safe harbor. Tugs may also
need to transport the jack-up rig against
the tide if large pieces of ice or extreme
wind events threaten the stability of the
jack-up rig on the platform. All tug
towing, holding, or positioning would
be done in a manner implementing best
management practices to preserve water
quality, and no work would occur
around creek mouths or river systems
leading to prey abundance reductions.
Although the variability in power
output from the tugs can range from an
estimated 20 percent to 90 percent
throughout the hours under load with
the jack-up rig, as described above, the
majority of the hours (spent transiting,
holding, and positioning) occur at half
power or less. See the Estimated Take of
Marine Mammals section of this
proposed notice of issuance for more
detail on assumptions related to power
output.
Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and
reporting measures are described in
detail later in this document (please see
Proposed Mitigation and Proposed
Monitoring and Reporting).
Description of Marine Mammals in the
Area of Specified Activities
Sections 3 and 4 of the application
summarize available information
regarding status and trends, distribution
and habitat preferences, and behavior
and life history of the potentially
affected species. NMFS fully considered
all of this information, and we refer the
reader to these descriptions, instead of
reprinting the information. Additional
information regarding population trends
and threats may be found in NMFS’
Stock Assessment Reports (SARs;
https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/
national/marine-mammal-protection/
marine-mammal-stock-assessments)
and more general information about
these species (e.g., physical and
behavioral descriptions) may be found
on NMFS’ website (https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/find-species).
Table 2 lists all species or stocks for
which take is expected and proposed to
be authorized for this activity and
summarizes information related to the
population or stock, including
regulatory status under the MMPA and
Endangered Species Act (ESA) and
potential biological removal (PBR),
where known. PBR is defined by the
MMPA as the maximum number of
animals, not including natural
mortalities, that may be removed from a
marine mammal stock while allowing
that stock to reach or maintain its
optimum sustainable population (as
described in NMFS’ SARs). While no
serious injury or mortality is anticipated
or proposed to be authorized here, PBR
and annual serious injury and mortality
from anthropogenic sources are
included here as gross indicators of the
status of the species or stocks and other
threats.
Marine mammal abundance estimates
presented in this document represent
the total number of individuals that
make up a given stock or the total
number estimated within a particular
study or survey area. NMFS’ stock
abundance estimates for most species
represent the total estimate of
individuals within the geographic area,
if known, that comprises that stock. For
some species, this geographic area may
extend beyond U.S. waters. All managed
stocks in this region are assessed in
NMFS’ U.S. 2022 SARs. All values
presented in table 2 are the most recent
available at the time of publication
(including from the draft 2023 SARs)
and are available online at: https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/
marine-mammal-protection/marinemammal-stock-assessments.
TABLE 2—SPECIES 1 LIKELY IMPACTED BY THE SPECIFIED ACTIVITIES
Common name
Scientific name
Stock
I
ESA/
MMPA
status;
Strategic
(Y/N) 2
I
Stock abundance
(CV, Nmin, most recent
abundance survey) 3
Annual
M/SI 4
PBR
I
I
Order Artiodactyla—Cetacea—Mysticeti (baleen whales)
Family Eschrichtiidae:
Gray Whale .........................
Eschrichtius robustus ................
Eastern N Pacific ......................
-, -, N
26,960 (0.05, 25,849,
2016).
Family Balaenidae
Family Balaenopteridae
(rorquals):
Fin Whale ...........................
Balaenoptera physalus .............
Northeast Pacific .......................
E, D, Y
Humpback Whale ...............
Megaptera novaeangliae ..........
Hawai’i ......................................
-, -, N
Mexico-North Pacific .................
Western North Pacific ...............
T, D, Y
E, D, Y
Alaska .......................................
-, -, N
UND 5 (UND, UND,
2013).
11,278 (0.56, 7,265,
2020).
N/A6 (N/A, N/A, 2006) ....
1,084 (0.088, 1,007,
2006).
N/A 7 (N/A, N/A, N/A) ......
Minke Whale .......................
Balaenoptera acutorostrata ......
801
131
UND
0.6
127
27.09
UND
3.4
0.57
5.82
UND
0
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
Family Delphinidae:
Killer Whale ........................
Pacific White-Sided Dolphin
Family Monodontidae (white
whales):
Beluga Whale .....................
Family Phocoenidae (porpoises):
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Orcinus orca .............................
Lagenorhynchus obliquidens ....
Eastern North Pacific Alaska
Resident.
Eastern North Pacific Gulf of
Alaska, Aleutian Islands and
Bering Sea Transient.
North Pacific .............................
Delphinapterus leucas ..............
Cook Inlet ..................................
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
-, -, N
1,920 (N/A, 1,920, 2019)
19
1.3
-, -, N
587 (N/A, 587, 2012) ......
5.9
0.8
-, -, N
26,880 (N/A, N/A, 1990)
UND
0
E, D, Y
279 8 (0.061, 267, 2018)
0.53
0
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
60169
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
TABLE 2—SPECIES 1 LIKELY IMPACTED BY THE SPECIFIED ACTIVITIES—Continued
Common name
ESA/
MMPA
status;
Strategic
(Y/N) 2
Scientific name
Stock
Dall’s Porpoise ....................
Phocoenoides dalli ....................
Alaska .......................................
-, -, N
Harbor Porpoise .................
Phocoena phocoena .................
Gulf of Alaska ...........................
-, -, Y
Stock abundance
(CV, Nmin, most recent
abundance survey) 3
UND 9 (UND, UND,
2015).
31,046 (0.21, N/A, 1998)
PBR
Annual
M/SI 4
UND
37
UND
72
14,011
>321
299
267
807
107
Order Carnivora—Pinnipedia
Family Otariidae (eared seals
and sea lions):
CA Sea Lion .......................
Zalophus californianus ..............
U.S. ...........................................
-, -, N
Steller Sea Lion ..................
Eumetopias jubatus ..................
Western .....................................
E, D, Y
Family Phocidae (earless seals):
Harbor Seal ........................
Phoca vitulina ...........................
Cook Inlet/Shelikof Strait ..........
-, -, N
257,606 (N/A, 233,515,
2014).
49,837 10 (N/A, 49,837,
2020).
28,411 (N/A, 26,907,
2018).
1 Information on the classification of marine mammal species can be found on the web page for The Society for Marine Mammalogy’s Committee on Taxonomy
(https://marinemammalscience.org/science-and-publications/list-marine-mammal-species-subspecies/; Committee on Taxonomy (2022)).
2 Endangered Species Act (ESA) status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is not listed under the
ESA or designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality exceeds PBR or
which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species or stock listed under the ESA is automatically
designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
3 NMFS marine mammal stock assessment reports online at: https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/marine-mammal-stock-assessmentreports-region. CV is coefficient of variation; Nmin is the minimum estimate of stock abundance.
4 These values, found in NMFS’s SARs, represent annual levels of human-caused mortality plus serious injury from all sources combined (e.g., commercial fisheries, ship strike). Annual M/SI often cannot be determined precisely and is in some cases presented as a minimum value or range. A CV associated with estimated
mortality due to commercial fisheries is presented in some cases.
5 The best available abundance estimate for this stock is not considered representative of the entire stock as surveys were limited to a small portion of the stock’s
range. Based upon this estimate and the Nmin, the PBR value is likely negatively biased for the entire stock.
6 Abundance estimates are based upon data collected more than 8 years ago and, therefore, current estimates are considered unknown.
7 Reliable population estimates are not available for this stock. Please see Friday et al. (2013) and Zerbini et al. (2006) for additional information on numbers of
minke whales in Alaska.
8 On June 15, 2023, NMFS released an updated abundance estimate for endangered CIBWs in Alaska (Goetz et al., 2023). Data collected during NOAA Fisheries’
2022 aerial survey suggest that the whale population is stable or may be increasing slightly. Scientists estimated that the population size is between 290 and 386,
with a median best estimate of 331. In accordance with the MMPA, this population estimate will be incorporated into the CIBW SAR, which will be reviewed by an
independent panel of experts, the Alaska Scientific Review Group. After this review, the SAR will be made available as a draft for public review before being finalized.
9 The best available abundance estimate is likely an underestimate for the entire stock because it is based upon a survey that covered only a small portion of the
stock’s range.
10 Nest is best estimate of counts, which have not been corrected for animals at sea during abundance surveys.
As indicated above, all 12 species
(with 15 managed stocks) in table 2
temporally and spatially co-occur with
the activity to the degree that take is
reasonably likely to occur. In addition,
the northern sea otter may be found in
Cook Inlet, Alaska. However, northern
sea otters are managed by the U.S. Fish
and Wildlife Service and are not
considered further in this document.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
Gray Whale
The stock structure for gray whales in
the Pacific has been studied for a
number of years and remains uncertain
as of the most recent (2022) Pacific
SARs (Carretta et al., 2023). Gray whale
population structure is not determined
by simple geography and may be in flux
due to evolving migratory dynamics
(Carretta et al., 2023). Currently, the
SARs delineate a western North Pacific
(WNP) gray whale stock and an eastern
North Pacific (ENP) stock based on
genetic differentiation (Carretta et al.,
2023). WNP gray whales are not known
to feed in or travel to upper Cook Inlet
(Conant and Lohe, 2023; Weller et al.,
2023). Therefore, we assume that gray
whales near the project area are
members of the ENP stock.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
An Unusual Mortality Event (UME)
for gray whales along the West Coast
and in Alaska occurred from December
17, 2018 through November 9, 2023.
During that time, 146 gray whales
stranded off the coast of Alaska. The
investigative team concluded that the
preliminary cause of the UME was
localized ecosystem changes in the
whale’s Subarctic and Arctic feeding
areas that led to changes in food,
malnutrition, decreased birth rates, and
increased mortality (see https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/
marine-life-distress/2019-2023-graywhale-unusual-mortality-event-alongwest-coast-and for more information).
Gray whales are infrequent visitors to
Cook Inlet, but may be seasonally
present during spring and fall in the
lower inlet (Bureau of Ocean Energy
Management (BOEM), 2021). Migrating
gray whales pass through the lower inlet
during their spring and fall migrations
to and from their primary summer
feeding areas in the Bering, Chukchi,
and Beaufort seas (Swartz, 2018; Silber
et al., 2021; BOEM, 2021). Several
surveys and monitoring programs have
sighted gray whales in lower Cook Inlet
(Shelden et al., 2013; Owl Ridge, 2014;
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Lomac-MacNair et al., 2013, 2014;
Kendall et al., 2015, as cited in Weston
and SLR, 2022). Gray whales are
occasionally seen in mid- and upper
Cook Inlet, Alaska, but they are not
common. During NMFS aerial surveys
conducted in June 1994, 2000, 2001,
2005, and 2009 gray whales were
observed in Cook Inlet near Port Graham
and Elizabeth Island as well as near
Kamishak Bay, with one gray whale
observed as far north as the Beluga River
(Shelden et al., 2013). Gray whales were
also observed offshore of Cape
Starichkof in 2013 by marine mammal
observers monitoring Buccaneer’s
Cosmopolitan drilling project (Owl
Ridge, 2014) and in middle Cook Inlet
in 2014 during the 2014 Apache 2D
seismic survey (Lomac-MacNair et al.,
2015). Several projects performed in
Cook Inlet in recent years reported no
observations of gray whales. These
project activities included the
SAExploration seismic survey in 2015
(Kendall and Cornick, 2015), the 2018
Cook Inlet Pipeline (CIPL) Extension
Project (Sitkiewicz et al., 2018), the
2019 Hilcorp seismic survey in lower
Cook Inlet (Fairweather Science, 2020),
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
60170
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
and Hilcorp’s 2023 aerial and rig-based
monitoring efforts.
In 2020, a young male gray whale was
stranded in the Twentymile River near
Girdwood for over a week before
swimming back into Turnagain Arm.
The whale did not survive and was
found dead in west Cook Inlet later that
month (NMFS, 2020). One gray whale
was sighted in Knik Arm near the Port
of Alaska (POA) in Anchorage in upper
Cook Inlet in May of 2020 during
observations conducted during
construction of the Petroleum and
Cement Terminal project (61N
Environmental, 2021). The sighting
occurred less than a week before the
reports of the gray whale stranding in
the Twentymile River and was likely the
same animal. In 2021, one small gray
whale was sighted in Knik Arm near
Ship Creek, south of the POA (61N
Environmental, 2022a). Although some
sightings have been documented in the
middle and upper Inlet, the gray whale
range typically only extends into the
lower Cook Inlet region.
Humpback Whale
The 2022 NMFS Alaska and Pacific
SARs described a revised stock structure
for humpback whales which modifies
the previous designated stocks to align
more closely with the ESA-designated
Distinct Population Segments (DPSs)
(Carretta et al., 2023; Young et al.,
2023). Specifically, the three previous
North Pacific humpback whale stocks
(Central and Western North Pacific
stocks and a CA/OR/WA stock) were
replaced by five stocks, largely
corresponding with the ESA-designated
DPSs. These include Western North
Pacific and Hawaii stocks and a Central
America/Southern Mexico-California
(CA)/Oregon (OR)/Washington (WA)
stock (which corresponds with the
Central America DPS). The remaining
two stocks, corresponding with the
Mexico DPS, are the Mainland MexicoCA/OR/WA and Mexico-North Pacific
stocks (Carretta et al., 2023; Young et
al., 2023). The former stock is expected
to occur along the west coast from
California to southern British Columbia,
while the latter stock may occur across
the Pacific, from northern British
Columbia through the Gulf of Alaska
and Aleutian Islands/Bering Sea region
to Russia.
The Hawaii stock consists of one
demographically independent
population (DIP) (Hawaii—Southeast
Alaska/Northern British Columbia DIP)
and the Hawaii—North Pacific unit,
which may or may not be composed of
multiple DIPs (Wade et al., 2021). The
DIP and unit are managed as a single
stock at this time, due to the lack of data
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
available to separately assess them and
lack of compelling conservation benefit
to managing them separately (NMFS
2019, 2022c, 2023a). The DIP is
delineated based on two strong lines of
evidence: genetics and movement data
(Wade et al., 2021). Whales in the
Hawaii—Southeast Alaska/Northern
British Columbia DIP winter off Hawaii
and largely summer in Southeast Alaska
and Northern British Columbia (Wade et
al., 2021). The group of whales that
migrate from Russia, western Alaska
(Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands), and
central Alaska (Gulf of Alaska excluding
Southeast Alaska) to Hawaii have been
delineated as the Hawaii—North Pacific
unit (Wade et al., 2021). There are a
small number of whales that migrate
between Hawaii and southern British
Columbia/Washington, but current data
and analyses do not provide a clear
understanding of which unit these
whales belong to (Wade et al., 2021;
Carretta et al., 2023; Young et al., 2023).
The Mexico—North Pacific stock is
likely composed of multiple DIPs, based
on movement data (Martien et al., 2021,
Wade, 2021, Wade et al., 2021).
However, because currently available
data and analyses are not sufficient to
delineate or assess DIPs within the unit,
it was designated as a single stock
(NMFS, 2019, 2022d, 2023a). Whales in
this stock winter off Mexico and the
Revillagigedo Archipelago and summer
primarily in Alaska waters (Martien et
al., 2021; Carretta et al., 2023; Young et
al., 2023).
The Western North Pacific stock
consists of two units—the Philippines/
Okinawa—North Pacific unit and the
Marianas/Ogasawara—North Pacific
unit. The units are managed as a single
stock at this time, due to a lack of data
available to separately assess them
(NMFS, 2019, 2022d, 2023a).
Recognition of these units is based on
movements and genetic data (Oleson et
al., 2022). Whales in the Philippines/
Okinawa—North Pacific unit winter
near the Philippines and in the Ryukyu
Archipelago and migrate to summer
feeding areas primarily off the Russian
mainland (Oleson et al., 2022). Whales
that winter off the Mariana Archipelago,
Ogasawara, and other areas not yet
identified and then migrate to summer
feeding areas off the Commander
Islands, and to the Bering Sea and
Aleutian Islands comprise the Marianas/
Ogasawara—North Pacific unit.
The most comprehensive photoidentification data available suggest that
approximately 89 percent of all
humpback whales in the Gulf of Alaska
are from the Hawaii stock, 11 percent
are from the Mexico stock, and less than
1 percent are from the Western North
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Pacific stock (Wade, 2021). Individuals
from different stocks are known to
intermix in feeding grounds. There is no
designated critical habitat for humpback
whales in or near the Project area (86 FR
21082, April 21, 2021), nor does the
project overlap with any known
biologically important areas.
Humpback whales are encountered
regularly in lower Cook Inlet and
occasionally in mid-Cook Inlet;
sightings are rare in upper Cook Inlet.
Eighty-three groups containing an
estimated 187 humpbacks were sighted
during the Cook Inlet beluga whale
aerial surveys conducted by NMFS from
1994 to 2012 (Shelden et al., 2013).
Surveys conducted north of the
forelands have documented small
numbers in middle Cook Inlet. During
the 2014 Apache seismic surveys in
Cook Inlet, five groups (six individuals)
were reported, with three groups north
of the forelands on the east side of the
inlet (Lomac-MacNair et al., 2014). In
2015, during the construction of the
Furie Operating Alaska, LLC (Furie)
platform and pipeline, four groups of
humpback whales were documented.
Another group of 6 to 10 unidentified
whales, thought to be either humpback
or gray whales, was sighted
approximately 15 km northeast of the
Julius R. Platform. Large cetaceans were
visible near the project (i.e., whales or
blows were visible) for 2 hours out of
the 1,275 hours of observation
conducted (Jacobs, 2015). During
SAExploration’s 2015 seismic program,
three humpback whales were observed
in Cook Inlet, including two near the
Forelands and one in lower Cook Inlet
(Kendall et al., 2015 as cited in Weston
and SLR, 2022). Hilcorp did not record
any sightings of humpback whales from
their aerial or rig-based monitoring
efforts in 2023 (Horsley and Larson,
2023).
Minke Whale
Two stocks of minke whales occur
within U.S. waters: Alaska and
California/Oregon/Washington (Muto et
al., 2022). The Alaskan stock of minke
whales is considered migratory, as they
are speculated to migrate seasonally
from the Bering and Chukchi Seas in fall
to areas of the central North Pacific
Ocean (Delarue et al., 2013). Although
they are likely migratory in Alaska,
minke whales have been observed off
Cape Starichkof and Anchor Point yearround (Muto et al., 2017).
Minke whales are most abundant in
the Gulf of Alaska during summer and
occupy localized feeding areas (Zerbini
et al., 2006). During the NMFS annual
and semiannual surveys of Cook Inlet,
minke whales were observed near
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
Anchor Point in 1998, 1999, 2006, and
2021 (Shelden et al., 2013, 2015b, 2017,
2022; Shelden and Wade, 2019) and
near Ninilchik and the middle of lower
Cook Inlet in 2021 (Shelden et al.,
2022). Minkes were sighted southeast of
Kalgin Island and near Homer during
Apache’s 2014 survey (Lomac-MacNair
et al., 2014), and one was observed near
Tuxedni Bay in 2015 (Kendall et al.,
2015, as cited in Weston and SLR,
2022). During Hilcorp’s seismic survey
in lower Cook Inlet in the fall of 2019,
eight minke whales were observed
(Fairweather Science, 2020). In 2018, no
minke whales were observed during
observations conducted for the CIPL
project near Tyonek (Sitkiewicz et al.,
2018). Minke whales were also not
recorded during Hilcorp’s aerial or rigbased monitoring efforts in 2023
(Horsley and Larson, 2023).
Fin Whale
In U.S. Pacific waters, fin whales are
seasonally found in the Gulf of Alaska,
and Bering Sea and as far north as the
northern Chukchi Sea (Muto et al.,
2021). Several surveys have been
conducted to assess the distribution and
habitat preferences of fin whales within
parts of their range in the North Pacific.
In coastal waters of the Aleutians and
the Alaska Peninsula, they were found
primarily from the Kenai Peninsula to
the Shumagin Islands, with a higher
abundance near the Semidi Islands and
Kodiak Island (Zerbini et al., 2006). An
opportunistic survey in the Gulf of
Alaska revealed that fin whales were
concentrated west of Kodiak Island, in
Shelikof Strait, and in the southern
Cook Inlet region, with smaller numbers
observed over the shelf east of Kodiak
to Prince William Sound (Alaska
Fisheries Science Center [AFSC], 2003).
Muto et al. (2021) reported visual
sightings and acoustic detections in the
northeastern Chukchi Sea have been
increasing, suggesting that the stock
may be re-occupying habitat used prior
to large-scale commercial whaling.
Delarue et al. (2013) also detected fin
whale calls in the northeastern Chukchi
Sea from July through October in a 3year acoustic study.
Fin whales’ range extends into lower
Cook Inlet; however, their sightings are
infrequent, and they are mostly spotted
near the inlet’s entrance. Fin whales are
usually observed as individuals
traveling alone, although they are
sometimes observed in small groups.
Rarely, large groups of 50 to 300 fin
whales can travel together during
migrations (NMFS, 2010). Fin whales in
Cook Inlet have only been observed as
individuals or in small groups. From
2000 to 2022, 10 sightings of 26
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
estimated individual fin whales in
lower Cook Inlet were observed during
NMFS aerial surveys (Shelden et al.,
2013, 2015b, 2017, 2022; Shelden and
Wade, 2019). No fin whales were
observed during the 2018 Harvest’s CIPL
Extension Project Acoustic Monitoring
Program in middle Cook Inlet
(Sitkiewicz et al., 2018). In September
and October 2019, Castellote et al.
(2020) detected fin whales acoustically
in lower Cook Inlet during threedimensional (3D) seismic surveys,
which coincided with the Hilcorp lower
Cook Inlet seismic survey. During this
period, 8 sightings of 23 individual fin
whales were reported, indicating the
offshore waters of lower Cook Inlet may
be more heavily used than previously
believed, especially during the fall
season (Fairweather Science, 2020).
Hilcorp did not record any sightings of
fin whales from their aerial or rig-based
monitoring efforts in 2023 (Horsley and
Larson, 2023).
Beluga Whale
Five stocks of beluga whales are
recognized in Alaska: the Beaufort Sea
stock, eastern Chukchi Sea stock,
eastern Bering Sea stock, Bristol Bay
stock, and Cook Inlet stock (Young et
al., 2023). The Cook Inlet stock is
geographically and genetically isolated
from the other stocks (O’Corry-Crowe et
al., 1997; Laidre et al., 2000) and resides
year-round in Cook Inlet (Laidre et al.,
2000; Castellote et al., 2020). Only the
Cook Inlet stock inhabits the proposed
project area. Cook Inlet beluga whales
(CIBWs) were designated as depleted
under the MMPA in 2000 (65 FR 34950,
May 31, 2000), and as a DPS and listed
as endangered under the ESA in October
2008 (73 FR 62919, October 10, 2008)
when the species failed to recover
following a moratorium on subsistence
harvest. Between 2008 and 2018, CIBWs
experienced a decline of about 2.3
percent per year (Wade et al., 2019). The
decline overlapped with the northeast
Pacific marine heatwave that occurred
from 2014 to 2016 in the Gulf of Alaska,
significantly impacting the marine
ecosystem (Suryan et al., 2021, as cited
in Goetz et al., 2023).
In June 2023, NMFS released an
updated abundance estimate for CIBWs
in Alaska that incorporates aerial survey
data from June 2021 and 2022 and
accounted for visibility bias (Goetz et
al., 2023). This report estimated that
CIBW abundance is between 290 and
386, with a median best estimate of 331.
Goetz et al. (2023) also present an
analysis of population trends for the
most recent 10-year period (2012–2022).
The addition of data from the 2021 and
2022 survey years in the analysis
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
60171
resulted in a 65.1 percent probability
that the CIBW population is now
increasing at 0.9 percent per year (95
percent prediction interval of ¥3 to 5.7
percent). This increase drops slightly to
0.2 percent per year (95 percent
prediction interval of ¥1.8 to 2.6
percent) with a 60 percent probability
that the CIBW population is increasing
more than 1 percent per year when data
from 2021, which had limited survey
coverage due to poor weather, are
excluded from the analysis. Median
group size estimates in 2021 and 2022
were 34 and 15, respectively (Goetz et
al., 2023). For management purposes,
NMFS has determined that the carrying
capacity of Cook Inlet is 1,300 CIBWs
(65 FR 34590, May 31, 2000) based on
historical CIBW abundance estimated by
Calkins (1989).
Threats that have the potential to
impact this stock and its habitat include
the following: changes in prey
availability due to natural
environmental variability, ocean
acidification, and commercial fisheries;
climatic changes affecting habitat;
predation by killer whales;
contaminants; noise; ship strikes; waste
management; urban runoff; construction
projects; and physical habitat
modifications that may occur as Cook
Inlet becomes increasingly urbanized
(Moore et al., 2000; Hobbs et al., 2015;
NMFS, 2016b). Another source of CIBW
mortality in Cook Inlet is predation by
transient-type (mammal-eating) killer
whales (NMFS, 2016b; Shelden et al.,
2003). No human-caused mortality or
serious injury of CIBWs through
interactions with commercial,
recreational, and subsistence fisheries,
takes by subsistence hunters, and or
human-caused events (e.g.,
entanglement in marine debris, ship
strikes) has been recently documented
and harvesting of CIBWs has not
occurred since 2008 (NMFS, 2008b).
Recovery Plan. In 2010, a Recovery
Team, consisting of a Science Panel and
Stakeholder Panel, began meeting to
develop a Recovery Plan for the CIBW.
The Final Recovery Plan was published
in the Federal Register on January 5,
2017 (82 FR 1325). In September 2022,
NMFS completed the ESA 5-year review
for the CIBW DPS and determined that
the CIBW DPS should remain listed as
endangered (NMFS, 2022d).
In its Recovery Plan (82 FR 1325,
January 5, 2017), NMFS identified
several potential threats to CIBWs,
including: (1) high concern: catastrophic
events (e.g., natural disasters, spills,
mass strandings), cumulative effects of
multiple stressors, and noise; (2)
medium concern: disease agents (e.g.,
pathogens, parasites, and harmful algal
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
60172
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
blooms), habitat loss or degradation,
reduction in prey, and unauthorized
take; and (3) low concern: pollution,
predation, and subsistence harvest. The
recovery plan did not treat climate
change as a distinct threat but rather as
a consideration in the threats of high
and medium concern. Other potential
threats most likely to result in direct
human-caused mortality or serious
injury of this stock include vessel
strikes.
Critical Habitat. On April 11, 2011,
NMFS designated two areas of critical
habitat for CIBW (76 FR 20179). The
designation includes 7,800 square
kilometers (km2) of marine and
estuarine habitat within Cook Inlet,
encompassing approximately 1,909 km2
in Area 1 and 5,891 km2 in Area 2 (see
figure 1 in 76 FR 20179). Area 1 of the
CIBW critical habitat encompasses all
marine waters of Cook Inlet north of a
line connecting Point Possession (lat.
61.04° N, long. 150.37° W) and the
mouth of Three Mile Creek (lat.
61.08.55° N, long. 151.04.40° W),
including waters of the Susitna, Little
Susitna, and Chickaloon Rivers below
mean higher high water (MHHW). From
spring through fall, Area 1 critical
habitat has the highest concentration of
CIBWs due to its important foraging and
calving habitat. Critical Habitat Area 2
encompasses some of the fall and winter
feeding grounds in middle Cook Inlet.
This area has a lower concentration of
CIBWs in spring and summer but is
used by CIBWs in fall and winter. More
information on CIBW critical habitat can
be found at https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/action/criticalhabitat-cook-inlet-beluga-whale.
The designation identified the
following Primary Constituent
Elements, essential features important to
the conservation of the CIBW:
(1) Intertidal and subtidal waters of
Cook Inlet with depths of less than 9 m
mean lower-low water (MLLW) and
within 8 km of high- and medium-flow
anadromous fish streams;
(2) Primary prey species, including
four of the five species of Pacific salmon
(chum (Oncorhynchus keta), sockeye
(Oncorhynchus nerka), Chinook
(Oncorhynchus tshawytscha), and coho
(Oncorhynchus kisutch)), Pacific
eulachon (Thaleichthys pacificus),
Pacific cod (Gadus macrocephalus),
walleye Pollock (Gadus
chalcogrammus), saffron cod (Eleginus
gracilis), and yellowfin sole (Limanda
aspera);
(3) The absence of toxins or other
agents of a type or amount harmful to
CIBWs;
(4) Unrestricted passage within or
between the critical habitat areas; and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
(5) The absence of in-water noise at
levels resulting in the abandonment of
habitat by CIBWs.
Biologically Important Areas. Wild et
al. (2023) delineated a Small and
Resident Population Biologically
Important Area (BIA) in Cook Inlet that
is active year-round and overlaps
Hilcorp’s proposed project area. The
authors assigned the BIA an importance
score of 2, an intensity score of 2, a data
support score of 3, and a boundary
certainty score of 2 (scores range from
1 to 3, with a higher score representing
an area of more concentrated or focused
use and higher confidence in the data
supporting the BIA; Harrison et al.,
2023). These scores indicate that the
BIA is of moderate importance and
intensity, the authors have high
confidence that the population is small
and resident and in the abundance and
range estimates of the population, and
the boundary certainty is medium (see
Harrison et al. (2023) for additional
information about the scoring process
used to identify BIAs). The boundary of
the CIBW BIA is consistent with NMFS’
critical habitat designation (Wild et al.,
2023).
Ecology. Generally, female beluga
whales reach sexual maturity at 9 to 12
years old, while males reach maturity
later (O’Corry-Crowe, 2009); however,
this can vary between populations. For
example, in Greenland, males in a
population of beluga whales were found
to reach sexual maturity at 6 to 7 years
of age and females at 4 to 7 years
(Heide-Joregensen and Teilmann, 1994).
Suydam (2009) estimated that 50
percent of females were sexually mature
at age 8.25 and the average age at first
birth was 8.27 years for belugas sampled
near Point Lay. Mating behavior in
beluga whales typically occurs between
February and June, peaking in March
(Burns and Seaman, 1986; Suydam,
2009). In the Chukchi Sea, the gestation
period of beluga whales was determined
to be 14.9 months, with a calving
interval of 2 to 3 years and a pregnancy
rate of 0.41, declining after 25 years of
age (Suydam, 2009). Calves are born
between mid-June and mid-July and
typically remain with the mother for up
to 2 years of age (Suydam, 2009).
CIBWs feed on a wide variety of prey
species, particularly those that are
seasonally abundant. From late spring
through summer, most CIBW stomachs
sampled contained salmon, which
corresponded to the timing of fish runs
in the area. Anadromous smolt and
adult fish aggregate at river mouths and
adjacent intertidal mudflats (Calkins,
1989). All five Pacific salmon species
(i.e., Chinook, pink (Oncorhynchus
gorbuscha), coho, sockeye, and chum)
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
spawn in rivers throughout Cook Inlet
(Moulton, 1997; Moore et al., 2000).
Overall, Pacific salmon represent the
highest percent frequency of occurrence
of prey species in CIBW stomachs. This
suggests that their spring feeding in
upper Cook Inlet, principally on fat-rich
fish such as salmon and eulachon, is
important to the energetics of these
animals (NMFS, 2016b).
The nutritional quality of Chinook
salmon in particular is unparalleled,
with an energy content four times
greater than that of a Coho salmon. It is
suggested the decline of the Chinook
salmon population has left a nutritional
void in the diet of the CIBWs that no
other prey species can fill in terms of
quality or quantity (Norman et al., 2020,
2022).
In fall, as anadromous fish runs begin
to decline, CIBWs return to consume
fish species (cod and bottom fish) found
in nearshore bays and estuaries.
Stomach samples from CIBWs are not
available for winter (December through
March), although dive data from CIBWs
tagged with satellite transmitters suggest
that they feed in deeper waters during
winter (Hobbs et al., 2005), possibly on
such prey species as flatfish, cod,
sculpin, and pollock.
Distribution in Cook Inlet. The CIBW
stock remains within Cook Inlet
throughout the year, showing only small
seasonal shifts in distribution (Goetz et
al., 2012a; Lammers et al., 2013;
Castellotte et al., 2015; Shelden et al.,
2015a, 2018; Lowry et al., 2019). The
ecological range of CIBWs has
contracted significantly since the 1970s.
From late spring to fall, nearly the entire
population is now found in the upper
inlet north of the forelands, with a range
reduced to approximately 39 percent of
the size documented in the late 1970s
(Goetz et al., 2023). The recent annual
and semiannual aerial surveys (since
2008) found that approximately 83
percent of the population inhabits the
area between the Beluga River and Little
Susitna River during the survey period,
typically conducted in early June. Some
aerial survey counts were performed in
August, September, and October,
finding minor differences in the
numbers of belugas in the upper inlet
compared to June, reinforcing the
importance of the upper inlet habitat
area (Young et al., 2023).
During spring and summer, CIBWs
generally aggregate near the warmer
waters of river mouths along the
northern shores of middle and upper
Cook Inlet where prey availability is
high and predator occurrence is low
(Moore et al., 2000; Shelden and Wade,
2019; McGuire et al., 2020). In
particular, CIBW groups are seen in the
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
Susitna River Delta, the Beluga River
and along the shore to the Little Susitna
River, Knik Arm, and along the shores
of Chickaloon Bay. Small groups were
recorded farther south in Kachemak
Bay, Redoubt Bay (Big River), and
Trading Bay (McArthur River) prior to
1996, but rarely thereafter. Since the
mid-1990s, most CIBWs (96 to 100
percent) aggregate in shallow areas near
river mouths in upper Cook Inlet, and
they are only occasionally sighted in the
central or southern portions of Cook
Inlet during summer (Hobbs et al.,
2008). Almost the entire population can
be found in northern Cook Inlet from
late spring through the summer and into
the fall (Muto et al., 2020), shifting into
deeper waters in middle Cook Inlet in
winter (Hobbs et al., 2008).
Data from tagged whales (14 tags
deployed July 2000 through March
2003) show that CIBWs use upper Cook
Inlet intensively between summer and
late autumn (Hobbs et al., 2005). CIBWs
tagged with satellite transmitters
continue to use Knik Arm, Turnagain
Arm, and Chickaloon Bay as late as
October, but some range into lower
Cook Inlet to Chinitna Bay, Tuxedni
Bay, and Trading Bay (McArthur River)
in fall (Hobbs et al., 2005, 2012). From
September through November, CIBWs
move between Knik Arm, Turnagain
Arm, and Chickaloon Bay (Hobbs et al.,
2005; Goetz et al., 2012b). By December,
CIBWs are distributed throughout the
upper to mid-inlet. From January into
March, they move as far south as Kalgin
Island and slightly beyond in central
offshore waters. CIBWs make occasional
excursions into Knik Arm and
Turnagain Arm in February and March
in spite of ice cover (Hobbs et al., 2005).
Although tagged CIBWs move widely
around Cook Inlet throughout the year,
there is no indication of seasonal
migration in and out of Cook Inlet
(Hobbs et al., 2005). Data from NMFS
aerial surveys, opportunistic sighting
reports, and corrected satellite-tagged
CIBWs confirm that they are more
widely dispersed throughout Cook Inlet
during winter (November–April), with
animals found between Kalgin Island
and Point Possession. Generally fewer
observations of CIBWs are reported from
the Anchorage and Knik Arm area from
November through April (76 FR 20179,
April 11, 2011; Rugh et al., 2000, 2004).
Later in winter (January into March),
belugas were sighted near Kalgin Island
and in deeper waters offshore. However,
even when ice cover exceeds 90 percent
in February and March, belugas travel
into Knik Arm and Turnagain Arm
(Hobbs et al., 2005).
The NMFS Marine Mammal Lab has
conducted long-term passive acoustic
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
monitoring demonstrating seasonal
shifts in CIBW concentrations
throughout Cook Inlet. Castellote et al.
(2015) conducted long-term acoustic
monitoring at 13 locations throughout
Cook Inlet between 2008 and 2015:
North Eagle Bay, Eagle River Mouth,
South Eagle Bay, Six Mile, Point
MacKenzie, Cairn Point, Fire Island,
Little Susitna, Beluga River, Trading
Bay, Kenai River, Tuxedni Bay, and
Homer Spit; the former 6 stations being
located within Knik Arm. In general, the
observed seasonal distribution is in
accordance with descriptions based on
aerial surveys and satellite telemetry:
CIBW detections are higher in the upper
inlet during summer, peaking at Little
Susitna, Beluga River, and Eagle Bay,
followed by fewer detections at those
locations during winter. Higher
detections in winter at Trading Bay,
Kenai River, and Tuxedni Bay suggest a
broader CIBW distribution in the lower
inlet during winter.
Goetz et al. (2012b) modeled habitat
preferences using NMFS’ 1994–2008
June abundance survey data. In large
areas, such as the Susitna Delta (Beluga
to Little Susitna Rivers) and Knik Arm,
there was a high probability that CIBWs
were in larger groups. CIBW presence
and acoustic foraging behavior also
increased closer to rivers with Chinook
salmon runs, such as the Susitna River
(e.g., Castellote et al., 2021). Movement
has been correlated with the peak
discharge of seven major rivers
emptying into Cook Inlet. Boat-based
surveys from 2005 to the present
(McGuire and Stephens, 2017) and
results from passive acoustic monitoring
across the entire inlet (Castellote et al.,
2015) also support seasonal patterns
observed with other methods. Based on
long-term passive acoustic monitoring,
foraging behavior was more prevalent
during summer, particularly at upper
inlet rivers, than during winter. The
foraging index was highest at Little
Susitna, with a peak in July–August and
a secondary peak in May, followed by
Beluga River and then Eagle Bay;
monthly variation in the foraging index
indicates CIBWs shift their foraging
behavior among these three locations
from April through September. The
location of the towing routes are areas
of predicted low density in the summer
months.
CIBWs are believed to mostly calve in
the summer, and breed between late
spring and early summer (NMFS,
2016b), primarily in upper Cook Inlet.
The only known observed occurrence of
calving occurred on July 20, 2015, in the
Susitna Delta area (T. McGuire, personal
communication, March 27, 2017). The
first neonates encountered during each
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
60173
field season from 2005 through 2015
were always seen in the Susitna River
Delta in July. The photographic
identification team’s documentation of
the dates of the first neonate of each
year indicate that calving begins in midlate July/early August, generally
coinciding with the observed timing of
annual maximum group size. Probable
mating behavior of CIBWs was observed
in April and May of 2014, in Trading
Bay. Young CIBWs are nursed for 2
years and may continue to associate
with their mothers for a considerable
time thereafter (Colbeck et al., 2013).
Important calving grounds are thought
to be located near the river mouths of
upper Cook Inlet.9
During Apache’s seismic test program
in 2011 along the west coast of Redoubt
Bay, lower Cook Inlet, a total of 33
CIBWs were sighted during the survey
(Lomac-MacNair et al., 2013). During
Apache’s 2012 seismic program in midinlet, a total of 151 groups consisting of
an estimated 1,463 CIBWs were
observed (note individuals were likely
observed more than once) (LomacMacNair et al., 2014). During
SAExploration’s 2015 seismic program,
a total of eight groups of 33 estimated
individual CIBWs were visually
observed during this time period and
there were two acoustic detections of
CIBWs (Kendall et al., 2015). During
Harvest Alaska’s recent CIPL project on
the west side of Cook Inlet in between
Ladd Landing and Tyonek Platform, a
total of 143 CIBW groups (814
individuals) were observed almost daily
from May 31 to July 11, even though
observations spanned from May 9
through September 15 (Sitkiewicz et al.,
2018). There were two CIBW carcasses
observed by the project vessels in the
2019 Hilcorp lower Cook Inlet seismic
survey in the fall which were reported
to the NMFS Marine Mammal Stranding
Network (Fairweather Science, 2020).
Both carcasses were moderately
decomposed when they were sighted by
the Protected Species Observers (PSO).
Daily aerial surveys specifically for
CIBWs were flown over the lower Cook
Inlet region, but no beluga whales were
observed. In 2023, Hilcorp recorded 21
groups of more than 125 beluga whales
during aerial surveys in middle Cook
Inlet, and an additional 21 opportunistic
groups which included approximately
81 CIBWs (Horsley and Larson, 2023).
Hilcorp did not record any sightings of
CIBWs from their rig-based monitoring
efforts (Horsley and Larson, 2023)
Killer Whale
Along the west coast of North
America, seasonal and year-round
occurrence of killer whales has been
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
60174
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
noted along the entire Alaska coast
(Braham and Dahlheim, 1982), in British
Columbia and Washington inland
waterways (Bigg et al., 1990), and along
the outer coasts of Washington, Oregon,
and California (Green et al., 1992;
Barlow 1995, 1997; Forney et al., 1995).
Killer whales from these areas have
been labeled as ‘‘resident,’’ ‘‘transient,’’
and ‘‘offshore’’ type killer whales (Bigg
et al., 1990; Ford et al., 2000; Dahlheim
et al., 2008) based on aspects of
morphology, ecology, genetics, and
behavior (Ford and Fisher, 1982; Baird
and Stacey, 1988; Baird et al., 1992;
Hoelzel et al., 1998, 2002; BarrettLennard, 2000; Dahlheim et al., 2008).
Based on data regarding association
patterns, acoustics, movements, and
genetic differences, eight killer whale
stocks are now recognized within the
U.S. Pacific, two of which have the
potential to be found in the proposed
project area: the Eastern North Pacific
Alaska Resident stock and the Gulf of
Alaska, Aleutian Islands, and the Bering
Sea Transient stock. Both stocks occur
in lower Cook Inlet, but rarely in middle
and upper Cook Inlet (Shelden et al.,
2013). While stocks overlap the same
geographic area, they maintain social
and reproductive isolation and feed on
different prey species. Resident killer
whales are primarily fish-eaters, while
transients primarily hunt and consume
marine mammals, such as harbor seals,
Dall’s porpoises, harbor porpoises,
beluga whales and sea lions. Killer
whales are not harvested for subsistence
in Alaska. Potential threats most likely
to result in direct human-caused
mortality or serious injury of killer
whales in this region include oil spills,
vessel strikes, and interactions with
fisheries.
Killer whales have been sighted near
Homer and Port Graham in lower Cook
Inlet (Shelden et al., 2003, 2022; Rugh
et al., 2005). Resident killer whales from
pods often sighted near Kenai Fjords
and Prince William Sound have been
occasionally photographed in lower
Cook Inlet (Shelden et al., 2003). The
availability of salmon influences when
resident killer whales are more likely to
be sighted in Cook Inlet. Killer whales
were observed in the Kachemak and
English Bay three times during aerial
surveys conducted between 1993 and
2004 (Rugh et al., 2005). Passive
acoustic monitoring efforts throughout
Cook Inlet documented killer whales at
the Beluga River, Kenai River, and
Homer Spit, although they were not
encountered within Knik Arm
(Castellote et al., 2016). These
detections were likely resident killer
whales. Transient killer whales likely
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
have not been acoustically detected due
to their propensity to move quietly
through waters to track prey (Small,
2010; Lammers et al., 2013). Transient
killer whales were increasingly reported
to feed on belugas in the middle and
upper Cook Inlet in the 1990s.
During the 2015 SAExploration
seismic program near the North
Foreland, two killer whales were
observed (Kendall et al., 2015, as cited
in Weston and SLR, 2022). Killer whales
were observed in lower Cook Inlet in
1994, 1997, 2001, 2005, 2010, 2012, and
2022 during the NMFS aerial surveys
(Shelden et al., 2013, 2022). Eleven
killer whale strandings have been
reported in Turnagain Arm: 6 in May
1991 and 5 in August 1993. During the
Hilcorp lower Cook Inlet seismic survey
in the fall of 2019, 21 killer whales were
documented (Fairweather Science,
2020). Throughout 4 months of
observation in 2018 during the CIPL
project in middle Cook Inlet, no killer
whales were observed (Sitkiewicz et al.,
2018). In September 2021, two killer
whales were documented in Knik Arm
in upper Cook Inlet, near the POA (61N
Environmental, 2022a). Hilcorp did not
record any sightings of killer whales
from their aerial or rig-based monitoring
efforts in 2023 (Horsley and Larson,
2023).
Pacific White-Sided Dolphin
The Pacific white-sided dolphin is
divided into three stocks within U.S.
waters. The North Pacific stock includes
the coast of Alaska, including the
project area. Pacific white-sided
dolphins are common in the Gulf of
Alaska’s pelagic waters and Alaska’s
nearshore areas, British Columbia, and
Washington (Ferrero and Walker, 1996,
as cited in Muto et al., 2022). They do
not typically occur in Cook Inlet, but in
2019, Castellote et al. (2020)
documented short durations of Pacific
white-sided dolphin presence using
passive acoustic recorders near Iniskin
Bay (6 minutes) and at an offshore
mooring located approximately midway
between Port Graham and Iniskin Bay
(51 minutes). Detections of vocalizations
typically lasted on the order of minutes,
suggesting the animals did not remain
in the area and/or continue vocalizing
for extended durations. Visual
monitoring conducted during the same
period by marine mammal observers on
seismic vessels near the offshore
recorder did not detect any Pacific
white-sided dolphins (Fairweather
Science, 2020). These observational
data, combined with anecdotal
information, indicate that there is a
small potential for Pacific white-sided
dolphins to occur in the Project area. On
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
May 7, 2014, Apache Alaska observed
three Pacific white-sided dolphins
during an aerial survey near Kenai. This
is one of the only recorded visual
observations of Pacific white-sided
dolphins in Cook Inlet; they have not
been reported in groups as large as those
estimated in other parts of Alaska (Muto
et al., 2022).
Harbor Porpoise
In the eastern North Pacific Ocean,
harbor porpoise range from Point
Barrow, along the Alaska coast, and
down the west coast of North America
to Point Conception, California. The
2022 Alaska SARs describe a revised
stock structure for harbor porpoises
(Young et al., 2023). Previously, NMFS
had designated three stocks of harbor
porpoises: the Bering Sea stock, the Gulf
of Alaska stock, and the Southeast
Alaska stock (Muto et al., 2022; Zerbini
et al., 2022). The 2022 Alaska SARs
splits the Southeast Alaska stock into
three separate stocks, resulting in five
separate stocks in Alaskan waters for
this species. This update better aligns
harbor porpoise stock structure with
genetics, trends in abundance, and
information regarding discontinuous
distribution trends (Young et al., 2023).
Harbor porpoises found in Cook Inlet
are assumed to be members of the Gulf
of Alaska stock (Young et al., 2023).
Harbor porpoises occur most
frequently in waters less than 100 m
deep (Hobbs and Waite, 2010) and are
common in nearshore areas of the Gulf
of Alaska, Shelikof Strait, and lower
Cook Inlet (Dahlheim et al., 2000).
Harbor porpoises are often observed in
lower Cook Inlet in Kachemak Bay and
from Cape Douglas to the West Foreland
(Rugh et al., 2005). They can be
opportunistic foragers but consume
primarily schooling forage fish (Bowen
and Siniff, 1999). Given their shallow
water distribution, harbor porpoise are
vulnerable to physical modifications of
nearshore habitats resulting from urban
and industrial development (including
waste management and nonpoint source
runoff) and activities such as
construction of docks and other overwater structures, filling of shallow areas,
dredging, and noise (Linnenschmidt et
al., 2013). Subsistence users have not
reported any harvest from the Gulf of
Alaska harbor porpoise stock since the
early 1900s (Shelden et al., 2014).
Calving occurs from May to August;
however, this can vary by region. Harbor
porpoises are often found traveling
alone, or in small groups of less than 10
individuals (Schmale, 2008).
Harbor porpoises occur throughout
Cook Inlet, with passive acoustic
detections being more prevalent in
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
lower Cook Inlet. Although harbor
porpoises have been frequently
observed during aerial surveys in Cook
Inlet (Shelden et al., 2014), most
sightings are of single animals and are
concentrated at Chinitna and Tuxedni
bays on the west side of lower Cook
Inlet (Rugh et al., 2005), with smaller
numbers observed in upper Cook Inlet
between April and October. The
occurrence of larger numbers of
porpoise in the lower Cook Inlet may be
driven by greater availability of
preferred prey and possibly less
competition with CIBWs, as CIBWs
move into upper inlet waters to forage
on Pacific salmon during the summer
months (Shelden et al., 2014).
An increase in harbor porpoise
sightings in upper Cook Inlet was
observed over recent decades (e.g., 61N
Environmental, 2021, 2022a; Shelden et
al., 2014). Small numbers of harbor
porpoises have been consistently
reported in upper Cook Inlet between
April and October (Prevel-Ramos et al.,
2008). The overall increase in the
number of harbor porpoise sightings in
upper Cook Inlet is unknown, although
it may be an artifact of increased studies
and marine mammal monitoring
programs in upper Cook Inlet. It is also
possible that the contraction in the
CIBW’s range has opened up previously
occupied CIBW range to harbor
porpoises (Shelden et al., 2014).
During Apache’s 2012 seismic
program in middle Cook Inlet, 137
groups of harbor porpoises comprising
190 individuals were documented
between May and August (LomacMacNair et al., 2013). In June 2012,
Shelden et al. (2015b) documented 65
groups of 129 individual harbor
porpoises during an aerial survey, none
of which were in upper Cook Inlet.
Kendall et al. (2015, as cited in Weston
and SLR, 2022) documented 52 groups
comprising 65 individuals north of the
Forelands during SAExploration’s 2015
seismic survey. Shelden et al. (2017,
2019, and 2022) also conducted aerial
surveys in June and July over Cook Inlet
in 2016, 2018, 2021, and 2022 and
recorded 65 individuals. Observations
occurred in middle and lower Cook
Inlet with a majority in Kachemak Bay.
There were two sightings of three harbor
porpoises observed during the 2019
Hilcorp lower Cook Inlet seismic survey
in the fall (Fairweather Science, 2020).
A total of 29 groups (44 individuals)
were observed north of the Forelands
from May to September during the CIPL
Extension Project (Sitkiewicz et al.,
2018). During jack-up rig moves in 2021,
a PSO observed two individual harbor
porpoises in middle Cook Inlet: one in
July and one in October. Four
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
monitoring events were conducted at
the POA in Anchorage between April
2020 and August 2022, during which 42
groups of harbor porpoises comprising
50 individual porpoises were
documented over 285 days of
observation (61N Environmental 2021,
2022a, 2022b, and 2022c). One harbor
porpoise was observed during Hilcorp’s
boat-based monitoring efforts in June
2023 (Horsley and Larson, 2023).
Dall’s Porpoise
Dall’s porpoises are found throughout
the North Pacific, from southern Japan
to southern California north to the
Bering Sea. All Dall’s porpoises in
Alaska are of the Alaska stock. This
species can be found in offshore,
inshore, and nearshore habitat. The
Dall’s porpoise range in Alaska includes
lower Cook Inlet, but very few sightings
have been reported in upper Cook Inlet.
Observations have been documented
near Kachemak Bay and Anchor Point
(Owl Ridge, 2014; BOEM, 2015).
Shelden et al. (2013) and Rugh et al.
(2005) collated data from aerial surveys
conducted between 1994 and 2012 and
documented 9 sightings of 25
individuals in the lower Cook Inlet
during June and/or July 1997, 1999, and
2000. No Dall’s porpoise were observed
on subsequent surveys in June and/or
July 2014, 2016, 2018, 2021, and 2022
(Shelden et al., 2015b, 2017, and 2022;
Shelden and Wade, 2019). During
Apache’s 2014 seismic survey, two
groups of three Dall’s porpoises were
observed in Upper and middle Cook
Inlet (Lomac-MacNair et al., 2014). In
August 2015, one Dall’s porpoise was
reported in the mid-inlet north of
Nikiski in middle Cook Inlet during
SAExploration’s seismic program
(Kendall et al., 2015 as cited in Weston
and SLR, 2022). During aerial surveys in
Cook Inlet, they were observed in
Iniskin Bay, Barren Island, Elizabeth
Island, and Kamishak Bay (Shelden et
al., 2013). No Dall’s porpoises were
observed during the 2018 CIPL
Extension Project Acoustic Monitoring
Program in middle Cook Inlet
(Sitkiewicz et al., 2018); however, 30
individuals in 10 groups were sighted
during a lower Cook Inlet seismic
project in the fall 2019 (Fairweather
Science, 2020). Hilcorp recorded three
sightings of Dall’s porpoises in 2021 and
one sighting of a Dall’s porpoise in 2023
from their rig-based monitoring efforts
in the project area (Korsmo et al., 2022;
Horsley and Larson, 2023). This higher
number of sightings suggests Dall’s
porpoise may use portions of middle
Cook Inlet in greater numbers than
previously expected but would still be
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
60175
considered infrequent in middle and
upper Cook Inlet.
Steller Sea Lion
Two DPSs of Steller sea lion occur in
Alaska: the western DPS and the eastern
DPS. The western DPS includes animals
that occur west of Cape Suckling,
Alaska, and therefore includes
individuals within the Project area. The
western DPS was listed under the ESA
as threatened in 1990 (55 FR 49204,
November 26, 1990), and its continued
population decline resulted in a change
in listing status to endangered in 1997
(62 FR 24345, May 5, 1997). Since 2000,
studies indicate that the population east
of Samalga Pass (i.e., east of the
Aleutian Islands) has increased and is
potentially stable (Young et al., 2023).
There is uncertainty regarding threats
currently impeding the recovery of
Steller sea lions, particularly in the
Aleutian Islands. Many factors have
been suggested as causes of the steep
decline in abundance of western Steller
sea lions observed in the 1980s,
including competitive effects of fishing,
environmental change, disease,
contaminants, killer whale predation,
incidental take, and illegal and legal
shooting (Atkinson et al., 2008; NMFS,
2008a). A number of management
actions have been implemented since
1990 to promote the recovery of the
Western U.S. stock of Steller sea lions,
including 5.6-km (3-nautical mile) noentry zones around rookeries,
prohibition of shooting at or near sea
lions, and regulation of fisheries for sea
lion prey species (e.g., walleye pollock,
Pacific cod, and Atka mackerel
(Pleurogrammus monopterygius))
(Sinclair et al., 2013; Tollit et al., 2017).
Additionally, potentially deleterious
events, such as harmful algal blooms
(Lefebvre et al., 2016) and disease
transmission across the Arctic
(VanWormer et al., 2019) that have been
associated with warming waters, could
lead to potentially negative populationlevel impacts on Steller sea lions.
NMFS designated critical habitat for
Steller sea lions on August 27, 1993 (58
FR 45269), including portions of the
southern reaches of lower Cook Inlet.
The critical habitat designation for the
Western DPS of was determined to
include a 37-km (20-nautical mile)
buffer around all major haul-outs and
rookeries, and associated terrestrial,
atmospheric, and aquatic zones, plus
three large offshore foraging areas, none
of which occurs in the project area.
There is no designated critical habitat
for Steller sea lions in the mid- or upper
inlet, nor are there any known BIAs for
Steller sea lions within the project area.
Rookeries and haul out sites in lower
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
60176
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
Cook Inlet include those near the mouth
of the inlet, which are approximately 56
km or more south of the closest action
area.
Steller sea lions are opportunistic
predators, feeding primarily on a wide
variety of seasonally abundant fishes
and cephalopods, including Pacific
herring (Clupea pallasi), walleye
pollock, capelin (Mallotus villosus),
Pacific sand lance (Ammodytes
hexapterus), Pacific cod, salmon
(Oncorhynchus spp.), and squid
(Teuthida spp.); (Jefferson et al., 2008;
Wynne et al., 2011). Steller sea lions do
not generally eat every day, but tend to
forage every 1–2 days and return to
haulouts to rest between foraging trips
(Merrick and Loughlin, 1997; Rehberg et
al., 2009). Steller sea lions feed largely
on walleye pollock, salmon, and
arrowtooth flounder during the summer,
and walleye pollock and Pacific cod
during the winter (Sinclair and
Zeppelin, 2002).
Most Steller sea lions in Cook Inlet
occur south of Anchor Point on the east
side of lower Cook Inlet, with
concentrations near haulout sites at
Shaw Island and Elizabeth Island and
by Chinitna Bay and Iniskin Bay on the
west side (Rugh et al., 2005). Steller sea
lions are rarely seen in upper Cook Inlet
(Nemeth et al., 2007). About 3,600 sea
lions use haulout sites in the lower
Cook Inlet area (Sweeney et al., 2017),
with additional individuals venturing
into the area to forage.
Several surveys and monitoring
programs have documented Steller sea
lions throughout Cook Inlet, including
in upper Cook Inlet in 2012 (LomacMacNair et al., 2013), near Cape
Starichkof in 2013 (Owl Ridge, 2014), in
middle and lower Cook Inlet in 2015
(Kendall et al., 2015, as cited in Weston
and SLR, 2022), in middle Cook Inlet in
2018 (Sitkiewicz et al., 2018), in lower
Cook Inlet in 2019 (Fairweather Science,
2020), and near the POA in Anchorage
in 2020, 2021, and 2022 (61N
Environmental, 2021, 2022a, 2022b, and
2022c). During NMFS Cook Inlet beluga
whale aerial surveys from 2000 to 2016,
39 sightings of 769 estimated individual
Steller sea lions in lower Cook Inlet
were recorded (Shelden et al., 2017).
Sightings of large congregations of
Steller sea lions during NMFS aerial
surveys occurred outside the specific
geographic region, on land in the mouth
of Cook Inlet (e.g., Elizabeth and Shaw
Islands). In 2012, during Apache’s 3D
Seismic surveys, three sightings of
approximately four individuals in upper
Cook Inlet were recorded (LomacMacNair et al., 2013). PSOs associated
with Buccaneer’s drilling project off
Cape Starichkof observed seven Steller
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
sea lions in summer 2013 (Owl Ridge,
2014), and another four Steller sea lions
were observed in 2015 in Cook Inlet
during SAExploration’s 3D Seismic
Program. Of the three 2015 sightings,
one sighting occurred between the West
and East Forelands, one occurred near
Nikiski, and one occurred northeast of
the North Foreland in the center of Cook
Inlet (Kendall and Cornick, 2015). Five
sightings of five Steller sea lions were
recorded during Hilcorp’s lower Cook
Inlet seismic survey in the fall of 2019
(Fairweather Science, 2020).
Additionally, one sighting of two
individuals occurred during the CIPL
Extension Project in 2018 in middle
Cook Inlet (Sitkiewicz et al., 2018). At
the end of July 2022, while conducting
a waterfowl survey an estimated 25
Steller sea lions were observed hauledout at low tide in the Lewis River, on
the west side of Cook Inlet. (K.
Lindberg, personal communication,
August 15, 2022). Steller sea lions have
also been reported near the POA in
Anchorage in 2020, 2021, and 2022
(61N 2021, 2022a, 2022b, and 2022c).
Hilcorp did not record any sightings of
Steller sea lions from their aerial or rigbased monitoring efforts in 2023
(Horsley and Larson, 2023).
Harbor Seal
Harbor seals inhabit waters all along
the western coast of the United States,
British Columbia, and north through
Alaska waters to the Pribilof Islands and
Cape Newenham. NMFS currently
identifies 12 stocks of harbor seals in
Alaska based largely on genetic
structure (Young et al., 2023). Harbor
seals in the proposed project area are
members of the Cook Inlet/Shelikof
stock, which ranges from the southwest
tip of Unimak Island east along the
southern coast of the Alaska Peninsula
to Elizabeth Island off the southwest tip
of the Kenai Peninsula, including Cook
Inlet, Knik Arm, and Turnagain Arm.
Distribution of the Cook Inlet/Shelikof
stock extends from Unimak Island, in
the Aleutian Islands archipelago, north
through all of upper and lower Cook
Inlet (Young et al., 2023).
Harbor seals inhabit the coastal and
estuarine waters of Cook Inlet and are
observed in both upper and lower Cook
Inlet throughout most of the year
(Boveng et al., 2012; Shelden et al.,
2013). High-density areas include
Kachemak Bay, Iniskin Bay, Iliamna
Bay, Kamishak Bay, Cape Douglas, and
Shelikof Strait. Up to a few hundred
seals seasonally occur in middle and
upper Cook Inlet (Rugh et al. 2005),
with the highest concentrations found
near the Susitna River and other
tributaries within upper Cook Inlet
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
during eulachon and salmon runs
(Nemeth et al., 2007; Boveng et al.,
2012), but most remain south of the
forelands (Boveng et al., 2012).
Harbor seals haul out on rocks, reefs,
beaches, and drifting glacial ice (Young
et al., 2023). Their movements are
influenced by tides, weather, season,
food availability, and reproduction, as
well as individual sex and age class
(Lowry et al., 2001; Small et al., 2003;
Boveng et al., 2012). The results of past
and recent satellite tagging studies in
Southeast Alaska, Prince William
Sound, Kodiak Island, and Cook Inlet
are also consistent with the conclusion
that harbor seals are non-migratory
(Lowry et al., 2001; Small et al., 2003;
Boveng et al., 2012). However, some
long-distance movements of tagged
animals in Alaska have been recorded
(Pitcher and McAllister, 1981; Lowry et
al., 2001; Small et al., 2003; Womble,
2012; Womble and Gende, 2013). Strong
fidelity of individuals for haulout sites
during the breeding season has been
documented in several populations
(Härkönen and Harding, 2001),
including in Cook Inlet (Pitcher and
McAllister, 1981; Small et al., 2005;
Boveng et al., 2012; Womble, 2012;
Womble and Gende, 2013). Harbor seals
usually give birth to a single pup
between May and mid-July; birthing
locations are dispersed over several
haulout sites and not confined to major
rookeries (Klinkhart et al., 2008). More
than 200 haulout sites are documented
in lower Cook Inlet (Montgomery et al.,
2007) and 18 in middle and upper Cook
Inlet (London et al., 2015). Of the 18 in
middle and upper Cook Inlet, nine are
considered ‘‘key haulout’’ locations
where aggregations of 50 or more harbor
seals have been documented. Seven key
haulouts are in the Susitna River delta,
and two are near the Chickaloon River.
Recent research on satellite-tagged
harbor seals observed several movement
patterns within Cook Inlet (Boveng et
al., 2012), including a strong seasonal
pattern of more coastal and restricted
spatial use during the spring and
summer (breeding, pupping, molting)
and more wide-ranging movements
within and outside of Cook Inlet during
the winter months, with some seals
ranging as far as Shumagin Islands.
During summer months, movements
and distribution were mostly confined
to the west side of Cook Inlet and
Kachemak Bay, and seals captured in
lower Cook Inlet generally exhibited site
fidelity by remaining south of the
Forelands in lower Cook Inlet after
release (Boveng et al., 2012). In the fall,
a portion of the harbor seals appeared to
move out of Cook Inlet and into Shelikof
Strait, northern Kodiak Island, and
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
coastal habitats of the Alaska Peninsula.
The western coast of Cook Inlet had
higher usage by harbor seals than
eastern coast habitats, and seals
captured in lower Cook Inlet generally
exhibited site fidelity by remaining
south of the Forelands in lower Cook
Inlet after release (south of Nikiski;
Boveng et al., 2012).
Harbor seals have been sighted in
Cook Inlet during every year of the
aerial surveys conducted by NMFS and
during all recent mitigation and
monitoring programs in lower, middle,
and upper Cook Inlet (61N
Environmental, 2021, 2022a, 2022b, and
2022c; Fairweather Science, 2020;
Kendall et al., 2015 as cited in Weston
and SLR, 2022; Lomac-MacNair et al.,
2013, 2014; Sitkiewicz et al., 2018). In
addition, Hilcorp recorded one sighting
of a harbor seal in 2021 and three
sightings of harbor seals in 2023 from
their aerial and rig-based monitoring
efforts in the project area (Korsmo et al.
2022; Horsley and Larson, 2023).
California Sea Lion
California sea lions live along the
Pacific coastline spanning an area from
central Mexico to Southeast Alaska and
typically breed on islands located in
southern California, western Baja
California, and the Gulf of California
(Carretta et al., 2020). Five genetically
distinct geographic populations are
known to exist: Pacific Temperate,
Pacific Subtropical, Southern Gulf of
California, Central Gulf of California,
and Northern Gulf of California
(Schramm et al., 2009).
Few observations of California sea
lions have been reported in Alaska and
most observations have been limited to
solitary individuals, typically males that
are known to migrate long distances.
Occasionally, California sea lions can be
found in small groups of two or more
and are usually associated with Steller
sea lions at their haul outs and rookeries
(Maniscalco et al., 2004). The few
California sea lions observed in Alaska
typically do not travel further north
than Southeast Alaska. They are often
associated with Steller sea lion haulouts
and rookeries (Maniscalco et al., 2004).
Sightings in Cook Inlet are rare, with
two documented during the Apache
2012 seismic survey (Lomac-MacNair et
al., 2013) and anecdotal sightings in
Kachemak Bay. None were sighted
during the 2019 Hilcorp lower Cook
Inlet seismic survey (Fairweather
Science, 2020), the CIPL project in 2018
(Sitkiewicz et al., 2018), or the 2023
Hilcorp aerial or rig-based monitoring
efforts (Horsley and Larson, 2023).
Marine Mammal Hearing
Hearing is the most important sensory
modality for marine mammals
underwater, and exposure to
anthropogenic sound can have
deleterious effects. To appropriately
assess the potential effects of exposure
to sound, it is necessary to understand
the frequency ranges marine mammals
are able to hear. Not all marine mammal
60177
species have equal hearing capabilities
(e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok
and Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings,
2008). To reflect this, Southall et al.
(2007, 2019) recommended that marine
mammals be divided into hearing
groups based on directly measured
(behavioral or auditory evoked potential
techniques) or estimated hearing ranges
(behavioral response data, anatomical
modeling, etc.). Subsequently, NMFS
(2018) described generalized hearing
ranges for these marine mammal hearing
groups. Generalized hearing ranges were
chosen based on the approximately 65
decibel (dB) threshold from the
normalized composite audiograms, with
the exception for lower limits for lowfrequency cetaceans where the lower
bound was deemed to be biologically
implausible and the lower bound from
Southall et al. (2007) retained. Marine
mammal hearing groups and their
associated hearing ranges are provided
in table 3. Specific to this action, gray
whales, fin whales, minke whales, and
humpback whales are considered lowfrequency (LF) cetaceans, beluga
whales, pacific white-sided dolphins,
and killer whales are considered midfrequency (MF) cetaceans, harbor
porpoises and Dall’s porpoises are
considered high-frequency (HF)
cetaceans, Steller sea lions and
California sea lions are otariid
pinnipeds (OW), and harbor seals are
phocid pinnipeds (PW).
TABLE 3—MARINE MAMMAL HEARING GROUPS
[NMFS, 2018]
Hearing group
Generalized hearing
range *
Low-frequency (LF) cetaceans (baleen whales) .........................................................................................................................
Mid-frequency (MF) cetaceans (dolphins, toothed whales, beaked whales, bottlenose whales) ..............................................
High-frequency (HF) cetaceans (true porpoises, Kogia, river dolphins, Cephalorhynchid, Lagenorhynchus cruciger & L.
australis).
Phocid pinnipeds (PW) (underwater) (true seals) .......................................................................................................................
Otariid pinnipeds (OW) (underwater) (sea lions and fur seals) ..................................................................................................
7 Hz to 35 kHz.
150 Hz to 160 kHz.
275 Hz to 160 kHz.
50 Hz to 86 kHz.
60 Hz to 39 kHz.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
* Represents the generalized hearing range for the entire group as a composite (i.e., all species within the group), where individual species’
hearing ranges are typically not as broad. Generalized hearing range chosen based on ∼65 dB threshold from normalized composite audiogram,
with the exception for lower limits for LF cetaceans (Southall et al., 2007) and PW pinniped (approximation).
The pinniped functional hearing
group was modified from Southall et al.
(2007) on the basis of data indicating
that phocid species have consistently
demonstrated an extended frequency
range of hearing compared to otariids,
especially in the higher frequency range
(Hemilä et al., 2006; Kastelein et al.,
2009; Reichmuth and Holt, 2013). This
division between phocid and otariid
pinnipeds is now reflected in the
updated hearing groups proposed in
Southall et al. (2019).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
For more detail concerning these
groups and associated frequency ranges,
please see NMFS (2018) for a review of
available information.
Potential Effects of Specified Activities
on Marine Mammals and Their Habitat
This section provides a discussion of
the ways in which components of the
specified activity may impact marine
mammals and their habitat. The
Estimated Take of Marine Mammals
section later in this document includes
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
a quantitative analysis of the number of
individuals that are expected to be taken
by this activity. The Negligible Impact
Analysis and Determination section
considers the content of this section, the
Estimated Take of Marine Mammals
section, and the Proposed Mitigation
section, to draw conclusions regarding
the likely impacts of these activities on
the reproductive success or survivorship
of individuals and whether those
impacts are reasonably expected to, or
reasonably likely to, adversely affect the
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
60178
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival.
Effects on marine mammals during
the specified activity are expected to
potentially occur from three to four tugs
towing, holding, and or positioning a
jack-up rig. Underwater noise from
Hilcorp’s proposed activities have the
potential to result in Level B harassment
of marine mammals in the action area.
Background on Sound
This section contains a brief technical
background on sound, on the
characteristics of certain sound types,
and on metrics used relevant to the
specified activity and to a discussion of
the potential effects of the specified
activity on marine mammals found later
in this document. For general
information on sound and its interaction
with the marine environment, please
see: Erbe and Thomas (2022); Au and
Hastings (2008); Richardson et al.
(1995); Urick (1983); as well as the
Discovery of Sound in the Sea website
at https://dosits.org/.
Sound is a vibration that travels as an
acoustic wave through a medium such
as a gas, liquid or solid. Sound waves
alternately compress and decompress
the medium as the wave travels. In
water, sound waves radiate in a manner
similar to ripples on the surface of a
pond and may be either directed in a
beam (narrow beam or directional
sources) or sound may radiate in all
directions (omnidirectional sources), as
is the case for sound produced by tugs
under load with a jack-up rig considered
here. The compressions and
decompressions associated with sound
waves are detected as changes in
pressure by marine mammals and
human-made sound receptors such as
hydrophones.
Sound travels more efficiently in
water than almost any other form of
energy, making the use of sound as a
primary sensory modality ideal for
inhabitants of the aquatic environment.
In seawater, sound travels at roughly
1,500 meters per second (m/s). In air,
sound waves travel much more slowly
at about 340 m/s. However, the speed of
sound in water can vary by a small
amount based on characteristics of the
transmission medium such as
temperature and salinity.
The basic characteristics of a sound
wave are frequency, wavelength,
velocity, and amplitude. Frequency is
the number of pressure waves that pass
by a reference point per unit of time and
is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per
second. Wavelength is the distance
between two peaks or corresponding
points of a sound wave (length of one
cycle). Higher frequency sounds have
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
shorter wavelengths than lower
frequency sounds, and typically
attenuate (decrease) more rapidly with
distance, except in certain cases in
shallower water. The amplitude of a
sound pressure wave is related to the
subjective ‘‘loudness’’ of a sound and is
typically expressed in dB, which are a
relative unit of measurement that is
used to express the ratio of one value of
a power or pressure to another. A sound
pressure level (SPL) in dB is described
as the ratio between a measured
pressure and a reference pressure, and
is a logarithmic unit that accounts for
large variations in amplitude; therefore,
a relatively small change in dB
corresponds to large changes in sound
pressure. For example, a 10-dB increase
is a 10-fold increase in acoustic power.
A 20-dB increase is then a 100-fold
increase in power and a 30-dB increase
is a 1000-fold increase in power.
However, a 10-fold increase in acoustic
power does not mean that the sound is
perceived as being 10 times louder. The
dB is a relative unit comparing two
pressures; therefore, a reference
pressure must always be indicated. For
underwater sound, this is 1 microPascal
(mPa). For in-air sound, the reference
pressure is 20 microPascal (mPa). The
amplitude of a sound can be presented
in various ways; however, NMFS
typically considers three metrics: sound
exposure level (SEL), root-mean-square
(RMS) SPL, and peak SPL (defined
below). The source level represents the
SPL referenced at a standard distance
from the source, typically 1 m
(Richardson et al., 1995; American
National Standards Institute (ANSI),
2013), while the received level is the
SPL at the receiver’s position. For
tugging activities, the SPL is typically
referenced at 1 m.
SEL (represented as dB referenced to
1 micropascal squared second (re 1
mPa2-s)) represents the total energy in a
stated frequency band over a stated time
interval or event, and considers both
intensity and duration of exposure. SEL
can also be a cumulative metric; it can
be accumulated over a single pulse (i.e.,
during activities such as impact pile
driving) or calculated over periods
containing multiple pulses (SELcum).
Cumulative SEL (SELcum) represents the
total energy accumulated by a receiver
over a defined time window or during
an event. The SEL metric is useful
because it allows sound exposures of
different durations to be related to one
another in terms of total acoustic
energy. The duration of a sound event
and the number of pulses, however,
should be specified as there is no
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
accepted standard duration over which
the summation of energy is measured.
RMS SPL is equal to 10 times the
logarithm (base 10) of the ratio of the
mean-square sound pressure to the
specified reference value, and given in
units of dB (International Organization
for Standardization (ISO), 2017). RMS is
calculated by squaring all of the sound
amplitudes, averaging the squares, and
then taking the square root of the
average (Urick, 1983). RMS accounts for
both positive and negative values;
squaring the pressures makes all values
positive so that they may be accounted
for in the summation of pressure levels
(Hastings and Popper, 2005). This
measurement is often used in the
context of discussing behavioral effects,
in part because behavioral effects,
which often result from auditory cues,
may be better expressed through
averaged units than by peak SPL. For
impulsive sounds, RMS is calculated by
the portion of the waveform containing
90 percent of the sound energy from the
impulsive event (Madsen, 2005).
Peak SPL (also referred to as zero-topeak sound pressure or 0-pk) is the
maximum instantaneous sound pressure
measurable in the water, which can
arise from a positive or negative sound
pressure, during a specified time, for a
specific frequency range at a specified
distance from the source, and is
represented in the same units as the
RMS sound pressure (ISO, 2017). Along
with SEL, this metric is used in
evaluating the potential for permanent
threshold shift (PTS) and temporary
threshold shift (TTS) associated with
impulsive sound sources.
Sounds are also characterized by their
temporal components. Continuous
sounds are those whose sound pressure
level remains above that of the ambient
or background sound with negligibly
small fluctuations in level (ANSI, 2005)
while intermittent sounds are defined as
sounds with interrupted levels of low or
no sound (National Institute for
Occupational Safety and Health
(NIOSH), 1998). A key distinction
between continuous and intermittent
sound sources is that intermittent
sounds have a more regular
(predictable) pattern of bursts of sounds
and silent periods (i.e., duty cycle),
which continuous sounds do not. Tugs
under load are considered sources of
continuous sound.
Sounds may be either impulsive or
non-impulsive (defined below). The
distinction between these two sound
types is important because they have
differing potential to cause physical
effects, particularly with regard to noiseinduced hearing loss (e.g., Ward, 1997
in Southall et al., 2007). Please see
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
NMFS (2018) and Southall et al. (2007,
2019) for an in-depth discussion of
these concepts.
Impulsive sound sources (e.g.,
explosions, gunshots, sonic booms,
seismic airgun shots, impact pile
driving) produce signals that are brief
(typically considered to be less than 1
second), broadband, atonal transients
(ANSI, 1986, 2005; NIOSH, 1998) and
occur either as isolated events or
repeated in some succession. Impulsive
sounds are all characterized by a
relatively rapid rise from ambient
pressure to a maximal pressure value
followed by a rapid decay period that
may include a period of diminishing,
oscillating maximal and minimal
pressures, and generally have an
increased capacity to induce physical
injury as compared with sounds that
lack these features. Impulsive sounds
are intermittent in nature. The duration
of such sounds, as received at a
distance, can be greatly extended in a
highly reverberant environment.
Non-impulsive sounds can be tonal,
narrowband, or broadband, brief or
prolonged, and may be either
continuous or non-continuous (ANSI,
1995; NIOSH, 1998). Some of these nonimpulsive sounds can be transient
signals of short duration but without the
essential properties of impulses (e.g.,
rapid rise time). Examples of nonimpulsive sounds include those
produced by vessels (including tugs
under load), aircraft, machinery
operations such as drilling or dredging,
vibratory pile driving, and active sonar
systems.
Even in the absence of sound from the
specified activity, the underwater
environment is characterized by sounds
from both natural and anthropogenic
sound sources. Ambient sound is
defined as a composite of naturallyoccurring (i.e., non-anthropogenic)
sound from many sources both near and
far (ANSI, 1995). Background sound is
similar, but includes all sounds,
including anthropogenic sounds, minus
the sound produced by the proposed
activities (NMFS, 2012, 2016a). The
sound level of a region is defined by the
total acoustical energy being generated
by known and unknown sources. These
sources may include physical (e.g.,
wind and waves, earthquakes, ice,
atmospheric sound), biological (e.g.,
sounds produced by marine mammals,
fish, and invertebrates), and
anthropogenic (e.g., vessels, dredging,
construction) sound.
A number of sources contribute to
background and ambient sound,
including wind and waves, which are a
main source of naturally occurring
ambient sound for frequencies between
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
200 Hz and 50 kilohertz (kHz) (Mitson,
1995). In general, background and
ambient sound levels tend to increase
with increasing wind speed and wave
height. Precipitation can become an
important component of total sound at
frequencies above 500 Hz, and possibly
down to 100 Hz during quiet times.
Marine mammals can contribute
significantly to background and ambient
sound levels, as can some fish and
snapping shrimp. The frequency band
for biological contributions is from
approximately 12 Hz to over 100 kHz.
Sources of background sound related to
human activity include transportation
(surface vessels), dredging and
construction, oil and gas drilling and
production, geophysical surveys, sonar,
and explosions. Vessel noise typically
dominates the total background sound
for frequencies between 20 and 300 Hz.
In general, the frequencies of many
anthropogenic sounds, particularly
those produced by construction
activities, are below 1 kHz (Richardson
et al., 1995). When sounds at
frequencies greater than 1 kHz are
produced, they generally attenuate
relatively rapidly (Richardson et al.,
1995), particularly above 20 kHz due to
propagation losses and absorption
(Urick, 1983).
Transmission loss (TL) defines the
degree to which underwater sound has
spread in space and lost energy after
having moved through the environment
and reached a receiver. It is defined as
the reduction in a specified level
between two specified points that are
within an underwater acoustic field
(ISO, 2017). Careful consideration of
transmission loss and appropriate
propagation modeling is a crucial step
in determining the impacts of
underwater sound, as it helps to define
the ranges (isopleths) to which impacts
are expected and depends significantly
on local environmental parameters such
as seabed type, water depth
(bathymetry), and the local speed of
sound. Geometric spreading laws are
powerful tools which provide a simple
means of estimating TL, based on the
shape of the sound wave front in the
water column. For a sound source that
is equally loud in all directions and in
deep water, the sound field takes the
form of a sphere, as the sound extends
in every direction uniformly. In this
case, the intensity of the sound is spread
across the surface of the sphere, and
thus we can relate intensity loss to the
square of the range (as area = 4*pi*r2).
When expressing logarithmically in dB
as TL, we find that TL =
20*Log10(range), this situation is known
as spherical spreading. In shallow
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
60179
water, the sea surface and seafloor will
bound the shape of the sound, leading
to a more cylindrical shape, as the top
and bottom of the sphere is truncated by
the largely reflective boundaries. This
situation is termed cylindrical
spreading, and is given by TL =
10*Log10(range) (Urick, 1983). An
intermediate scenario may be defined by
the equation TL = 15*Log10(range), and
is referred to as practical spreading.
Though these geometric spreading laws
do not capture many often important
details (scattering, absorption, etc.), they
offer a reasonable and simple
approximation of how sound decreases
in intensity as it is transmitted. Cook
Inlet is a particularly complex acoustic
environment with strong currents, large
tides, variable sea floor and generally
changing conditions.
The sum of the various natural and
anthropogenic sound sources at any
given location and time depends not
only on the source levels, but also on
the propagation of sound through the
environment. Sound propagation is
dependent on the spatially and
temporally varying properties of the
water column and sea floor, and is
frequency-dependent. As a result of the
dependence on a large number of
varying factors, background and
ambient sound levels can be expected to
vary widely over both coarse and fine
spatial and temporal scales. Sound
levels at a given frequency and location
can vary by 10 to 20 dB from day to day
(Richardson et al., 1995). The result is
that, depending on the source type and
its intensity, sound from a specified
activity may be a negligible addition to
the local environment or could form a
distinctive signal that may affect marine
mammals.
Description of Sound Sources for the
Specified Activities
In-water activities associated with the
project that have the potential to
incidentally take marine mammals
through exposure to sound would be
tugs towing, holding, and positioning
the jack-up rig. Unlike discrete noise
sources with known potential to harass
marine mammals (e.g., pile driving,
seismic surveys), both the noise sources
and impacts from the tugs towing the
jack-up rig are less well documented.
Sound energy associated with the
specified activity is produced by vessel
propeller cavitation. Bow thrusters
would be occasionally used for a short
duration (20 to 30 seconds) to either
push or pull a vessel in or away from
a dock or platform. Other sound sources
include onboard diesel generators and
sound from the main engine, but both
are subordinate to the thruster and main
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
60180
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
propeller blade rate harmonics (Gray
and Greeley, 1980). The various
scenarios that may occur during this
project include tugs in a stationary
mode positioning the drill rig and
pulling the jack-up rig at nearly full
power against strong tides. Our
assessments of the likelihood for
harassment of marine mammals
incidental to Hilcorp’s tug activities
specified here are conservative in light
of the general Level B harassment
exposure thresholds, the fact that NMFS
is still in the process of developing
analyses of the impact that nonquantitative contextual factors have on
the likelihood of Level B harassment
occurring, and the nature and duration
of the particular tug activities analyzed
here.
Acoustic Impacts
The introduction of anthropogenic
noise into the aquatic environment from
tugs under load is the primary means by
which marine mammals may be
harassed from Hilcorp’s specified
activity. In general, animals exposed to
natural or anthropogenic sound may
experience physical and psychological
effects, ranging in magnitude from none
to severe (Southall et al., 2007, 2019).
Exposure to anthropogenic noise has the
potential to result in auditory threshold
shifts and behavioral reactions (e.g.,
avoidance, temporary cessation of
foraging and vocalizing, changes in dive
behavior). It can also lead to nonobservable physiological responses,
such as an increase in stress hormones.
Additional noise in a marine mammal’s
habitat can mask acoustic cues used by
marine mammals to carry out daily
functions, such as communication and
predator and prey detection. The effects
of noise on marine mammals are
dependent on several factors, including
but not limited to sound type (e.g.,
impulsive vs. non-impulsive), the
species, age and sex class (e.g., adult
male vs. mom with calf), duration of
exposure, the distance between the
vessel and the animal, received levels,
behavior at time of exposure, and
previous history with exposure
(Wartzok et al., 2004; Southall et al.,
2007). Here we discuss physical
auditory effects (threshold shifts)
followed by behavioral effects and
potential impacts on habitat.
NMFS defines a noise-induced
threshold shift (TS) as a change, usually
an increase, in the threshold of
audibility at a specified frequency or
portion of an individual’s hearing range
above a previously established reference
level (NMFS, 2018). The amount of
threshold shift is customarily expressed
in dB. A TS can be permanent or
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
temporary. As described in NMFS
(2018) there are numerous factors to
consider when examining the
consequence of TS, including but not
limited to the signal temporal pattern
(e.g., impulsive or non-impulsive),
likelihood an individual would be
exposed for a long enough duration or
to a high enough level to induce a TS,
the magnitude of the TS, time to
recovery (seconds to minutes or hours to
days), the frequency range of the
exposure (i.e., spectral content), the
hearing frequency range of the exposed
species relative to the signal’s frequency
spectrum (i.e., how animal uses sound
within the frequency band of the signal;
e.g., Kastelein et al., 2014), and the
overlap between the animal and the
source (e.g., spatial, temporal, and
spectral).
Permanent Threshold Shift (PTS).
NMFS defines PTS as a permanent,
irreversible increase in the threshold of
audibility at a specified frequency or
portion of an individual’s hearing range
above a previously established reference
level (NMFS, 2018). PTS does not
generally affect more than a limited
frequency range, and an animal that has
incurred PTS has incurred some level of
hearing loss at the relevant frequencies;
typically animals with PTS are not
functionally deaf (Au and Hastings,
2008; Finneran, 2016). Available data
from humans and other terrestrial
mammals indicate that a 40-dB
threshold shift approximates PTS onset
(see Ward et al., 1958, 1959; Ward 1960;
Kryter et al., 1966; Miller, 1974; Ahroon
et al., 1996; Henderson et al., 2008). PTS
levels for marine mammals are
estimates, as with the exception of a
single study unintentionally inducing
PTS in a harbor seal (Kastak et al.,
2008), there are no empirical data
measuring PTS in marine mammals
largely due to the fact that, for ethical
reasons, experiments involving
anthropogenic noise exposure at levels
inducing PTS are not typically pursued
or authorized (NMFS, 2018).
Temporary Threshold Shift (TTS).
TTS is a temporary, reversible increase
in the threshold of audibility at a
specified frequency or portion of an
individual’s hearing range above a
previously established reference level
(NMFS, 2018). Based on data from
marine mammal TTS measurements (see
Southall et al., 2007, 2019), a TTS of 6
dB is considered the minimum
threshold shift clearly larger than any
day-to-day or session-to-session
variation in a subject’s normal hearing
ability (Finneran et al., 2000, 2002;
Schlundt et al., 2000). As described in
Finneran (2015), marine mammal
studies have shown the amount of TTS
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
increases with SELcum in an accelerating
fashion: at low exposures with lower
SELcum, the amount of TTS is typically
small and the growth curves have
shallow slopes. At exposures with
higher SELcum, the growth curves
become steeper and approach linear
relationships with the noise SEL.
Depending on the degree (elevation of
threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery
time), and frequency range of TTS, and
the context in which it is experienced,
TTS can have effects on marine
mammals ranging from discountable to
serious (similar to those discussed in
auditory masking, below). For example,
a marine mammal may be able to readily
compensate for a brief, relatively small
amount of TTS in a non-critical
frequency range that takes place during
a time when the animal is traveling
through the open ocean, where ambient
noise is lower and there are not as many
competing sounds present.
Alternatively, a larger amount and
longer duration of TTS sustained during
time when communication is critical for
successful mother/calf interactions
could have more serious impacts. We
note that reduced hearing sensitivity as
a simple function of aging has been
observed in marine mammals, as well as
humans and other taxa (Southall et al.,
2007), so we can infer that strategies
exist for coping with this condition to
some degree, though likely not without
cost.
Many studies have examined noiseinduced hearing loss in marine
mammals (see Finneran (2015) and
Southall et al. (2019) for summaries).
TTS is the mildest form of hearing
impairment that can occur during
exposure to sound (Kryter, 2013). While
experiencing TTS, the hearing threshold
rises, and a sound must be at a higher
level in order to be heard. In terrestrial
and marine mammals, TTS can last from
minutes or hours to days (in cases of
strong TTS). In many cases, hearing
sensitivity recovers rapidly after
exposure to the sound ends. For
cetaceans, published data on the onset
of TTS are limited to captive bottlenose
dolphin (Tursiops truncatus), beluga
whale, harbor porpoise, and Yangtze
finless porpoise (Neophocoena
asiaeorientalis) (Southall et al., 2019).
For pinnipeds in water, measurements
of TTS are limited to harbor seals,
elephant seals (Mirounga angustirostris),
bearded seals (Erignathus barbatus) and
California sea lions (Kastak et al., 1999,
2007; Kastelein et al., 2019b, 2019c,
2021, 2022a, 2022b; Reichmuth et al.,
2019; Sills et al., 2020). TTS was not
observed in spotted (Phoca largha) and
ringed (Pusa hispida) seals exposed to
single airgun impulse sounds at levels
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
matching previous predictions of TTS
onset (Reichmuth et al., 2016). These
studies examine hearing thresholds
measured in marine mammals before
and after exposure to intense or longduration sound exposures. The
difference between the pre-exposure
and post-exposure thresholds can be
used to determine the amount of
threshold shift at various post-exposure
times.
The amount and onset of TTS
depends on the exposure frequency.
Sounds below the region of best
sensitivity for a species or hearing group
are less hazardous than those near the
region of best sensitivity (Finneran and
Schlundt, 2013). At low frequencies,
onset-TTS exposure levels are higher
compared to those in the region of best
sensitivity (i.e., a low frequency noise
would need to be louder to cause TTS
onset when TTS exposure level is
higher), as shown for harbor porpoises
and harbor seals (Kastelein et al., 2019a,
2019c). Note that in general, harbor
seals and harbor porpoises have a lower
TTS onset than other measured
pinniped or cetacean species (Finneran,
2015). In addition, TTS can accumulate
across multiple exposures, but the
resulting TTS will be less than the TTS
from a single, continuous exposure with
the same SEL (Mooney et al., 2009;
Finneran et al., 2010; Kastelein et al.,
2014, 2015). This means that TTS
predictions based on the total,
cumulative SEL will overestimate the
amount of TTS from intermittent
exposures, such as sonars and impulsive
sources. Nachtigall et al. (2018) describe
measurements of hearing sensitivity of
multiple odontocete species (bottlenose
dolphin, harbor porpoise, beluga, and
false killer whale (Pseudorca
crassidens)) when a relatively loud
sound was preceded by a warning
sound. These captive animals were
shown to reduce hearing sensitivity
when warned of an impending intense
sound. Based on these experimental
observations of captive animals, the
authors suggest that wild animals may
dampen their hearing during prolonged
exposures or if conditioned to anticipate
intense sounds. Another study showed
that echolocating animals (including
odontocetes) might have anatomical
specializations that might allow for
conditioned hearing reduction and
filtering of low-frequency ambient
noise, including increased stiffness and
control of middle ear structures and
placement of inner ear structures
(Ketten et al., 2021). Data available on
noise-induced hearing loss for
mysticetes are currently lacking (NMFS,
2018). Additionally, the existing marine
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
mammal TTS data come from a limited
number of individuals within these
species.
Relationships between TTS and PTS
thresholds have not been studied in
marine mammals, and there is no PTS
data for cetaceans, but such
relationships are assumed to be similar
to those in humans and other terrestrial
mammals. PTS typically occurs at
exposure levels at least several decibels
above that inducing mild TTS (e.g., a
40-dB threshold shift approximates PTS
onset (Kryter et al., 1966; Miller, 1974),
while a 6-dB threshold shift
approximates TTS onset (Southall et al.,
2007, 2019). Based on data from
terrestrial mammals, a precautionary
assumption is that the PTS thresholds
for impulsive sounds are at least 6 dB
higher than the TTS threshold on a
peak-pressure basis and PTS cumulative
sound exposure level thresholds are 15
to 20 dB higher than TTS cumulative
sound exposure level thresholds
(Southall et al., 2007, 2019). Given the
higher level of sound or longer exposure
duration necessary to cause PTS as
compared with TTS, it is considerably
less likely that PTS could occur. Given
the nature of tugging, a transient
activity, and the fact that many marine
mammals are likely moving through the
project areas and not remaining for
extended periods of time, the potential
for threshold shift is low.
Non-acoustic Stressors. HiIlcorp’s
proposed activities on marine mammals
could also involve non-acoustic
stressors. Potential non-acoustic
stressors could result from the physical
presence of the equipment (e.g., tug
configuration) and personnel; however,
given there are no known pinniped
haul-out sites in the vicinity of the
project site, visual and other nonacoustic stressors would be limited, and
any impacts to marine mammals are
expected to primarily be acoustic in
nature.
Behavioral Harassment. Exposure to
noise also has the potential to
behaviorally disturb marine mammals to
a level that rises to the definition of
Level B harassment under the MMPA.
Behavioral disturbance may include a
variety of effects, including subtle
changes in behavior (e.g., minor or brief
avoidance of an area or changes in
vocalizations), more conspicuous
changes in similar behavioral activities,
and more sustained and/or potentially
severe reactions, such as displacement
from or abandonment of high-quality
habitat. Behavioral responses may
include changing durations of surfacing
and dives, changing direction and/or
speed; reducing/increasing vocal
activities; changing/cessation of certain
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
60181
behavioral activities (such as socializing
or feeding); eliciting a visible startle
response or aggressive behavior (such as
tail/fin slapping or jaw clapping); and
avoidance of areas where sound sources
are located (Erbe et al., 2019). In
addition, pinnipeds may increase their
haul out time, possibly to avoid in-water
disturbance (Thorson and Reyff, 2006).
Behavioral responses to sound are
highly variable and context-specific and
any reactions depend on numerous
intrinsic and extrinsic factors (e.g.,
species, state of maturity, experience,
current activity, reproductive state,
auditory sensitivity, time of day), as
well as the interplay between factors
(e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et
al., 2004; Southall et al., 2007, 2019;
Weilgart, 2007; Archer et al., 2010; Erbe
et al. 2019). Behavioral reactions can
vary not only among individuals but
also within an individual, depending on
previous experience with a sound
source, context, and numerous other
factors (Ellison et al., 2012), and can
vary depending on characteristics
associated with the sound source (e.g.,
whether it is moving or stationary,
number of sources, distance from the
source). For example, animals that are
resting may show greater behavioral
change in response to disturbing sound
levels than animals that are highly
motivated to remain in an area for
feeding (Richardson et al., 1995;
Wartzok et al., 2004; National Research
Council (NRC), 2005). In general,
pinnipeds seem more tolerant of, or at
least habituate more quickly to,
potentially disturbing underwater sound
than do cetaceans, and generally seem
to be less responsive to exposure to
industrial sound than most cetaceans.
Please see appendices B and C of
Southall et al. (2007) and Gomez et al.
(2016) for reviews of studies involving
marine mammal behavioral responses to
sound.
Habituation can occur when an
animal’s response to a stimulus wanes
with repeated exposure, usually in the
absence of unpleasant associated events
(Wartzok et al., 2004). Animals are most
likely to habituate to sounds that are
predictable and unvarying. It is
important to note that habituation is
appropriately considered as a
‘‘progressive reduction in response to
stimuli that are perceived as neither
aversive nor beneficial,’’ rather than as,
more generally, moderation in response
to human disturbance (Bejder et al.,
2009). The opposite process is
sensitization, when an unpleasant
experience leads to subsequent
responses, often in the form of
avoidance, at a lower level of exposure.
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
60182
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
Available studies show wide variation
in response to underwater sound;
therefore, it is difficult to predict
specifically how any given sound in a
particular instance might affect marine
mammals perceiving the signal (e.g.,
Erbe et al. 2019). If a marine mammal
does react briefly to an underwater
sound by changing its behavior or
moving a small distance, the impacts of
the change are unlikely to be significant
to the individual, let alone the stock or
population. If a sound source displaces
marine mammals from an important
feeding or breeding area for a prolonged
period, impacts on individuals and
populations could be significant (e.g.,
Lusseau and Bejder, 2007; Weilgart,
2007; NRC, 2005). However, there are
broad categories of potential response,
which we describe in greater detail here,
that include alteration of dive behavior,
alteration of foraging behavior, effects to
breathing, interference with or alteration
of vocalization, avoidance, and flight.
Changes in dive behavior can vary
widely and may consist of increased or
decreased dive times and surface
intervals as well as changes in the rates
of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g.,
Frankel and Clark, 2000; Costa et al.,
2003; Ng and Leung, 2003; Nowacek et
al., 2004; Goldbogen et al., 2013a,
2013b, Blair et al., 2016). Variations in
dive behavior may reflect interruptions
in biologically significant activities (e.g.,
foraging) or they may be of little
biological significance. The impact of an
alteration to dive behavior resulting
from an acoustic exposure depends on
what the animal is doing at the time of
the exposure and the type and
magnitude of the response.
Disruption of feeding behavior from
anthropogenic sound exposure is
usually inferred by observed
displacement from known foraging
areas, the appearance of secondary
indicators (e.g., bubble nets or sediment
plumes), or changes in dive behavior.
Acoustic and movement bio-logging
tools also have been used in some cases
to infer responses to anthropogenic
noise. For example, Blair et al. (2016)
reported significant effects on
humpback whale foraging behavior in
Stellwagen Bank in response to ship
noise including slower descent rates,
and fewer side-rolling events per dive
with increasing ship nose. In addition,
Wisniewska et al. (2018) reported that
tagged harbor porpoises demonstrated
fewer prey capture attempts when
encountering occasional high-noise
levels resulting from vessel noise as
well as more vigorous fluking,
interrupted foraging, and cessation of
echolocation signals observed in
response to some high-noise vessel
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
passes. As for other types of behavioral
response, the frequency, duration, and
temporal pattern of signal presentation,
as well as differences in species
sensitivity, are likely contributing
factors to differences in response in any
given circumstance (e.g., Croll et al.,
2001; Nowacek et al., 2004; Madsen et
al., 2006; Yazvenko et al., 2007).
Variations in respiration naturally
vary with different behaviors and
alterations to breathing rate as a
function of acoustic exposure can be
expected to co-occur with other
behavioral reactions, such as a flight
response or an alteration in diving.
However, respiration rates in and of
themselves may be representative of
annoyance or an acute stress response.
Various studies have shown that
respiration rates may either be
unaffected or could increase, depending
on the species and signal characteristics,
again highlighting the importance in
understanding species differences in the
tolerance of underwater noise when
determining the potential for impacts
resulting from anthropogenic sound
exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001,
2005, 2006; Gailey et al., 2007).
Avoidance is the displacement of an
individual from an area or migration
path as a result of the presence of a
sound or other stressors, and is one of
the most obvious manifestations of
disturbance in marine mammals
(Richardson et al., 1995). For example,
gray whales are known to change
direction—deflecting from customary
migratory paths—in order to avoid noise
from seismic surveys (Malme et al.,
1984). Harbor porpoises, Atlantic whitesided dolphins (Lagenorhynchus
actusus), and minke whales have
demonstrated avoidance in response to
vessels during line transect surveys
(Palka and Hammond, 2001). In
addition, beluga whales in the St.
Lawrence Estuary in Canada have been
reported to increase levels of avoidance
with increased boat presence by way of
increased dive durations and swim
speeds, decreased surfacing intervals,
and by bunching together into groups
(Blane and Jaakson, 1994). Avoidance
may be short-term, with animals
returning to the area once the noise has
ceased (e.g., Bowles et al., 1994; Goold,
1996; Stone et al., 2000; Morton and
Symonds, 2002; Gailey et al., 2007).
Longer-term displacement is possible,
however, which may lead to changes in
abundance or distribution patterns of
the affected species in the affected
region if habituation to the presence of
the sound does not occur (e.g.,
Blackwell et al., 2004; Bejder et al.,
2006; Teilmann et al., 2006).
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
A flight response is a dramatic change
in normal movement to a directed and
rapid movement away from the
perceived location of a sound source.
The flight response differs from other
avoidance responses in the intensity of
the response (e.g., directed movement,
rate of travel). Relatively little
information on flight responses of
marine mammals to anthropogenic
signals exist, although observations of
flight responses to the presence of
predators have occurred (Connor and
Heithaus, 1996; Bowers et al., 2018).
The result of a flight response could
range from brief, temporary exertion and
displacement from the area where the
signal provokes flight to, in extreme
cases, marine mammal strandings
(England et al., 2001). However, it
should be noted that response to a
perceived predator does not necessarily
invoke flight (Ford and Reeves, 2008),
and whether individuals are solitary or
in groups may influence the response.
Behavioral disturbance can also
impact marine mammals in more subtle
ways. Increased vigilance may result in
costs related to diversion of focus and
attention (i.e., when a response consists
of increased vigilance, it may come at
the cost of decreased attention to other
critical behaviors such as foraging or
resting). These effects have generally not
been demonstrated for marine
mammals, but studies involving fishes
and terrestrial animals have shown that
increased vigilance may substantially
reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp
and Livoreil, 1997; Fritz et al., 2002;
Purser and Radford, 2011). In addition,
chronic disturbance can cause
population declines through reduction
of fitness (e.g., decline in body
condition) and subsequent reduction in
reproductive success, survival, or both
(e.g., Harrington and Veitch, 1992; Daan
et al., 1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998).
However, Ridgway et al. (2006) reported
that increased vigilance in bottlenose
dolphins exposed to sound over a 5-day
period did not cause any sleep
deprivation or stress effects.
Many animals perform vital functions,
such as feeding, resting, traveling, and
socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour
cycle). Disruption of such functions
resulting from reactions to stressors
such as sound exposure are more likely
to be significant if they last more than
one diel cycle or recur on subsequent
days (Southall et al., 2007).
Consequently, a behavioral response
lasting less than 1 day and not recurring
on subsequent days is not considered
particularly severe unless it could
directly affect reproduction or survival
(Southall et al., 2007). Note that there is
a difference between multi-day
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
substantive (i.e., meaningful) behavioral
reactions and multi-day anthropogenic
activities. For example, just because an
activity lasts for multiple days does not
necessarily mean that individual
animals are either exposed to activityrelated stressors for multiple days or,
further, exposed in a manner resulting
in sustained multi-day substantive
behavioral responses.
Stress responses. An animal’s
perception of a threat may be sufficient
to trigger stress responses consisting of
some combination of behavioral
responses, autonomic nervous system
responses, neuroendocrine responses, or
immune responses (e.g., Selye, 1950;
Moberg, 2000). In many cases, an
animal’s first and sometimes most
economical (in terms of energetic costs)
response is behavioral avoidance of the
potential stressor. Autonomic nervous
system responses to stress typically
involve changes in heart rate, blood
pressure, and gastrointestinal activity.
These responses have a relatively short
duration and may or may not have a
significant long-term effect on an
animal’s fitness.
Neuroendocrine stress responses often
involve the hypothalamus-pituitaryadrenal system. Virtually all
neuroendocrine functions that are
affected by stress—including immune
competence, reproduction, metabolism,
and behavior—are regulated by pituitary
hormones. Stress-induced changes in
the secretion of pituitary hormones have
been implicated in failed reproduction,
altered metabolism, reduced immune
competence, and behavioral disturbance
(e.g., Moberg, 1987; Blecha, 2000).
Increases in the circulation of
glucocorticoids are also equated with
stress (Romano et al., 2004).
The primary distinction between
stress (which is adaptive and does not
normally place an animal at risk) and
‘‘distress’’ is the cost of the response.
During a stress response, an animal uses
glycogen stores that can be quickly
replenished once the stress is alleviated.
In such circumstances, the cost of the
stress response would not pose serious
fitness consequences. However, when
an animal does not have sufficient
energy reserves to satisfy the energetic
costs of a stress response, energy
resources must be diverted from other
functions. This state of distress will last
until the animal replenishes its
energetic reserves sufficient to restore
normal function.
Relationships between these
physiological mechanisms, animal
behavior, and the costs of stress
responses are well-studied through
controlled experiments and for both
laboratory and free-ranging animals
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
(e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al.,
1998; Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et
al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress
responses due to exposure to
anthropogenic sounds or other stressors
and their effects on marine mammals
have also been reviewed (Fair and
Becker, 2000; Romano et al., 2002b)
and, more rarely, studied in wild
populations (e.g., Romano et al., 2002a).
For example, Rolland et al. (2012) found
that noise reduction from reduced ship
traffic in the Bay of Fundy was
associated with decreased stress in
North Atlantic right whales. In addition,
Lemos et al. (2022) observed a
correlation between higher levels of
fecal glucocorticoid metabolite
concentrations (indicative of a stress
response) and vessel traffic in gray
whales. These and other studies lead to
a reasonable expectation that some
marine mammals will experience
physiological stress responses upon
exposure to acoustic stressors and that
it is possible that some of these would
be classified as ‘‘distress.’’ In addition,
any animal experiencing TTS would
likely also experience stress responses
(NRC, 2005), however distress is an
unlikely result of this project based on
observations of marine mammals during
previous, similar construction projects.
Norman (2011) reviewed
environmental and anthropogenic
stressors for CIBWs. Lyamin et al. (2011)
determined that the heart rate of a
beluga whale increases in response to
noise, depending on the frequency and
intensity. Acceleration of heart rate in
the beluga whale is the first component
of the ‘‘acoustic startle response.’’
Romano et al. (2004) demonstrated that
captive beluga whales exposed to highlevel impulsive sounds (i.e., seismic
airgun and/or single pure tones up to
201 dB RMS) resembling sonar pings
showed increased stress hormone levels
of norepinephrine, epinephrine, and
dopamine when TTS was reached.
Thomas et al. (1990) exposed beluga
whales to playbacks of an oil-drilling
platform in operation (‘‘Sedco 708,’’ 40
Hz–20 kHz; source level 153 dB).
Ambient SPL at ambient conditions in
the pool before playbacks was 106 dB
and 134 to 137 dB RMS during
playbacks at the monitoring hydrophone
across the pool. All cell and platelet
counts and 21 different blood
chemicals, including epinephrine and
norepinephrine, were within normal
limits throughout baseline and playback
periods, and stress response hormone
levels did not increase immediately
after playbacks. The difference between
the Romano et al. (2004) and Thomas et
al. (1990) studies could be the
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
60183
differences in the type of sound (seismic
airgun and/or tone versus oil drilling),
the intensity and duration of the sound,
the individual’s response, and the
surrounding circumstances of the
individual’s environment. The sounds
in the Thomas et al. (1990) study would
be more similar to those anticipated by
Hilcorp’s tugs under load with a jack-up
rig; therefore, no more than short-term,
low-hormone stress responses, if any, of
CIBWs or other marine mammals are
expected as a result of exposure to noise
during tugs under load with a jack-up
rig during Hilcorp’s planned activities.
Auditory Masking. Since many marine
mammals rely on sound to find prey,
moderate social interactions, and
facilitate mating (Tyack, 2008), noise
from anthropogenic sound sources can
interfere with these functions, but only
if the noise spectrum overlaps with the
hearing sensitivity of the receiving
marine mammal (Southall et al., 2007;
Clark et al., 2009; Hatch et al., 2012).
Chronic exposure to excessive, though
not high-intensity, noise could cause
masking at particular frequencies for
marine mammals that utilize sound for
vital biological functions (Clark et al.,
2009). Acoustic masking is when other
noises such as from human sources
interfere with an animal’s ability to
detect, recognize, or discriminate
between acoustic signals of interest (e.g.,
those used for intraspecific
communication and social interactions,
prey detection, predator avoidance,
navigation) (Richardson et al., 1995;
Erbe et al., 2016). Therefore, under
certain circumstances, marine mammals
whose acoustical sensors or
environment are being severely masked
could also be impaired from maximizing
their performance fitness for survival
and reproduction. The ability of a noise
source to mask biologically important
sounds depends on the characteristics of
both the noise source and the signal of
interest (e.g., signal-to-noise ratio,
temporal variability, direction), in
relation to each other and to an animal’s
hearing abilities (e.g., sensitivity,
frequency range, critical ratios,
frequency discrimination, directional
discrimination, age or TTS hearing loss),
and existing ambient noise and
propagation conditions (Hotchkin and
Parks, 2013).
Marine mammals vocalize for
different purposes and across multiple
modes, such as whistling, echolocation
click production, calling, and singing.
Changes in vocalization behavior in
response to anthropogenic noise can
occur for any of these modes and may
result from a need to compete with an
increase in background noise or may
reflect increased vigilance or a startle
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
60184
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
response. For example, in the presence
of potentially masking signals,
humpback whales and killer whales
have been observed to increase the
length of their songs (Miller et al., 2000;
Fristrup et al., 2003) or vocalizations
(Foote et al., 2004), respectively, while
North Atlantic right whales (Eubalaena
glacialis) have been observed to shift the
frequency content of their calls upward
while reducing the rate of calling in
areas of increased anthropogenic noise
(Parks et al., 2007). Fin whales have also
been documented lowering the
bandwidth, peak frequency, and center
frequency of their vocalizations under
increased levels of background noise
from large vessels (Castellote et al.
2012). Other alterations to
communication signals have also been
observed. For example, gray whales, in
response to playback experiments
exposing them to vessel noise, have
been observed increasing their
vocalization rate and producing louder
signals at times of increased outboard
engine noise (Dahlheim and Castellote,
2016). Alternatively, in some cases,
animals may cease sound production
during production of aversive signals
(Bowles et al., 1994; Wisniewska et al.,
2018).
Under certain circumstances, marine
mammals experiencing significant
masking could also be impaired from
maximizing their performance fitness in
survival and reproduction. Therefore,
when the coincident (masking) sound is
human-made, it may be considered
harassment when disrupting or altering
critical behaviors. It is important to
distinguish TTS and PTS, which persist
after the sound exposure, from masking,
which occurs during the sound
exposure. Because masking (without
resulting in TS) is not associated with
abnormal physiological function, it is
not considered a physiological effect,
but rather a potential behavioral effect
(though not necessarily one that would
be associated with harassment).
The frequency range of the potentially
masking sound is important in
determining any potential behavioral
impacts. For example, low-frequency
signals may have less effect on highfrequency echolocation sounds
produced by odontocetes but are more
likely to affect detection of mysticete
communication calls and other
potentially important natural sounds
such as those produced by surf and
some prey species. The masking of
communication signals by
anthropogenic noise may be considered
as a reduction in the communication
space of animals (e.g., Clark et al., 2009)
and may result in energetic or other
costs as animals change their
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
vocalization behavior (e.g., Miller et al.,
2000; Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al.,
2007; Di Iorio and Clark, 2010; Holt et
al., 2009). Masking can be reduced in
situations where the signal and noise
come from different directions
(Richardson et al., 1995), through
amplitude modulation of the signal, or
through other compensatory behaviors
(Hotchkin and Parks, 2013).
Marine mammals at or near the
proposed project site may be exposed to
anthropogenic noise which may be a
source of masking. Vocalization changes
may result from a need to compete with
an increase in background noise and
include increasing the source level,
modifying the frequency, increasing the
call repetition rate of vocalizations, or
ceasing to vocalize in the presence of
increased noise (Hotchkin and Parks,
2013). For example, in response to
vessel noise, CIBWs may shift the
frequency of their echolocation clicks
and communication signals, reduce
their overall calling rates, and or
increase the emission of certain call
signals to prevent masking by
anthropogenic noise (Lesage et al. 1999;
Tyack, 2000; Eickmeier and Vallarta,
2022).
Masking occurs in the frequency band
that the animals utilize, and is more
likely to occur in the presence of
broadband, relatively continuous noise
sources such as tugging. Since noises
generated from tugs towing and
positioning are mostly concentrated at
low frequency ranges, with a small
concentration in high frequencies as
well, these activities likely have less
effect on mid-frequency echolocation
sounds by odontocetes (toothed whales)
such as CIBWs. However, lower
frequency noises are more likely to
affect detection of communication calls
and other potentially important natural
sounds such as surf and prey noise.
Low-frequency noise may also affect
communication signals when they occur
near the frequency band for noise and
thus reduce the communication space of
animals (e.g., Clark et al., 2009) and
cause increased stress levels (e.g., Holt
et al., 2009). Unlike TS, masking, which
can occur over large temporal and
spatial scales, can potentially affect the
species at population, community, or
even ecosystem levels, in addition to
individual levels. Masking affects both
senders and receivers of the signals, and
at higher levels for longer durations,
could have long-term chronic effects on
marine mammal species and
populations. However, the noise
generated by the tugs will not be
concentrated in one location or for more
than 5 hours per positioning attempt,
and up to two positioning attempts at
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
the same site. Thus, while Hilcorp’s
activities may mask some acoustic
signals that are relevant to the daily
behavior of marine mammals, the shortterm duration and limited areas affected
make it very unlikely that the fitness of
individual marine mammals would be
impacted.
In consideration of the range of
potential effects (PTS to behavioral
disturbance), we consider the potential
exposure scenarios and context in
which species would be exposed to tugs
under load with a jack-up rig during
Hilcorp’s planned activities. CIBWs may
be present in low numbers during the
work; therefore, some individuals may
be reasonably expected to be exposed to
elevated sound levels However, CIBWs
are expected to be transiting through the
area, given this work is proposed
primarily in middle Cook Inlet (as
described in the Description of Marine
Mammals in the Area of Specified
Activities section), thereby limiting
exposure duration, as CIBWs in the area
are expected to be headed to or from the
concentrated foraging areas farther north
near the Beluga River, Susitna Delta,
and Knik and Turnigan Arms. Similarly,
humpback whales, fin whales, minke
whales, gray whales, killer whales,
California sea lion, and Steller sea lions
are not expected to remain in the area
of the tugs. Dall’s porpoise, harbor
porpoise, and harbor seal have been
sighted with more regularity than many
other species during oil and gas
activities in Cook Inlet but due to the
transitory nature of these species, they
are unlikely to remain close to a tug
under load for the full duration of the
noise-producing activity. In fact, during
Hilcorp’s jack-up rig-based monitoring
efforts in 2023, only one Dall’s porpoise,
two harbor seals, and one harbor
porpoise were observed across four
different sightings, and observations
only lasted 1 to 5 minutes (Horsley and
Larson, 2023). Because of this and the
relatively low-level sources, the
likelihood of PTS and TTS over the
course of the tug activities is
discountable. Harbor seals may linger or
haul-out in the area but they are not
known to do so in any large number or
for extended periods of time (there are
no known major haul-outs or rookeries
coinciding with the anticipated transit
routes). Here we find there is small
potential for TTS over the course of tug
activities but again, PTS is not likely
due to the nature of tugging. Potential
for PTS and TTS due to pile driving is
discussed further in the Estimated Take
section.
Given most marine mammals are
likely transiting through the area,
exposure is expected to be brief but the
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
actual presence of the tug and jack-up
rig may result in animals shifting
pathways around the work site (e.g.,
avoidance), increasing speed or dive
times, changing their group formations,
or altering their acoustic signals. The
likelihood of no more than a short-term,
localized disturbance response is
supported by data from Hilcorp’s
previous jack-up rig-based monitoring
efforts in 2023, which reported no
observable reactions to the towing
activities outside of two harbor seals
diving. Further other data indicate
CIBWs and other marine mammals
regularly pass by industrialized areas
such as the POA (61N Environmental,
2021, 2022a, 2022b, 2022c; EasleyAppleyard and Leonard, 2022);
therefore, we do not expect
abandonment of their transiting route or
other disruptions of their behavioral
patterns. We also anticipate some
animals may respond with such mild
reactions to the project that the response
would not be detectable. For example,
during low levels of tug power output
(e.g., while tugs may be operating at low
power because of favorable conditions),
the animals may be able to hear the
work but any resulting reactions, if any,
are not expected to rise to the level of
take.
While in some cases marine mammals
have exhibited little to no obviously
detectable response to certain common
or routine industrialized activity
(Cornick et al., 2011; Horley and Larson,
2023), it is possible some animals may
at times be exposed to received levels of
sound above the Level B harassment
threshold. This potential exposure in
combination with the nature of the tug
and jack-up rig configuration (e.g.,
difficult to maneuver, potential need to
operate at night) means it is possible
that take by Level B harassment could
occur over the total estimated period of
activities; therefore, NMFS in response
to Hilcorp’s IHA application proposes to
authorize take by Level B harassment
from Hilcorp’s use of tugs towing a jackup rig for both positioning and straightline tug activities.
Potential Effects on Marine Mammal
Habitat
Hilcorp’s proposed activities could
have localized, temporary impacts on
marine mammal habitat, including prey,
by increasing in-water sound pressure
levels. Increased noise levels may affect
acoustic habitat and adversely affect
marine mammal prey in the vicinity of
the project areas (see discussion below).
Elevated levels of underwater noise
would ensonify the project areas where
both fishes and mammals occur and
could affect foraging success.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
Additionally, marine mammals may
avoid the area during rig towing,
holding, and or positioning; however,
displacement due to noise is expected to
be temporary and is not expected to
result in long-term effects to the
individuals or populations.
The total area likely impacted by
Hilcorp’s activities is relatively small
compared to the available habitat in
Cook Inlet. Avoidance by potential prey
(i.e., fish) of the immediate area due to
increased noise is possible. The
duration of fish and marine mammal
avoidance of this area after tugging stops
is unknown, but a rapid return to
normal recruitment, distribution, and
behavior is anticipated. Any behavioral
avoidance by fish or marine mammals of
the disturbed area would still leave
significantly large areas of fish and
marine mammal foraging habitat in the
nearby vicinity. Increased turbidity near
the seafloor is not anticipated
Potential Effects on Prey. Sound may
affect marine mammals through impacts
on the abundance, behavior, or
distribution of prey species (e.g.,
crustaceans, cephalopods, fishes,
zooplankton). Marine mammal prey
varies by species, season, and location
and, for some, is not well documented.
Studies regarding the effects of noise on
known marine mammal prey are
described here.
Fishes utilize the soundscape and
components of sound in their
environment to perform important
functions such as foraging, predator
avoidance, mating, and spawning (e.g.,
Zelick et al., 1999; Fay, 2009).
Depending on their hearing anatomy
and peripheral sensory structures,
which vary among species, fishes hear
sounds using pressure and particle
motion sensitivity capabilities and
detect the motion of surrounding water
(Fay et al., 2008). The potential effects
of noise on fishes depends on the
overlapping frequency range, distance
from the sound source, water depth of
exposure, and species-specific hearing
sensitivity, anatomy, and physiology.
Reactions also depend on the
physiological state of the fish, past
exposures, motivation (e.g., feeding,
spawning, migration), and other
environmental factors.
Fish react to sounds that are
especially strong and/or intermittent
low-frequency sounds, and behavioral
responses such as flight or avoidance
are the most likely effects. Short
duration, sharp sounds can cause overt
or subtle changes in fish behavior and
local distribution. SPLs of sufficient
strength have been known to cause
injury to fishes and fish mortality
(summarized in Popper et al., 2014).
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
60185
However, in most fish species, hair cells
in the ear continuously regenerate and
loss of auditory function likely is
restored when damaged cells are
replaced with new cells. Halvorsen et al.
(2012) showed that a TTS of 4 to 6 dB
was recoverable within 24 hours for one
species. Impacts would be most severe
when the individual fish is close to the
source and when the duration of
exposure is long. Injury caused by
barotrauma can range from slight to
severe and can cause death, and is most
likely for fish with swim bladders.
Fish have been observed to react
when engine and propeller sounds
exceed a certain level (Olsen et al.,
1983; Ona, 1988; Ona and Godo, 1990).
Avoidance reactions have been observed
in fish, including cod and herring, when
vessel sound levels were 110 to 130 dB
re 1 mPa rms (Nakken, 1992; Olsen,
1979; Ona and Godo, 1990; Ona and
Toresen, 1988). Vessel sound source
levels in the audible range for fish are
typically 150 to 170 dB re 1 mPa per Hz
(Richardson et al., 1995). The tugs used
during the specified activity could be
expected to produce levels in this range
when in transit. Based upon the reports
in the literature and the predicted sound
levels from these vessels, some
temporary avoidance by fish in the
immediate area may occur. Overall, no
more than negligible impacts on fish are
expected as a result of the specified
activity.
Zooplankton is a food source for
several marine mammal species, as well
as a food source for fish that are then
preyed upon by marine mammals.
Population effects on zooplankton could
have indirect effects on marine
mammals. Data are limited on the
effects of underwater sound on
zooplankton species, particularly sound
from ship traffic and construction (Erbe
et al., 2019). Popper and Hastings (2009)
reviewed information on the effects of
human-generated sound and concluded
that no substantive data are available on
whether the sound levels from pile
driving, seismic activity, or any humanmade sound would have physiological
effects on invertebrates. Any such
effects would be limited to the area very
near (1 to 5 m) the sound source and
would result in no population effects
because of the relatively small area
affected at any one time and the
reproductive strategy of most
zooplankton species (short generation,
high fecundity, and very high natural
mortality). No adverse impact on
zooplankton populations is expected to
occur from the specified activity due in
part to large reproductive capacities and
naturally high levels of predation and
mortality of these populations. Any
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
60186
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
mortalities or impacts that might occur
would be negligible.
In summary, given the relatively small
areas being affected, as well as the
temporary and mostly transitory nature
of the tugging, any adverse effects from
Hilcorp’s activities on any prey habitat
or prey populations are expected to be
minor and temporary. The most likely
impact to fishes at the project site would
be temporary avoidance of the area. Any
behavioral avoidance by fish of the
disturbed area would still leave
significantly large areas of fish and
marine mammal foraging habitat in the
nearby vicinity. Thus, we preliminarily
conclude that impacts of the specified
activities are not likely to have more
than short-term adverse effects on any
prey habitat or populations of prey
species. Further, any impacts to marine
mammal habitat are not expected to
result in significant or long-term
consequences for individual marine
mammals, or to contribute to adverse
impacts on their populations.
Estimated Take of Marine Mammals
This section provides an estimate of
the number of incidental takes proposed
for authorization through the IHA,
which will inform NMFS’ consideration
of ‘‘small numbers,’’ the negligible
impact determinations, and impacts on
subsistence uses.
Harassment is the only type of take
expected to result from these activities.
Except with respect to certain activities
not pertinent here, section 3(18) of the
MMPA defines ‘‘harassment’’ as any act
of pursuit, torment, or annoyance,
which (i) has the potential to injure a
marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild (Level A harassment);
or (ii) has the potential to disturb a
marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild by causing disruption
of behavioral patterns, including, but
not limited to, migration, breathing,
nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering
(Level B harassment).
Authorized takes would be by Level B
harassment only, in the form of
behavioral reactions and or TTS for
individual marine mammals resulting
from exposure to Hilcorp’s acoustic
sources (i.e., tugs towing, holding, and
positioning). Based on the nature of the
activity, Level A harassment is neither
anticipated nor proposed to be
authorized.
As described previously, no serious
injury or mortality is anticipated or
proposed to be authorized for this
activity. Below we describe how the
proposed take numbers are estimated.
For acoustic impacts, generally
speaking, we estimate take by
considering: (1) acoustic thresholds
above which NMFS believes the best
available science indicates marine
mammals will be behaviorally harassed
or incur some degree of permanent
hearing impairment; (2) the area or
volume of water that will be ensonified
above these levels in a day; (3) the
density or occurrence of marine
mammals within these ensonified areas;
and, (4) the number of days of activities.
We note that while these factors can
contribute to a basic calculation to
provide an initial prediction of potential
takes, additional information that can
qualitatively inform take estimates is
also sometimes available (e.g., previous
monitoring results or average group
size). Below, we describe the factors
considered here in more detail and
present the proposed take estimates.
Acoustic Thresholds
NMFS recommends the use of
acoustic thresholds that identify the
received level of underwater sound
above which exposed marine mammals
would be reasonably expected to be
behaviorally harassed (equated to Level
B harassment) or to incur PTS of some
degree (equated to Level A harassment).
Level B Harassment—Though
significantly driven by received level,
the onset of behavioral disturbance from
anthropogenic noise exposure is also
informed to varying degrees by other
factors related to the source or exposure
context (e.g., frequency, predictability,
duty cycle, duration of the exposure,
signal-to-noise ratio, distance to the
source), the environment (e.g.,
bathymetry, other noises in the area,
predators in the area), and the receiving
animals (hearing, motivation,
experience, demography, life stage,
depth) and can be difficult to predict
(e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; Southall et
al. 2007, 2021, Ellison et al. 2012).
Based on what the available science
indicates and the practical need to use
a threshold based on a metric that is
both predictable and measurable for
most activities, NMFS typically uses a
generalized acoustic threshold based on
received level to estimate the onset of
behavioral harassment (i.e., Level B
harassment). NMFS generally predicts
that marine mammals are likely to be
behaviorally disturbed in a manner
considered to be Level B harassment
when exposed to underwater
anthropogenic noise above root-meansquared pressure received levels (RMS
SPL) of 120 dB (referenced to 1
micropascal (re 1 mPa)) for continuous
(e.g., tugging, vibratory pile driving,
drilling) and above RMS SPL 160 dB re
1 mPa for non-explosive impulsive (e.g.,
seismic airguns) or intermittent (e.g.,
scientific sonar) sources. Generally
speaking, Level B harassment take
estimates based on these thresholds are
expected to include any likely takes by
TTS as, in most cases, the likelihood of
TTS occurs at distances from the source
smaller than those at which behavioral
harassment is likely. TTS of a sufficient
degree can manifest as behavioral
harassment, as reduced hearing
sensitivity and the potential reduced
opportunities to detect important
signals (conspecific communication,
predators, prey) may result in changes
in behavior patterns that would not
otherwise occur.
Hilcorp’s proposed activity includes
the use of continuous sources (tugs
towing, holding, and positioning a jackup rig), and therefore the RMS SPL
threshold of 120 is applicable.
Level A harassment—NMFS’
Technical Guidance for Assessing the
Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on
Marine Mammal Hearing (Version 2.0)
(Technical Guidance, 2018) identifies
dual criteria to assess auditory injury
(Level A harassment) to five different
marine mammal groups (based on
hearing sensitivity) as a result of
exposure to noise from two different
types of sources (impulsive or nonimpulsive). Hilcorp’s proposed activity
includes the use of non-impulsive
sources (i.e., tugs towing, holding, and
positioning a jack-up rig).
These thresholds are provided in table
4 below. The references, analysis, and
methodology used in the development
of the thresholds are described in
NMFS’ 2018 Technical Guidance, which
may be accessed at: https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/
marine-mammal-protection/marinemammal-acoustic-technical-guidance.
TABLE 4—THRESHOLDS IDENTIFYING THE ONSET OF PERMANENT THRESHOLD SHIFT
PTS onset acoustic thresholds * (received level)
Hearing group
Impulsive
Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans ......................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Non-impulsive
Cell 1: Lpk,flat: 219 dB; LE,LF,24h: 183 dB .........................
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
Cell 2: LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
60187
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
TABLE 4—THRESHOLDS IDENTIFYING THE ONSET OF PERMANENT THRESHOLD SHIFT—Continued
PTS onset acoustic thresholds * (received level)
Hearing group
Impulsive
Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans ......................................
High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans .....................................
Phocid Pinnipeds (PW) (Underwater) .............................
Otariid Pinnipeds (OW) (Underwater) .............................
Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
3:
5:
7:
9:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
230
202
218
232
dB;
dB;
dB;
dB;
Non-impulsive
LE,MF,24h: 185 dB ........................
LE,HF,24h: 155 dB ........................
LE,PW,24h: 185 dB .......................
LE,OW,24h: 203 dB .......................
Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
4: LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
6: LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
8: LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
10: LE,OW,24h: 219 dB.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
* Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use whichever results in the largest isopleth for calculating PTS onset. If a non-impulsive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound pressure level thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these thresholds should
also be considered.
Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 μPa, and cumulative sound exposure level (LE) has a reference value of 1μPa2s.
In this table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect American National Standards Institute standards (ANSI, 2013). However, peak sound pressure
is defined by ANSI as incorporating frequency weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence, the subscript ‘‘flat’’ is being
included to indicate peak sound pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the generalized hearing range. The subscript associated
with cumulative sound exposure level thresholds indicates the designated marine mammal auditory weighting function (LF, MF, and HF
cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds) and that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The cumulative sound exposure level
thresholds could be exceeded in a multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty cycle). When possible, it is valuable for
action proponents to indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be exceeded.
Ensonified Area
Here, we describe operational and
environmental parameters of the activity
that are used in estimating the area
ensonified above the acoustic
thresholds, including source levels and
transmission loss coefficient.
The sound field in the project area is
the existing background noise plus
additional noise resulting from tugs
under load with a jack-up rig. Marine
mammals are expected to be affected via
sound generated by the primary
components of the project (i.e., tugs
towing, holding, and positioning a jackup rig). Calculation of the area
ensonified by the proposed action is
dependent on the background sound
levels at the project site, the source
levels of the proposed activities, and the
estimated transmission loss coefficients
for the proposed activities at the site.
These factors are addressed below.
Sound Source Levels of Proposed
Activities. The project includes 3 to 4
tugs under load with a jack-up rig.
Hilcorp conducted a literature review of
underwater sound emissions of tugs
under various loading efforts. The
sound source levels for tugs of various
horsepower (2,000 to 8,200) under load
can range from approximately 164 dB
RMS to 202 dB RMS. This range largely
relates to the level of operational effort,
with full power output and higher
speeds generating more propeller
cavitation and hence greater sound
source levels than lower power output
and lower speeds. Tugs under tow
produce higher source levels than tugs
transiting with no load because of the
higher power output necessary to pull
the load. The amount of power the tugs
expend while operating is the best
predictor of relative sound source level.
Several factors would determine the
duration that the tugboats are towing the
jack-up rig, including the origin and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
destination of the towing route (e.g., Rig
Tenders Dock, an existing platform) and
the tidal conditions. The power output
would be variable and influenced by the
prevailing wind direction and velocity,
the current velocity, and the tidal stage.
To the extent feasible, transport would
be timed with the tide to minimize
towing duration and power output.
Hilcorp’s literature review identified
no existing data on sound source levels
of tugs towing jack-up rigs. Accordingly,
for this analysis, Hilcorp considered
data from tug-under-load activities,
including berthing and towing
activities. Austin and Warner (2013)
measured 167 dB RMS for tug towing
barge activity in Cook Inlet. Blackwell
and Greene (2002) reported berthing
activities in the POA with a source level
of 179 dB RMS. Laurinolli et al. (2005)
measured a source level of 200 dB RMS
for anchor towing activities by a tugboat
in the Strait of Juan de Fuca, WA. The
Roberts Bank Terminal 2 study (2014)
repeated measurements of the same tug
operating under different speeds and
loading conditions. Broadband
measurements from this study ranged
from approximately 162 dB RMS up to
200 dB RMS.
The rig manager for Hilcorp, who is
experienced with towing jack-up rigs in
Cook Inlet, described operational
conditions wherein the tugs generally
operate at half power or less for the
majority of the time they are under load
(pers. Comm., Durham, 2021). Transits
with the tide (lower power output) are
preferred for safety reasons, and effort is
made to reduce or eliminate traveling
against the tide (higher power output).
The Roberts Bank Terminal 2 study
(2014) allowed for a comparison of
source levels from the same vessel
(Seaspan Resolution tug) at half power
versus full power. Seaspan Resolution’s
half-power (i.e., 50 percent) berthing
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
scenario had a sound source level of 180
dB RMS. In addition, the Roberts Bank
Terminal 2 Study (2014) reported a
mean tug source level of 179.3 dB RMS
from 650 tug transits under varying load
and speed conditions.
The 50 percent (or less) power output
scenario occurs during the vast majority
of tug towing jack-up rig activity, as
described in the Detailed Description of
the Specific Activity section. Therefore,
based on Hilcorp’s literature review, a
source level of 180 dB RMS was found
to be an appropriate proxy source level
for a single tug under load based on the
Roberts Bank Terminal 2 study. If all
three tugs were operating
simultaneously at 180 dB RMS, the
overall source emission levels would be
expected to increase by approximately 5
dB when logarithmically adding the
sources (i.e., to 185 dB RMS). To further
support this level as an appropriate
proxy, a sound source verification (SSV)
study performed by JASCO Applied
Sciences (JASCO) in Cook Inlet in
October 2021 (Lawrence et al., 2022)
measured the sound source level from
three tugs pulling a jack-up rig in Cook
Inlet at various power outputs.
Lawrence et al. (2022) reported a source
level of 167.3 dB RMS for the 20
percent-power scenario and a source
level of 205.9 dB RMS for the 85
percent-power scenario. Assuming a
linear scaling of tug power, a source
level of 185 dB RMS was calculated as
a single point source level for three tugs
operating at 50 percent power output.
Because the 2021 Cook Inlet SSV
measurements by JASCO represent the
most recent best available data, and
because multiple tugs may be operating
simultaneously, the analyses presented
below use a mean tug sound source
level scenario of 185 dB RMS to
calculate the Level B harassment
estimates for three tugs operating at 50
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
60188
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
percent power output. In practice, the
load condition of the three tugs is
unlikely to be identical at all times, so
sound emissions would be dominated
by the single tug in the group that is
working hardest at any point in time.
Further modeling was done to
account for one additional tug working
for one hour at 50 percent power during
jack-up rig positioning, a stationary
activity. This is equivalent in terms of
acoustic energy to three tugs operating
at 180.0 dB RMS (each of them) for 4
hours, joined by a fourth tug for 1 hour,
increasing the source level to 186.0 dB
RMS only during the 1-hour period (the
logarithmic sum of four tugs working
together at 180.0 dB RMS). An SEL of
185.1 dB was used to account for the
cumulative sound exposure when
calculating Level A harassment by
adding a 4th tug operating at 50 percent
power for 20 percent of the 5-hour
period. This is equivalent in terms of
acoustic energy to 3 tugs operating at
185.0 dB for 4 hours, joined by a fourth
tug for 1 hour, increasing the source
level to 186.0 dB only during the 1-hour
period. The use of the 20 percent duty
cycle was a computational requirement
and, although equal in terms of overall
energy and determination of impacts,
should not be confused with the actual
instantaneous SPL (see section 6.2.1.1 of
Hilcorp’s application for additional
computational details).
In summary, Hilcorp has proposed to
use a source level of 185.0 dB RMS to
calculate the stationary Level B
harassment isopleth where three tugs
were under load for 4 hours with a 50
percent power output and a source level
of 186.0 dB RMS to calculate the
stationary Level B harassment isopleth
where four tugs were under load for 1
hour with a 50 percent power output.
Further, Hilcorp has proposed to use a
source level of 185.1 dB SEL to calculate
the stationary Level A harassment
isopleths where three tugs were
underload for 4 hours and then one tug
joined for 1 additional hour. Lastly,
Hilcorp proposed to use the 185.0 dB
RMS level to model the mobile Level A
harassment isopleths for three tugs
under load with a 50 percent power
output. NMFS concurs that Hilcorp’s
proposed source levels are appropriate.
Underwater Sound Propagation
Modeling. Hilcorp contracted SLR
Consulting to model the extent of the
Level A and Level B harassment
isopleths for tugs under load with a
jack-up rig during their proposed
activities. Cook Inlet is a particularly
complex acoustic environment with
strong currents, large tides, variable sea
floor and generally changing conditions.
Accordingly, Hilcorp applied a more
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
detailed propagation model than the
‘‘practical spreading loss’’ approach that
uses a factor of 15. The objective of a
more detailed propagation calculation is
to improve the representation of the
influence of some environmental
variables, in particular, by accounting
for bathymetry and specific sound
source locations and frequencydependent propagation effects.
Modeling was conducted using the
dBSea software package. The fluid
parabolic equation modeling algorithm
was used with 5 Padé terms to calculate
the TL between the source and the
receiver at low frequencies (1⁄3-octave
bands, 31.5 Hz up to 1 kHz). For higher
frequencies (1 kHz up to 8 kHz) the ray
tracing model was used with 1,000
reflections for each ray. Sound sources
were assumed to be omnidirectional and
modeled as points. The received sound
levels for the project were calculated as
follows: (1) One-third octave source
spectral levels were obtained via
reference spectral curves with
subsequent corrections based on their
corresponding overall source levels; (2)
TL was modeled at one-third octave
band central frequencies along 100
radial paths at regular increments
around each source location, out to the
maximum range of the bathymetry data
set or until constrained by land; (3) The
bathymetry variation of the vertical
plane along each modeling path was
obtained via interpolation of the
bathymetry dataset which has 83 m grid
resolution; (4) The one-third octave
source levels and transmission loss were
combined to obtain the received levels
as a function of range, depth, and
frequency; and (5) The overall received
levels were calculated at a 1-m depth
resolution along each propagation path
by summing all frequency band spectral
levels.
Model Inputs. Bathymetry data used
in the model was collected from the
NOAA National Centers for
Environmental Information (AFSC,
2019). Using NOAA’s temperature and
salinity data, sound speed profiles were
computed for depths from 0 to 100 m for
May, July, and October to capture the
range of possible sound speed
depending on the time of year Hilcorp’s
work could be conducted. These sound
speed profiles were compiled using the
Mackenzie Equation (1981) and are
presented in table 8 of Hilcorp’s
application (available at https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/action/
incidental-take-authorization-hilcorpalaska-llc-oil-and-gas-activities-cookinlet-alaska-0). Geoacoustic parameters
were also incorporated into the model.
The parameters were based on substrate
type and their relation to depth. These
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
parameters are presented in table 9 of
Hilcorp’s application (available at
https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/action/
incidental-take-authorization-hilcorpalaska-llc-oil-and-gas-activities-cookinlet-alaska-0).
Detailed broadband sound
transmission loss modeling in dBSea
used the source level of 185 dB RMS
calculated in one-third octave band
levels (31.5 Hz to 64,000 Hz) for
frequency dependent solutions. The
frequencies associated with tug sound
sources occur within the hearing range
of marine mammals in Cook Inlet.
Received levels for each hearing marine
mammal group based on one-third
octave auditory weighting functions
were also calculated and integrated into
the modeling scenarios of dBSea. For
modeling the distances to relevant PTS
thresholds, a weighting factor
adjustment was not used; instead, the
data on the spectrum associated with
their source was used and incorporated
the full auditory weighting function for
each marine mammal hearing group.
The tugs towing the jack-up rig
represent a mobile sound source, and
tugs holding and positioning the jack-up
rig on a platform are more akin to a
stationary sound source. In addition,
three tugs would be used for towing
(mobile) and holding and positioning
(stationary) and up to four tugs could be
used for positioning (stationary).
Consequently, sound TL modeling was
undertaken for the various stationary
and mobile scenarios for three and four
tugs to generate Level A and Level B
harassment threshold distances.
For acoustic modeling purposes of the
stationary Level A harassment
thresholds, two locations representative
of where tugs will be stationary while
they position the jack-up rig were
selected in middle Cook Inlet near the
Tyonek platform and in lower Trading
Bay where the production platforms are
located. To account for the mobile
scenarios, the acoustic model generated
Levels A and Level B harassment
distances along a representative route
from the Rig Tenders dock in Nikiski to
the Tyonek platform, the northernmost
platform in Cook Inlet (representing
middle Cook Inlet), as well as from the
Tyonek Platform to the Dolly Varden
platform in lower Trading Bay, then
from the Dolly Varden platform back to
the Rig Tenders Dock in Nikiski. Note
that this route is representative of a
typical route the tugs may take; the
specific route is not yet known, as the
order in which platforms will be drilled
with the jack-up rig is not yet known.
These results were used to calculate
Level A and Level B harassment
exposure estimates from mobile tugs
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
60189
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
towing a jack-up rig. The Level B
harassment results were also used to
calculate Level B harassment exposure
estimates from stationary tugs holding
or positioning a jack-up rig, as the
mobile route encompassed the
stationary modeling points. The
locations represent a range of water
depths from 18 to 77 m found
throughout the project area.
For mobile Level B harassment and
stationary Level B harassment with
three tugs, the average distance to the
120 dB RMS threshold was based on the
assessment of 100 radials at 25 locations
across seasons (May, July, and October)
and represents the average Level B
harassment zone for each season and
location (table 5). The result is a mobile
and stationary Level B harassment zone
of 3,850 m when three tugs are used
(table 5). For stationary Level B
harassment with four tugs, the average
distance to the 120 dB RMS threshold
was based on 100 radials at two
locations, one in Trading Bay and one
in middle Cook Inlet, across seasons
(May, July, and October) and represents
the average Level B harassment zone for
each season and location. The result is
a stationary Level B harassment zone of
4,453 m when four tugs are in use (table
6). NMFS concurs that 3,850 m and
4,453 m are appropriate estimates for
the extent of the Level B harassment
zones for Hilcorp’s towing, holding, and
positioning activities when using three
and four tugs, respectively.
TABLE 5—AVERAGE DISTANCES TO THE LEVEL B HARASSMENT THRESHOLD (120 dB) FOR THREE TUGS TOWING
(MOBILE) AND HOLDING AND POSITIONING FOR 4 HOURS (STATIONARY)
Average distance to 120 dB threshold (m)
Location
May
July
October
Season
average
distance to
threshold
(m)
M1 ....................................................................................................................
M2 ....................................................................................................................
M3 ....................................................................................................................
M4 ....................................................................................................................
M5 ....................................................................................................................
M6 ....................................................................................................................
M7 ....................................................................................................................
M8 ....................................................................................................................
M9 ....................................................................................................................
M10 ..................................................................................................................
M11 ..................................................................................................................
M12 ..................................................................................................................
M13 ..................................................................................................................
M14 ..................................................................................................................
M15 ..................................................................................................................
M16 ..................................................................................................................
M18 ..................................................................................................................
M20 ..................................................................................................................
M22 ..................................................................................................................
M24 ..................................................................................................................
M25 ..................................................................................................................
M26 ..................................................................................................................
M27 ..................................................................................................................
M28 ..................................................................................................................
M29 ..................................................................................................................
4,215
3,946
4,156
4,040
4,053
3,716
2,947
3,270
3,567
3,600
3,746
3,815
4,010
3,837
3,966
3,873
5,562
5,044
4,717
4,456
3,842
3,690
3,707
3,546
3,618
3,911
3,841
3,971
3,844
3,676
3,445
2,753
3,008
3,359
3,487
3,579
3,600
3,831
3,647
3,798
3,676
3,893
3,692
3,553
3,384
3,686
3,400
3,497
3,271
3,279
4,352
4,350
4,458
4,364
4,304
3,554
2,898
3,247
3,727
3,691
4,214
3,995
4,338
4,217
4,455
4,504
4,626
4,320
4,067
4,182
4,218
3,801
3,711
3,480
3,646
4,159
4,046
4,195
4,083
4,011
3,572
2,866
3,175
3,551
3,593
3,846
3,803
4,060
3,900
4,073
4,018
4,694
4,352
4,112
4,007
3,915
3,630
3,638
3,432
3,514
Average ....................................................................................................
3,958
3,563
4,029
3,850
TABLE 6—AVERAGE DISTANCES TO THE LEVEL B HARASSMENT THRESHOLD (120 dB) FOR FOUR TUGS POSITIONING
(STATIONARY) FOR 1 HOUR
Average distance to Level B harassment
threshold (m)
Location
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
May
July
October
Season
average
distance to
threshold
(m)
Trading Bay .....................................................................................................
Middle CI ..........................................................................................................
4,610
4,820
3,850
4,130
4,810
4,500
4,423
4,483
Average ....................................................................................................
4,715
3,990
4,655
4,453
The average Level A harassment
distances for the stationary, four tug
scenario were calculated assuming a
SEL of 185.1 dB for a 5-hour exposure
duration (table 7). For the mobile, three
tug scenario, the average Level A
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
harassment distances were calculated
assuming a SEL of 185.0 dB with an 18second exposure period (table 8). This
18-second exposure was derived using
the standard TL equation (Source
Level¥TL = Received Level) for
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
determining threshold distance (R [m]),
where TL = 15Log10. In this case, the
equation was 185.0 dB¥15Log10 = 173
dB. Solving for threshold distance (R)
yields a distance of approximately 6 m,
which was then used as the preliminary
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
60190
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
ensonified radius to determine the
duration of time it would take for the
ensonified area of the sound source
traveling at a speed of 2.06 m/s (4 knots)
to pass a marine mammal. The duration
(twice the radius divided by speed of
the source) that the ensonified area of a
single tug would take to pass a marine
mammal under these conditions is 6
seconds. An 18-second exposure was
used in the model to reflect the time it
would take for three ensonified areas
(from three consecutive individual tugs)
to pass a single point that represents a
marine mammal (6 seconds + 6 seconds
+ 6 seconds = 18 seconds).
TABLE 7—AVERAGE DISTANCES TO THE LEVEL A HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS FOR FOUR STATIONARY TUGS UNDER LOAD
WITH A JACK-UP RIG FOR 5 HOURS
Average distance (m) to Level A harassment threshold by functional hearing group
Location
Season
LF
Trading Bay .........................
Trading Bay .........................
Trading Bay .........................
Middle Cook Inlet ................
Middle Cook Inlet ................
Middle Cook Inlet ................
Average ...............................
1 The
May .....................................
July .....................................
October ...............................
May .....................................
July .....................................
October ...............................
.............................................
MF
107
132
105
86
95
82
102
HF
77
80
75
85
89
86
82
OW 1
PW
792
758
784
712
718
730
749
64
66
79
78
80
80
75
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
0
Level A harassment distances are smaller than the footprint of the tugs.
TABLE 8—AVERAGE DISTANCES TO THE LEVEL A HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS FOR THREE MOBILE TUGS UNDER LOAD
WITH A JACK-UP RIG ASSUMING A 18-SECOND EXPOSURE DURATION
Average distance (m) to Level A threshold by functional hearing group
Location
LF 1
MF 1
HF
PW 1
OW 1
M2 .......................................
M2 .......................................
M2 .......................................
M11 .....................................
M11 .....................................
M11 .....................................
M22 .....................................
M22 .....................................
M22 .....................................
May .....................................
July .....................................
October ...............................
May .....................................
July .....................................
October ...............................
May .....................................
July .....................................
October ...............................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
10
5
10
10
5
10
10
5
10
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
Average ........................
.............................................
0
0
8
0
0
1 The
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
Season
Level A harassment distances are smaller than the footprint of the tugs.
Tugs are anticipated to be towing the
jack-up rig between platforms and
considered a mobile sound source for 6
hours in a single day per jack-up rig
move. Tugs are anticipated to be towing
the jack-up rig and considered a mobile
source during demobilization and
mobilization to/from Rig Tenders Dock
in Nikiski for 9 hours. One jack-up rig
move between platforms is planned
during the IHA period. Tugs are
anticipated to be holding or positioning
the jack-up rig at the platforms or Rig
Tenders Dock during demobilization
and mobilization and are considered a
stationary sound source for 5 hours in
the first day and 5 hours in the second
day if a second attempt to pin the jackup rig is required. A second attempt was
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
built into the exposure estimate for each
pinning event; three total pinning
events are anticipated during the IHA
period for production drilling.
The ensonified area for a location-tolocation transport for production
drilling represents a rig move between
two production platforms in middle
Cook Inlet and/or Trading Bay and
includes 6 mobile hours over an average
distance of 16.77 km in a single day and
5 stationary hours on the first day and
5 stationary hours on a second day. The
5 stationary hours are further broken
into 4 hours with three tugs under load
and 1 hour with four tugs under load.
One location-to-location jack-up rig
move is planned for the IHA period.
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
The ensonified area for production
drilling demobilization and
mobilization represents a rig move from
a production platform in middle Cook
Inlet to Rig Tenders Dock in Nikiski and
reverse for mobilization and includes 9
mobile hours over a distance of up to
64.34 km in a single day and 5
stationary hours on the first day and 5
stationary hours on a second day, which
are further broken into the same three
tugs working for 4 hours and four tugs
working for 1 hour as mentioned above.
A summary of the estimated Level A
and Level B harassment distances and
areas for the various tugging scenarios if
provided in table 9.
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
60191
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
TABLE 9—AVERAGE DISTANCES AND AREAS TO THE ESTIMATED LEVEL A AND BEVEL B HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS FOR
THE VARIOUS TUGGING SCENARIOS
Level A harassment distance (m)/area (km2)
Level B
harassment
distance
(m)/area (km2)
Activity
LF
I
MF
I
HF
I
PW
I
OW
Demobilization/Mobilization
3 Tugs Towing a Jack-Up Rig—Mobile ..................................................
3 Tugs Towing a Jack-Up Rig—Stationary for up to 4 hours ................
4 Tugs Towing a Jack-Up Rig—Stationary for up to 1 hour ..................
1
1
102/0.03
102/0.03
82/0.02
82/0.02
8/1.07
749/1.76
749/1.76
1
1
75/0.02
75/0.02
1
8/0.28
749/1.76
749/1.76
1
1
75/0.02
75/0.02
1
1
3,850/541.96
3,850/46.56
4,453/62.30
Location-to-Location
3 Tugs Towing a Jack-Up Rig—Mobile ..................................................
3 Tugs Towing a Jack-Up Rig—Stationary for up to 4 hours ................
4 Tugs Towing a Jack-Up Rig—Stationary for up to 1 hour ..................
1 The
1
1
102/0.03
102/0.03
82/0.02
82/0.02
1
3,850/175.6
3,850/46.56
4,453/62.30
Level A harassment distances are smaller than the footprint of the tugs.
Marine Mammal Occurrence
In this section we provide information
about the occurrence of marine
mammals, including density or other
relevant information which will inform
the take calculations.
Densities for marine mammals in
Cook Inlet were derived from NMFS’
Marine Mammal Laboratory (MML)
aerial surveys, typically flown in June,
from 2000 to 2022 (Rugh et al., 2005;
Shelden et al., 2013, 2015b, 2017, 2019,
2022; Goetz, et al. 2023). While the
surveys are concentrated for a few days
in summer annually, which may skew
densities for seasonally present species,
they represent the best available longterm dataset of marine mammal
sightings available in Cook Inlet.
Density was calculated by summing the
total number of animals observed and
dividing the number sighted by the area
surveyed. The total number of animals
observed accounts for both lower and
upper Cook Inlet. There are no density
estimates available for California sea
lions and Pacific white-sided dolphins
in Cook Inlet, as they were so
infrequently sighted. Average densities
across survey years are presented in
table 10.
TABLE 10—AVERAGE DENSITIES OF MARINE MAMMAL SPECIES IN COOK INLET
Density
(individuals per
km2)
Species
Humpback whale ...........................................................................................................................................................................
Minke whale ...................................................................................................................................................................................
Gray whale .....................................................................................................................................................................................
Fin whale .......................................................................................................................................................................................
Killer whale ....................................................................................................................................................................................
Beluga whale (MML—Entire Cook Inlet) .......................................................................................................................................
Beluga whale (MML—Middle Cook Inlet) ......................................................................................................................................
Beluga whale (MML—Lower Cook Inlet) .......................................................................................................................................
Beluga whale (Goetz—North Cook Inlet) ......................................................................................................................................
Beluga whale (Goetz—Lower Cook Inlet) .....................................................................................................................................
Beluga whale (Goetz—Trading Bay) .............................................................................................................................................
Dall’s porpoise ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Harbor porpoise .............................................................................................................................................................................
Pacific white-sided dolphin ............................................................................................................................................................
Harbor seal ....................................................................................................................................................................................
Steller sea lion ...............................................................................................................................................................................
California sea lion ..........................................................................................................................................................................
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
1 Density
0.00185
0.00004
0.00007
0.00028
0.00061
0.07166
0.00658
0.00003
0.00166
0.00000
0.01505
0.00014
0.00380
N/A1
0.26819
0.00669
N/A 1
estimates are not available in Cook Inlet for this species.
For CIBWs, two densities were
considered as a comparison of available
data. The first source considered was
directly from the MML aerial surveys, as
described above. Sighting data collected
during aerial surveys was collected and
then several correction factors were
applied to address perception,
availability, and proximity bias. These
corrected sightings totals were then
divided by the total area covered during
the survey to arrive at a density value.
Densities were derived for the entirety
of Cook Inlet as well as for middle and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
lower Cook Inlet. Densities across all
three regions are low and there is a
known effect of seasonality on the
distribution of the whales. Thus,
densities derived directly from surveys
flown in the summer might
underestimate the density of CIBWs in
lower Cook Inlet at other ice-free times
of the year.
The other mechanism for arriving at
CIBW density considered here is the
Goetz et al. (2012a) habitat-based model.
This model is derived from sightings
and incorporates depth soundings,
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
coastal substrate type, environmental
sensitivity index, anthropogenic
disturbance, and anadromous fish
streams to predict densities throughout
Cook Inlet. The output of this model is
a density map of Cook Inlet, which
predicts spatially explicit density
estimates for CIBW. Using the resulting
grid densities, average densities were
calculated for two regions applicable to
Hilcorp’s operations (table 10). The
densities applicable to the area of
activity (i.e., the North Cook Inlet Unit
density for middle Cook Inlet activities
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
60192
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
and the Trading Bay density for
activities in Trading Bay) are provided
in table 10 above and were carried
forward to the exposure estimates as
they were deemed to likely be the most
representative estimates available.
Likewise, when a range is given, the
higher end of the range was used out of
caution to calculate exposure estimates
(i.e., Trading Bay in the Goetz model has
a range of 0.004453 to 0.015053;
0.015053 was used for the exposure
estimates).
Take Estimation
Here we describe how the information
provided above is synthesized to
produce a quantitative estimate of the
take that is reasonably likely to occur
and proposed for authorization.
As described above, Hilcorp’s tug
towing rig activity considers a total of
three rig moves across 6 days (one 2-day
location-to-location jack-up rig move,
one 2-day demobilization effort, and one
2-day mobilization effort). For the
location-to-location move, Hilcorp
assumed 6 hours of mobile (towing) and
5 hours of stationary (holding and
positioning) activities on the first day,
and 5 hours of the stationary activity (4
hours with three tugs and 1 hour with
four tugs) on the second day to account
for two positioning attempts (across 2
days). For the demobilization and
mobilization efforts, Hilcorp assumed 9
hours of mobile and 5 hours of
stationary (4 hours with three tugs and
1 hour with four tugs) activities on the
first day, and 5 hours of stationary (4
hours with three tugs and 1 hour with
four tugs) activities on the second day
(across 2 days for each effort, for a total
of 4 days of tugs under load with a jackup rigs).
Take by Level A harassment was
estimated by multiplying the ensonified
Level A harassment areas per tugging
activity scenario for each functional
hearing group (table 9) by the estimated
marine mammal densities (table 10) to
get an estimate of exposures per day.
This value was then multiplied by the
number of days per move and the
number of moves of that type of activity
scenario. The estimated exposures by
activity scenario were then summed to
result in a number of exposures for all
tug towing rig activity. Based on this
analysis, only Dall’s porpoise, harbor
porpoise, and harbor seals had
estimated take by Level A harassment
that were greater than zero: 0.001, 0.018,
and 0.006, respectively. Given these
small estimates, NMFS does not propose
to authorize take by Level A harassment
related to Hilcorp’s tugging activity. For
mobile tugging, the distances to the PTS
thresholds for HF cetaceans and phocids
are smaller than the overall size of the
tug and rig configuration (i.e., 8 m and
0 m, respectively), making it unlikely an
animal would remain close enough to
the tug engines to incur PTS. For
stationary positioning of the jack up rig,
the PTS isopleths for both the 3-tug and
4-tug scenarios are up to 749 m for HF
cetaceans and up to 102 m for all other
species, but calculated on the
assumption that an animal would
remain within several hundred meters
of the jack-up rig for the full 5 hours of
noise-producing activity. Given the
location of the activity is not in an area
known to be essential habitat for any
marine mammal species with extreme
site fidelity over the course of 2 days,
in addition to the mobile nature of
marine mammals, the occurrence of PTS
is unlikely and thus not proposed to be
authorized for any species.
The ensonified Level B harassment
areas calculated per activity scenario
(three tug stationary, four tug stationary,
and three tug mobile for the location-tolocation move and the demobilization
and mobilization efforts) for a single day
(see table 9) were multiplied by marine
mammal densities to get an estimate of
exposures per day. This was then
multiplied by the number of days per
move and the number of moves of that
type of activity scenario to arrive at the
number of estimated exposures per
activity type. These exposures by
activity scenario were then summed to
result in a number of exposures per year
for all Hilcorp’s proposed tug under
load activities (table 11). As exposure
estimates were calculated based on
specific potential rig moves or well
locations, the density value for CIBWs
that was carried through the estimate
was the higher density value for that
particular location (table 10). There are
no estimated exposures based on this
method of calculation for California sea
lions and pacific white-sided dolphins
because the assumed density of these
species in the project area is 0.00
animals per km2. Table 11 also indicates
the number of takes, by Level B
harassment, proposed to be authorized.
For species where the total calculated
take by Level B harassment is less than
the estimated group size for that species,
NMFS adjusted the take proposed for
authorization to the anticipated group
size. Explanations for species for which
take proposed for authorization is
greater than the calculated take are
included below.
TABLE 11—AMOUNT OF ESTIMATED AND PROPOSED TAKE BY LEVEL B HARASSMENT, BY SPECIES AND STOCK FOR
HILCORP’S TUG TOWING, HOLDING, AND POSITIONING OF A JACK-UP RIG ACTIVITIES
Location-to-location
Scenario
3 Mobile Tugs
Level B Harassment Area
(km2) ..............................
3 Stationary
Tugs
175.67
46.56
0.324
0.005
0.012
0.048
0.108
1.900
0.024
0.667
0.000
47.112
1.175
0.000
0.029
0.000
0.001
0.004
0.009
0.168
0.002
0.059
0.000
4.163
0.104
0.000
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
Species
Humpback whale ...............
Minke whale ......................
Gray whale ........................
Fin whale ...........................
Killer whale ........................
Beluga whale .....................
Dall’s porpoise ...................
Harbor porpoise ................
Pacific white-sided dolphin
Harbor seal ........................
Steller sea lion ..................
California sea lion .............
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Demobilization/mobilization
4 Stationary
Tugs
62.30
3 Mobile Tugs
541.96
3 Stationary
Tugs
4 Stationary
Tugs
46.56
62.30
0.057
0.001
0.002
0.009
0.019
0.204
0.004
0.118
0.000
8.325
0.208
0.000
0.019
0.000
0.001
0.003
0.006
0.068
0.001
0.039
0.000
2.785
0.069
0.000
Total
estimated take
by level B
harassment
Proposed
Take by Level
B Harassment
2.440
0.037
0.088
0.364
0.808
9.529
0.180
5.020
0.000
354.476
8.844
0.000
3
3
3
2
10
15
6
12
3
355
9
2
Estimated Take by Level B Harassment
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00030
0.010
0.000
0.000
0.001
0.003
0.056
0.001
0.020
0.000
1.392
0.035
0.000
Fmt 4701
2.001
0.031
0.072
0.299
0.663
7.133
0.148
4.117
0.000
290.699
7.253
0.000
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
During annual aerial surveys
conducted in Cook Inlet from 2000 to
2016, humpback group sizes ranged
from one to 12 individuals, with most
groups comprised of 1 to 3 individuals
(Shelden et al., 2013). Three humpback
whales were observed in Cook Inlet
during SAExploration’s seismic study in
2015: two near the Forelands and one in
Kachemak Bay (Kendall and Cornick,
2015). In total, 14 sightings of 38
humpback whales (ranging in group size
from 1 to 14) were recorded in the 2019
Hilcorp lower Cook Inlet seismic survey
in the fall (Fairweather Science, 2020).
Two sightings totaling three individual
humpback whales were recorded near
Ladd Landing north of the Forelands on
the recent Harvest Alaska CIPL
Extension Project (Sitkiewicz et al.,
2018). Based on documented
observations from the CIPL Extension
Project, which is the data closest to the
specific geographic region, NMFS is
proposing to authorize, three takes by
Level B harassment for humpback
whales, which is slightly greater than
the take estimated using the methods
described above (0.2440 takes by Level
B harassment, table 11).
Minke whales usually travel in groups
of two to three individuals (NMFS,
2023b). During Cook Inlet-wide aerial
surveys conducted from 1993 to 2004,
minke whales were encountered three
times (1998, 1999, and 2006), all were
observed off Anchor Point (Shelden et
al., 2013, 2015b, and 2017). Several
minke whales were recorded off Cape
Starichkof in early summer 2013 during
exploratory drilling (Owl Ridge, 2014),
suggesting this location is regularly used
by minke whales year-round. During
Apache’s 2014 survey, a total of two
minke whale groups (three individuals)
were observed. One sighting occurred
southeast of Kalgin Island while the
other sighting occurred near Homer
(Lomac-MacNair et al., 2014).
SAExploration noted one minke whale
near Tuxedni Bay in 2015 (Kendall and
Cornick, 2015). Eight sightings of eight
minke whales were recorded in the 2019
Hilcorp lower Cook Inlet seismic survey
(Fairweather Science, 2020). Based on
these observations of group size and
consistency of sightings in Cook Inlet,
NMFS is proposing to authorize three
takes by Level B harassment for minke
whales (table 11). This is higher than
the exposure estimate (i.e., 0.037, table
11) to allow for the potential occurrence
of a group, or several individuals,
during the project period.
During Apache’s 2012 seismic
program, nine sightings of a total of nine
gray whales were observed in June and
July (Lomac-MacNair et al., 2013). In
2014, one gray whale was observed
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
during Apache’s seismic program
(Lomac-MacNair et al., 2014) and in
2015, no gray whales were observed
during SAExploration’s seismic survey
(Kendall and Cornick, 2015). No gray
whales were observed during the 2018
CIPL Extension Project (Sitkiewicz et
al., 2018) or during the 2019 Hilcorp
seismic survey in lower Cook Inlet
(Fairweather Science, 2020). The
greatest densities of gray whales in Cook
Inlet occur from November through
January and March through May; the
former are southbound, the latter are
northbound (Ferguson et al., 2015).
Based on this information, NMFS is
proposing to authorize three takes by
Level B harassment for gray whales.
This is higher than the exposure
estimate (i.e., 0.088, table 11) to allow
for the potential occurrence of a group,
or several individuals, particularly
during the fall shoulder season during
the higher density periods mentioned
above.
Fin whales most often travel alone,
although they are sometimes seen in
groups of two to seven individuals.
During migration they may be in groups
of 50 to 300 individuals (NMFS, 2010).
During the NMFS aerial surveys in Cook
Inlet from 2000 to 2018, 10 sightings of
26 estimated individual fin whales were
recorded in lower Cook Inlet (Shelden et
al., 2013, 2015b, and 2017; Shelden and
Wade, 2019). Wild et al. (2023)
identified areas south of the mouth of
Cook Inlet as a fin whale feeding BIA
from June to September with an
importance score of 1 and an intensity
score of 1 (see Harrison et al. 2023 for
more details regarding BIA scoring). As
such, the potential for fin whales to
occupy waters adjacent to the BIA
during that time period and near the
specified area may be higher. Acoustic
detections of fin whales were recorded
during passive acoustic monitoring in
the fall of 2019 (Castellote et al., 2020)
Additionally, during seismic surveys
conducted in 2019 by Hilcorp in lower
Cook Inlet, 8 sightings of 23 fin whales
were recorded in groups ranging in size
from 1 to 15 individuals (Fairweather
Science, 2020). The higher number of
sightings in a single year relative to the
multi-year NMFS aerial surveys flown
earlier in season each year suggests fin
whales may be present in greater
numbers in the fall. Given the possible
presence of fin whales in the project
area, NMFS proposes to authorize two
takes by Level B harassment for fin
whales during tugs Hilcorp’s planned
activities.
Killer whale pods typically consist of
a few to 20 or more animals (NMFS,
2023c). During seismic surveys
conducted in 2019 by Hilcorp in lower
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
60193
Cook Inlet, 21 killer whales were
observed. Although also observed as
single individuals, killer whales were
recorded during this survey in groups
ranging in size from two to five
individuals (Fairweather Science, 2020).
One killer whale group of two
individuals was observed during the
2015 SAExploration seismic program
near the North Foreland (Kendall and
Cornick, 2015). Based on recent
documented sightings, observed group
sizes, and the established presence of
killer whales in Cook Inlet, NMFS is
proposing to authorize 10 takes by Level
B harassment for killer whales. This
would facilitate two sightings with a
group size of five individuals, which
represents the upper end of recorded
group size in recent surveys conducted
in Cook Inlet.
The total estimated take for CIWB was
calculated to be 9.529 individuals based
on recorded densities and estimated
durations that tugs would be under load
with a jack-up rig (table 11). The 2018
MML aerial survey (Shelden and Wade,
2019) reported a median beluga group
size estimate of approximately 11
whales, although estimated group sizes
were highly variable (ranging from 2 to
147 whales) as was the case in previous
survey years (Boyd et al., 2019). The
median group size during 2021 and
2022 MML aerial surveys was 34 and
15, respectively, with variability
between 1 and 174 between the years
(Goetz et al., 2023). Additionally,
vessel-based surveys in 2019 found
CIBW groups in the Susitna River Delta
(roughly 24 km north of the Tyonek
Platform) that ranged from 5 to 200
animals (McGuire et al., 2022). Based on
these observations, NMFS proposes to
increase the estimated take calculated
above and authorize 15 takes by Level
B harassment for CIBWs to account for
1 group of 15 individuals, the lower end
of the 2022 median group size, or 2
observations of smaller-sized groups.
While large groups of CIBWs have been
seen in the Susitna River Delta region,
they are not expected near Hilcorp’s
specified activity because groups of this
size have not been observed or
documented outside river deltas in
upper Cook Inlet; however, smaller
groups (i.e., around the 2022 median
group size) could be traveling through to
access the Susitna River Delta and other
nearby coastal locations.
Dall’s porpoises are usually found in
groups averaging between 2 and 12
individuals (NMFS, 2023d). During
seismic surveys conducted in 2019 by
Hilcorp in lower Cook Inlet, Dall’s
porpoises were recorded in groups
ranging from two to seven individuals
(Fairweather Science, 2020). The 2012
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
60194
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
Apache survey recorded two groups of
three individual Dall’s porpoises
(Lomac-MacNair et al., 2014). NMFS
proposes to authorize six takes by Level
B harassment for Dall’s porpoises. This
is greater than the estimated exposure
estimate for this species (0.180, table
11), but would allow for at least one
group at the higher end of documented
group size or a combination of small
groups plus individuals.
Harbor porpoises are most often seen
in groups of two to three (NMFS,
2023e); however, based on observations
during project-based marine mammal
monitoring, they can also occur in larger
group sizes. Shelden et al. (2014)
compiled historical sightings of harbor
porpoises from lower to upper Cook
Inlet that spanned from a few animals
to 92 individuals. The 2018 CIPL
Extension Project that occurred in
middle Cook Inlet reported 29 sightings
of 44 individuals (Sitkiewicz et al.,
2018). NMFS proposes to authorize 12
takes by Level B harassment for harbor
porpoises to allow for multiple group
sightings during the specified activity.
This authorization is greater than the
exposure estimate calculated (5.020,
table 11) but would account for the
possibility of a couple sightings of small
groups of harbor porpoises during
Hilcorp’s 6 days of tugging activity.
Recent data specific to Pacific whitesided dolphins within Cook Inlet is
lacking, and the calculated exposure
estimate is zero based on the paucity of
sightings of this species in this region
(table 11). However, Pacific-white sided
dolphins have been observed in Cook
Inlet. During an aerial survey in May
2014, Apache observed three Pacific
white-sided dolphins near Kenai. No
large groups of Pacific white-sided
dolphins have been reported within
Cook Inlet, although acoustic detections
of several Pacific white-sided dolphins
were recorded near Iniskin Bay during
Hilcorp’s 3D seismic survey in 2020.
Prior to this, only one other survey in
the last 20 years noted the presence of
Pacific white-sided dolphins (three
animals) within Cook Inlet. As a result
of the dearth of current data on this
species, an accurate density for Pacific
white-sided dolphins in the specific
project region has not been generated.
However, based on the possibility of
this species in the project area, NMFS
proposes to authorize three takes by
Level B harassment for Pacific whitesided dolphins, the maximum number
of Pacific white-sided dolphins that
have been recorded in the somewhat
recent past are present in Cook Inlet.
This is consistent with NMFS’ IHA for
Hilcorp’s previous tugging activities (87
FR 62364, October 14, 2022).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:25 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
Harbor seals are often solitary in
water but can haul out in groups of a
few to thousands (Alaska Department of
Fish and Game (ADF&G), 2022). Given
their presence in the study region,
NMFS proposes to authorize 355 takes
by Level B harassment for harbor seals,
which is commensurate with the
calculated exposure estimate based on
harbor seal densities and Hilcorp’s
estimated durations for tugs under load
with a jack-up rig (table 11).
Steller sea lions tend to forage
individually or in small groups (Fiscus
and Baines, 1966) but have been
documented feeding in larger groups
when schooling fish were present
(Gende et al., 2001). Steller sea lions
have been observed during marine
mammal surveys conducted in Cook
Inlet. In 2012, during Apache’s 3D
Seismic survey, three sightings of
approximately four individuals in upper
Cook Inlet were reported (LomacMacNair et al., 2013). Marine mammal
observers associated with Buccaneer’s
drilling project off Cape Starichkof
observed seven Steller sea lions during
the summer of 2013 (Owl Ridge, 2014).
During SAExploration’s 3D Seismic
Program in 2015, four Steller sea lions
were observed in Cook Inlet. One
sighting occurred between the West and
East Forelands, one occurred near
Nikiski, and one occurred northeast of
the North Foreland in the center of Cook
Inlet (Kendall and Cornick, 2015).
During NMFS Cook Inlet beluga whale
aerial surveys from 2000 to 2016, 39
sightings of 769 estimated individual
Steller sea lions in lower Cook Inlet
were reported (Shelden et al., 2017).
During a waterfowl survey in upper
Cook Inlet, an observer documented an
estimated 25 Steller sea lions hauled-out
at low tide in the Lewis River on the
west side of Cook Inlet (K. Lindberg,
pers. comm., August 15, 2022). Hilcorp
reported one sighting of two Steller sea
lions while conducting pipeline work in
upper Cook Inlet (Sitkiewicz et al.,
2018). Commensurate with exposure
estimates shown in table 11, NMFS is
proposing to authorize nine takes by
Level B harassment for Steller sea lions.
While California sea lions are
uncommon in the specific geographic
region, two were seen during the 2012
Apache seismic survey in Cook Inlet
(Lomac-MacNair et al., 2013). California
sea lions in Alaska are typically alone
but may be seen in small groups usually
associated with Steller sea lions at their
haul outs and rookeries (Maniscalco et
al., 2004). Despite the estimated
exposure estimate being zero due to the
lack of sightings during aerial surveys,
NMFS proposes to authorize two takes
by Level B harassment for California sea
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
lions to account for the potential to see
up to two animals over the course of the
season. This is consistent with NMFS
authorization for Hilcorp’s previous
tugging activities (87 FR 62364, October
14, 2022).
Proposed Mitigation
In order to issue an IHA under section
101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must
set forth the permissible methods of
taking pursuant to the activity, and
other means of effecting the least
practicable impact on the species or
stock and its habitat, paying particular
attention to rookeries, mating grounds,
and areas of similar significance, and on
the availability of the species or stock
for taking for certain subsistence uses.
NMFS regulations require applicants for
incidental take authorizations to include
information about the availability and
feasibility (economic and technological)
of equipment, methods, and manner of
conducting the activity or other means
of effecting the least practicable adverse
impact upon the affected species or
stocks, and their habitat (50 CFR
216.104(a)(11)).
In evaluating how mitigation may or
may not be appropriate to ensure the
least practicable adverse impact on
species or stocks and their habitat, as
well as subsistence uses where
applicable, NMFS considers two
primary factors:
(1) The manner in which, and the
degree to which, the successful
implementation of the measure(s) is
expected to reduce impacts to marine
mammals, marine mammal species or
stocks, and their habitat, as well as
subsistence uses. This considers the
nature of the potential adverse impact
being mitigated (likelihood, scope,
range). It further considers the
likelihood that the measure will be
effective if implemented (probability of
accomplishing the mitigating result if
implemented as planned), the
likelihood of effective implementation
(probability implemented as planned);
and
(2) The practicability of the measures
for applicant implementation, which
may consider such things as cost and
impact on operations.
There is a discountable potential for
marine mammals to incur PTS from the
project, as source levels are relatively
low, non-impulsive, and animals would
have to remain at very close distances
for multiple hours to accumulate
acoustic energy at levels that could
damage hearing. Therefore, we do not
believe there is reasonable potential for
Level A harassment and we are not
proposing to authorize it. However,
Hilcorp will implement a number of
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
mitigation measures designed to reduce
the potential for and severity of Level B
harassment and minimize the impacts of
the project.
The tugs towing a jack-up rig are not
able to shut down while transiting,
holding, or positioning the rig. Hilcorp
would maneuver the tugs towing the
jack-up rig such that they maintain a
consistent speed (approximately 4 knots
[7 km/hr]) and avoid multiple changes
of speed and direction to make the
course of the vessels as predictable as
possible to marine mammals in the
surrounding environment,
characteristics that are expected to be
associated with a lower likelihood of
disturbance.
During activities involving tugs under
load with a jack-up rig, Hilcorp would
implement a clearance zone of 1,500 m
centered around the jack-up rig for nonCIBW species and a clearance zone that
extends as far as PSOs can feasibly
observe for CIBWs. The 1,500 m
proposed clearance zone is consistent
with previous authorizations for tugging
activities (87 FR 62364, October 14,
2022), and was determined to be
appropriate as it is approximately twice
as large as largest Level A harassment
zone (table 10) and is a reasonable
distance within which cryptic species
(e.g., porpoises, pinnipeds) could be
observed. The larger clearance zone for
CIBWs is a new measure aimed to
further minimize any potential impacts
from tugs under load with a jack-up rig
on this species.
Hilcorp would employ two NMFSapproved PSOs to conduct marine
mammal monitoring to a distance out to
the greatest extent possible for all
mobile and stationary tugging activity.
Prior to new commencing activities
during daylight hours or if there is a 30minute lapse in operational activities,
the PSOs would observe the clearance
zones described above for 30 minutes
(i.e., pre-clearance monitoring)
(transitioning from towing to
positioning without shutting down
would not be considered commencing a
new operational activity). If no marine
mammals are observed within the
relevant clearance zone during this preclearance monitoring period, tugs may
commence their towing, positioning, or
holding of a jack-up rig. If a non-CIBW
marine mammal(s) is observed within
the relevant clearance zone during the
pre-clearance monitoring period towing,
positioning, or holding of a jack-up rig
would be delayed, unless the delay
interferes with the safety of working
conditions. Operations would not
commence until the PSO(s) observe that
the non-CIBW animal(s) is outside of
and on a path away from the clearance
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
zone, or 30 minutes have elapsed
without observing the non-CIBW marine
mammal. If a CIBW(s) is observed
within the relevant clearance zone
during those 30 minutes, operations
may not commence until the CIBW(s) is
no longer detected at any range and 30
minutes have elapsed without any
observations of CIBWs. Once the PSOs
have determined one of those
conditions are met, operations may
commence. PSOs would also conduct
monitoring for marine mammals
through 30 minutes post-completion of
any tugging activity each day, and after
each stoppage of 30 minutes or greater.
During nighttime hours or low/nolight conditions, night-vision devices
(NVDs) shown to be effective at
detecting marine mammals in low-light
conditions (e.g., Portable Visual Search7 model, or similar) would be provided
to PSOs to aid in their monitoring of
marine mammals. Every effort would be
made to observe that the relevant
clearance zone is free of marine
mammals by using night-vision devices
and or the naked eye, however it may
not always be possible to see and clear
the entire clearance zones prior to
nighttime transport. Prior to
commencing new operational activities
during nighttime hours or if there is a
30-minute lapse in operational activities
in low/no-light conditions, the PSOs
would observe out to the greatest extent
feasible while using NVDs for 30
minutes (i.e., pre-clearance monitoring);
if no marine mammals are observed
during this pre-clearance monitoring
period, tugs may commence towing,
positioning, or holding a jack-up rig. If
a marine mammal(s) is observed during
the pre-clearance monitoring period,
tugs towing, positioning, or holding a
jack-up rig would be delayed, unless the
delay interferes with the safety of
working conditions. Operations would
not commence until the PSO(s) observe
that: (1) the animal(s) is outside of the
observable area; or (2) 30 minutes have
elapsed. Once the PSOs have
determined one of those conditions are
met, operations may commence.
Hilcorp would operate with the tide,
resulting in a low power output from
the tugs towing the jack-up rig, unless
human safety or equipment integrity are
at risk. Due to the nature of tidal cycles
in Cook Inlet, it is possible that the most
favorable tide for the towing operation
would occur during nighttime hours.
Hilcorp would operate the tugs towing
the jack-up rigs at night if the nighttime
operations result in a lower power
output from the tugs by operating with
a favorable tide.
Out of concern for potential
disturbance to CIBWs in sensitive and
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
60195
essential habitat, Hilcorp would
maintain a distance of 2.4 km from the
MLLW line of the Susitna River Delta
(Beluga River to the Little Susitna River)
between April 15 and November 15. The
dates of applicability of this exclusion
area have been expanded based on new
available science, including visual
surveys and acoustic studies, which
indicate that substantial numbers of
CIBWs continue to occur in the Susitna
Delta area through at least midNovember (M. Castellote, pers. comm.,
T. McGuire, pers. comm.). In addition,
Hilcorp would coordinate with local
Tribes as described in its Stakeholder
Engagement Plan (see Appendix C in
Hilcorp’s application), notify the
communities of any changes in the
operation, and take action to avoid or
mitigate impacts to subsistence harvests.
For transportation of a jack-up rig to
or from the Tyonek platform, in
addition to the two PSOs stationed on
the rig during towing, one additional
PSO would be stationed on the Tyonek
platform to monitor for marine
mammals. The PSO would be on-watch
for at least 1 hour before tugs are
expected to arrive (scheduled to
approach the Level B harassment
threshold).
Based on our evaluation of Hilcorp’s
proposed measures, NMFS has
preliminarily determined that the
proposed mitigation measures provide
the means of effecting the least
practicable impact on the affected
species or stocks and their habitat,
paying particular attention to rookeries,
mating grounds, and areas of similar
significance, and on the availability of
such species or stock for subsistence
uses.
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an IHA for an
activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of the
MMPA states that NMFS must set forth
requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of such taking.
The MMPA implementing regulations at
50 CFR 216.104(a)(13) indicate that
requests for authorizations must include
the suggested means of accomplishing
the necessary monitoring and reporting
that will result in increased knowledge
of the species and of the level of taking
or impacts on populations of marine
mammals that are expected to be
present while conducting the activities.
Effective reporting is critical both to
compliance as well as ensuring that the
most value is obtained from the required
monitoring.
Monitoring and reporting
requirements prescribed by NMFS
should contribute to improved
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
60196
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
understanding of one or more of the
following:
• Occurrence of marine mammal
species or stocks in the area in which
take is anticipated (e.g., presence,
abundance, distribution, density);
• Nature, scope, or context of likely
marine mammal exposure to potential
stressors/impacts (individual or
cumulative, acute or chronic), through
better understanding of: (1) action or
environment (e.g., source
characterization, propagation, ambient
noise); (2) affected species (e.g., life
history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence
of marine mammal species with the
activity; or (4) biological or behavioral
context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or
feeding areas);
• Individual marine mammal
responses (behavioral or physiological)
to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or
cumulative), other stressors, or
cumulative impacts from multiple
stressors;
• How anticipated responses to
stressors impact either: (1) long-term
fitness and survival of individual
marine mammals; or (2) populations,
species, or stocks;
• Effects on marine mammal habitat
(e.g., marine mammal prey species,
acoustic habitat, or other important
physical components of marine
mammal habitat); and
• Mitigation and monitoring
effectiveness.
Hilcorp would abide by all
monitoring and reporting measures
contained within the IHA, if issued, and
their Marine Mammal Monitoring and
Mitigation Plan (see appendix D of
Hilcorp’s application). A summary of
those measures and additional
requirements proposed by NMFS is
provided below.
A minimum of two NMFS-approved
PSOs must be stationed on the tug or
jack-up rig for monitoring purposes for
the entirety of jack-up rig towing,
holding, and positioning operations.
PSOs would be independent of the
activity contractor (for example,
employed by a subcontractor) and have
no other assigned tasks during
monitoring periods. At least one PSO
would have prior experience performing
the duties of a PSO during an activity
pursuant to a NMFS-issued Incidental
Take Authorization or Letter of
Concurrence. Other PSOs may
substitute other relevant experience
(including relevant Alaska Native
traditional knowledge), education
(degree in biological science or related
field), or training for prior experience
performing the duties of a PSO.
PSOs would also have the following
additional qualifications:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
(a) The ability to conduct field
observations and collect data according
to assigned protocols;
(b) Experience or training in the field
identification of marine mammals,
including the identification of
behaviors;
(c) Sufficient training, orientation, or
experience with the tugging operation to
provide for personal safety during
observations;
(d) Sufficient writing skills to record
required information including but not
limited to the number and species of
marine mammals observed; dates and
times when tugs were under load with
the jack-up rig; dates, times, and reason
for implementation of mitigation (or
why mitigation was not implemented
when required); and marine mammal
behavior; and
(e) The ability to communicate orally,
by radio or in person, with project
personnel to provide real-time
information on marine mammals
observed in the area as necessary.
PSOs would be positioned aboard the
tug or the jack-up-rig at the best
practical vantage points that are
determined to be safe, ideally an
elevated stable platform from which a
single PSO would have an unobstructed
360-degree view of the water or a total
360-degree view between all PSOs onwatch. Generally, one PSO would be on
the port side and one PSO would be on
the starboard side. Additionally, when
towing the jack-up rig to the Tyonek
platform, an additional PSO would be
stationed on the Tyonek platform 1 hour
before tugs are expected to arrive (i.e.,
scheduled to approach the Level B
threshold) to monitor for marine
mammals out to the maximum extent
possible. PSOs may use a combination
of equipment to scan the monitoring
area and to verify the required
monitoring distance from the project
site, including the naked eye, 7 by 50
binoculars, and NMFS approved NVDs
for low light and nighttime operations.
PSOs would be in communication with
all vessel captains via VHF radio and/
or cell phones at all times and alert
vessel captains to all marine mammal
sightings relative to the vessel location.
Hilcorp would submit interim
monthly reports for all months in which
tug towing, holding, or positioning of
the jack-up rig occurs. Monthly reports
would be due 14 days after the
conclusion of each calendar month, and
would include a summary of marine
mammal species and behavioral
observations, delays, and tugging
activities completed (i.e., tugs towing,
holding, or positioning the jack-up rig).
They also must include an assessment
of the amount of tugging remaining to be
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
completed, in addition to the number of
CIBWs observed within estimated
harassment zones to date.
A draft final summary marine
mammal monitoring report would be
submitted to NMFS within 90 days after
the completion of the tug towing jackup rig activities for the year or 60
calendar days prior to the requested
issuance of any subsequent IHA for
similar activity at the same location,
whichever comes first. The draft
summary report would include an
overall description of all work
completed, a narrative regarding marine
mammal sightings, and associated
marine mammal observation data sheets
(data must be submitted electronically
in a format that can be queried such as
a spreadsheet or database). Specifically,
the summary report would include:
• Date and time that monitored
activity begins or ends;
• Activities occurring during each
observation period, including (a) the
type of activity (towing, holding,
positioning), (b) the total duration of
each type of activity, (c) the number of
attempts required for positioning, (d)
when nighttime operations were
required, and (e) whether towing against
the tide was required;
• PSO locations during marine
mammal monitoring;
• Environmental conditions during
monitoring periods (at the beginning
and end of the PSO shift and whenever
conditions change significantly),
including Beaufort sea state, tidal state,
and any other relevant weather
conditions including cloud cover, fog,
sun glare, overall visibility to the
horizon, and estimated observable
distance;
• Upon observation of a marine
mammal, the following information:
Æ Name of PSO who sighted the
animal(s) and PSO location and activity
at time of sighting;
Æ Time of sighting;
Æ Identification of the animal(s) (e.g.,
genus/species, lowest possible
taxonomic level, or unidentified), PSO
confidence in identification, and the
composition of the group if there is a
mix of species;
Æ Distance and location of each
observed marine mammal relative to the
tug boats for each sighting;
Æ Estimated number of animals (min/
max/best estimate);
Æ Estimated number of animals by
cohort (adults, juveniles, neonates,
group composition, etc.);
Æ Animal’s closest point of approach
and estimated time spent within the
harassment zone;
Æ Description of any marine mammal
behavioral observations (e.g., observed
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
behaviors such as feeding or traveling),
including an assessment of behavioral
responses thought to have resulted from
the activity (e.g., no response or changes
in behavioral state such as ceasing
feeding, changing direction, flushing, or
breaching);
• Number of marine mammals
detected within the harassment zones,
by species; and
• Detailed information about
implementation of any mitigation (e.g.,
delays), a description of specific actions
that ensued, and resulting changes in
behavior of the animal(s), if any.
If no comments are received from
NMFS within 30 days, the draft
summary report would constitute the
final report. If comments are received, a
final report addressing NMFS comments
must be submitted within 30 days after
receipt of comments.
In the event that personnel involved
in Hilcorp’s tugging activities discover
an injured or dead marine mammal,
Hilcorp would report the incident to the
Office of Protected Resources, NMFS
(PR.ITP.MonitoringReports@noaa.gov,
itp.tyson.moore@noaa.gov), and to the
Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinator
as soon as feasible. If the death or injury
was clearly caused by the specified
activity, Hilcorp would immediately
cease the specified activities until
NMFS is able to review the
circumstances of the incident and
determine what, if any, additional
measures are appropriate to ensure
compliance with the IHA. Hilcorp
would not resume their activities until
notified by NMFS. The report would
include the following information:
• Time, date, and location (latitude
and longitude) of the first discovery
(and updated location information if
known and applicable);
• Species identification (if known) or
description of the animal(s) involved;
• Condition of the animal(s)
(including carcass condition if the
animal is dead);
• Observed behaviors of the
animal(s), if alive;
• If available, photographs or video
footage of the animal(s); and
• General circumstances under which
the animal was discovered.
Negligible Impact Analysis and
Determination
NMFS has defined negligible impact
as an impact resulting from the
specified activity that cannot be
reasonably expected to, and is not
reasonably likely to, adversely affect the
species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival
(50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact
finding is based on the lack of likely
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
adverse effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival (i.e., populationlevel effects). An estimate of the number
of takes alone is not enough information
on which to base an impact
determination. In addition to
considering estimates of the number of
marine mammals that might be ‘‘taken’’
through harassment, NMFS considers
other factors, such as the likely nature
of any impacts or responses (e.g.,
intensity, duration), the context of any
impacts or responses (e.g., critical
reproductive time or location, foraging
impacts affecting energetics), as well as
effects on habitat, and the likely
effectiveness of the mitigation. We also
assess the number, intensity, and
context of estimated takes by evaluating
this information relative to population
status. Consistent with the 1989
preamble for NMFS’ implementing
regulations (54 FR 40338, September 29,
1989), the impacts from other past and
ongoing anthropogenic activities are
incorporated into this analysis via their
impacts on the baseline (e.g., as
reflected in the regulatory status of the
species, population size and growth rate
where known, ongoing sources of
human-caused mortality, or ambient
noise levels).
To avoid repetition, the discussion of
our analysis applies to all the species
listed in table 11, except CIBWs, given
that many of the anticipated effects of
this project on different marine mammal
stocks are expected to be relatively
similar in nature. For CIBWs, there are
meaningful differences in anticipated
individual responses to activities,
impact of expected take on the
population, or impacts on habitat;
therefore, we provide a separate
independent detailed analysis for
CIBWs following the analysis for other
species for which we propose take
authorization.
NMFS has identified several key
factors which may be employed to
assess the level of analysis necessary to
conclude whether potential impacts
associated with a specified activity
should be considered negligible. These
include (but are not limited to) the type
and magnitude of taking, the amount
and importance of the available habitat
for the species or stock that is affected,
the duration of the anticipated effect on
the individuals, and the status of the
species or stock. The potential effects of
the specified activity on humpback
whales, minke whales, gray whales, fin
whales, killer whales, Dall’s porpoises,
harbor porpoises, Pacific white-sided
dolphins, Steller sea lions, harbor seals,
and California sea lions are discussed
below. These factors also apply to
CIBWs; however, an additional analysis
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
60197
for CIBWs is provided in a separate subsection below.
Tugs under load with the jack-up rig,
as outlined previously, have the
potential to disturb or displace marine
mammals. Specifically, the specified
activities may result in take, in the form
of Level B harassment, from underwater
sounds generated by tugs towing,
holding, and positioning a jack-up rig.
Potential takes could occur if marine
mammals are present in zones
ensonified above the thresholds for
Level B harassment, identified above,
while activities are underway.
Hilcorp’s planned activities and
associated impacts would occur within
a limited, confined area of the affected
species or stocks’ range over a total of
6 days between September 14, 2024, and
September 13, 2025. The intensity and
duration of take by Level B harassment
would be minimized through use of
mitigation measures described herein.
Further the amount of take proposed to
be authorized is small when compared
to stock abundance (see tables 2 and 11).
In addition, NMFS does not anticipate
that serious injury or mortality would
occur as a result of Hilcorp’s planned
activity given the nature of the activity,
even in the absence of required
mitigation.
Exposures to elevated sound levels
produced during tugs under load with
the jack-up rig may cause behavioral
disturbance of some individuals within
the vicinity of the sound source.
Behavioral responses of marine
mammals to tugs under load with the
jack-up rig are expected to be mild,
short term, and temporary. Effects on
individuals that are taken by Level B
harassment, as enumerated in the
Estimated Take section, on the basis of
reports in the literature as well as
monitoring from other similar activities
conducted by Hilcorp (Horsley and
Larson, 2023), would likely be limited
to behavioral response such as increased
swimming speeds, changing in
directions of travel and diving and
surfacing behaviors, increased
respiration rates, or decreased foraging
(if such activity were occurring)
(Ridgway et al., 1997; Nowacek et al.,
2007; Thorson and Reyff, 2006; Kendall
and Cornick, 2015; Goldbogen et al.,
2013b; Blair et al., 2016; Wisniewska et
al., 2018; Piwetz et al., 2021). Marine
mammals within the Level B
harassment zones may not show any
visual cues they are disturbed by
activities or they could become alert,
avoid the area, leave the area, or have
other mild responses that are not
observable such as increased stress
levels (e.g., Rolland et al. 2012; Bejder
et al., 2006; Rako et al., 2013; Pirotta et
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
60198
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
al., 2015; Pérez-Jorge et al., 2016). They
may also exhibit increased vocalization
rates (e.g., Dahlheim, 1987; Dahlheim
and Castellote, 2016), louder
vocalizations (e.g., Frankel and Gabriele,
2017; Fournet et al., 2018), alterations in
the spectral features of vocalizations
(e.g., Castellote et al., 2012), or a
cessation of communication signals
(e.g., Tsujii et al., 2018). However, as
described in the Potential Effects of
Specified Activities on Marine
Mammals and Their Habitat section,
marine mammals observed near
Hilcorp’s planned activities have shown
little to no observable reactions to tugs
under load with a jack-up rig (Horsley
and Larson, 2023).
Tugs pulling, holding, and
positioning a jack-up rig are slowmoving as compared to typical
recreational and commercial vessel
traffic. Assuming an animal was
stationary, exposure from the moving
tug configuration (which comprises
most of the tug activity being
considered) would be on the order of
minutes in any particular location. The
slow, predictable, and generally straight
path of this activity is expected to
further lessen the likelihood that sound
exposures at the expected levels would
result in the harassment of marine
mammals. Also, this slow transit along
a predictable path is planned in an area
of routine vessel traffic where many
large vessels move in slow straight-line
paths, and some individuals are
expected to be habituated to these sorts
of sounds. While it is possible that
animals may swim around the project
area, avoiding closer approaches to the
boats, we do not expect them to
abandon any intended path. Further,
most animals present in the region
would likely be transiting through the
area; therefore, any potential exposure is
expected to be brief. Based on the
characteristics of the sound source and
the other activities regularly
encountered in the area, it is unlikely
Hilcorp’s plannedactivities would be of
a duration or intensity expected to
result in impacts on reproduction or
survival.
Further, most of the species present in
the region would only be present
temporarily based on seasonal patterns
or during transit between other habitats.
These temporarily present species
would be exposed to even shorter
periods of noise-generating activity,
further decreasing the impacts. Most
likely, individual animals would simply
move away from the sound source and
be temporarily displaced from the area.
Takes may also occur during important
feeding times. The project area though
represents a small portion of available
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
foraging habitat and impacts on marine
mammal feeding for all species should
be minimal.
We anticipate that any potential
reactions and behavioral changes are
expected to subside quickly when the
exposures cease and, therefore, we do
not expect long-term adverse
consequences from Hilcorp’s proposed
activities for individuals of any species.
The intensity of Level B harassment
events would be minimized through use
of mitigation measures described herein,
which were not quantitatively factored
into the take estimates. Hilcorp would
use PSOs to monitor for marine
mammals before commencing any
tugging activity, which would minimize
the potential for marine mammals to be
present within Level B harassment
zones when tugs are under load.
Further, given the absence of any major
rookeries or areas of known biological
significance for marine mammals (e.g.,
foraging hot spots) within the estimated
harassment zones (other than critical
habitat and a BIA for CIBWs as
described below), we assume that
potential takes by Level B harassment
would have an inconsequential shortterm effect on individuals and would
not result in population-level impacts.
Theoretically, repeated, sequential
exposure to elevated noise from tugs
under load with a jack-up rig over a long
duration could result in more severe
impacts to individuals that could affect
a population (via sustained or repeated
disruption of important behaviors such
as feeding, resting, traveling, and
socializing; Southall et al., 2007).
Alternatively, marine mammals exposed
to repetitious sounds may become
habituated, desensitized, or tolerant
after initial exposure to these sounds
(reviewed by Richardson et al., 1995;
Southall et al., 2007). Cook Inlet is a
regional hub of marine transportation,
and is used by various classes of vessels,
including containerships, bulk cargo
freighters, tankers, commercial and
sport-fishing vessels, and recreational
vessels. Off-shore vessels, tug vessels,
and tour boats represent 86 percent of
the total operating days for vessels in
Cook Inlet (BOEM, 2016). Given that
marine mammals still frequent and use
Cook Inlet despite being exposed to
anthropogenic sounds such as those
produced by tug boats and other vessels
across many years, these severe
population level impacts resulting from
the additional noise produced by tugs
under load with a jack-up rig are not
anticipated. The absence of any
pinniped haulouts or other known
home-ranges in the planned action area
further decreases the likelihood of
severe population level impacts.
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Hilcorp’s tugs under load with a jackup rig are also not expected to have
significant adverse effects on any
marine mammal habitat as no physical
impacts to habitat are anticipated to
results from the specified activities and
any impacts to marine mammal habitat
(i.e., elevated sound levels) would be
temporary. In addition to being
temporary and short in overall duration,
the acoustic footprint of the proposed
activity is small relative to the overall
distribution of the animals in the area
and their use of the area. Additionally,
the habitat within the estimated
acoustic footprint is not known to be
heavily used by marine mammals.
Impacts to marine mammal prey
species are also expected to be minor
and temporary and to have, at most,
short-term effects on foraging of
individual marine mammals, and likely
no effect on the populations of marine
mammals as a whole. Overall, as
described above, the area anticipated to
be impacted by Hilcorp’s planned
activities is very small compared to the
available surrounding habitat, and does
not include habitat of particular
importance. The most likely impact to
prey would be temporary behavioral
avoidance of the immediate area. When
tugs are under load with the jack-up rig,
it is expected that some fish would
temporarily leave the area of
disturbance (e.g., Nakken, 1992; Olsen,
1979; Ona and Godo, 1990; Ona and
Toresen, 1988), thus impacting marine
mammals’ foraging opportunities in a
limited portion of their foraging range.
But, because of the relatively small area
of the habitat that may be affected, and
lack of any foraging habitat of particular
importance, the impacts to marine
mammal habitat are not expected to
cause significant or long-term negative
consequences.
Finally, Hilcorp will minimize
potential exposure of marine mammals
to elevated noise levels by delaying tugs
being under load with the jack-up rig if
marine mammals are observed during
the pre-clearance monitoring period.
Hilcorp would also implement vessel
maneuvering measures to reduce the
likelihood of disturbing marine
mammals during any periods when
marine mammals may be present near
the vessels. Lastly, Hilcorp would also
reduce the impact of their activity by
conducting tugging operations with
favorable tides whenever feasible.
In summary and as described above,
the following factors (with additional
analyses for CIBWs included below)
primarily support our preliminary
determinations that the impacts
resulting from the activities described
for this proposed IHA are not expected
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
to adversely affect the species or stocks
through effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival:
• No takes by mortality, serious
injury, or Level A harassment are
anticipated or proposed to be
authorized;
• Exposure would likely be brief
given the short duration of the specified
activity and the transiting behavior of
marine mammals in the action area;
• Marine mammal densities are low
in the project area; therefore, there will
not be substantial numbers of marine
mammals exposed to the noise from the
project compared to the affected
population sizes;
• Take would not occur in places
and/or times where take would be more
likely to accrue to impacts on
reproduction or survival, such as within
ESA-designated or proposed critical
habitat, BIAs (other than for CIBWs as
described below), or other habitats
critical to recruitment or survival (e.g.,
rookery);
• The project area represents a very
small portion of the available foraging
area for all potentially impacted marine
mammal species;
• Take would only occur within
middle Cook Inlet and Trading Bay—a
limited, confined area of any given
stock’s home range;
• Monitoring reports from previous
projects where tugs were under load
with a jack-up rig in Cook Inlet have
documented little to no observable
effect on individuals of the same species
impacted by the specified activities;
• The required mitigation measures
(i.e., pre-clearance monitoring, vessel
maneuver) are expected to be effective
in reducing the effects of the specified
activity by minimizing the numbers of
marine mammals exposed to sound and
the intensity of the exposures; and
• The intensity of anticipated takes
by Level B harassment is low for all
stocks consisting of, at worst, temporary
modifications in behavior, and would
not be of a duration or intensity
expected to result in impacts on
reproduction or survival.
Cook Inlet Beluga Whales. For CIBWs,
we further discuss our negligible impact
findings in addition to the findings
discussed above for all species in the
context of potential impacts to this
endangered stock based on our
evaluation of the take proposed to be
authorized (table 11).
All tug towing, holding, or
positioning would be done in a manner
implementing best management
practices to preserve water quality, and
no work would occur around creek
mouths or river systems leading to prey
abundance reductions. In addition, no
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
physical structures would restrict
passage, though impacts to the acoustic
habitat are relevant and discussed here.
While the specified activity would
occur within CIBW Critical Habitat Area
2, and the CIBW small and resident BIA,
monitoring data from Hilcorp’s
activities suggest that the presence of
tugs under load with a jack-up rig do
not discourage CIBWs from transiting
throughout Cook Inlet and between
critical habitat areas and that the whales
do not abandon critical habitat areas
(Horsley and Larson, 2023). In addition,
large numbers of CIBWs have continued
to use Cook Inlet and pass through the
area, likely traveling to critical foraging
grounds found in upper Cook Inlet,
while noise-producing anthropogenic
activities, including vessel use, have
taken place during the past 2 decades
(e.g., Shelden et al., 2013, 2015b, 2017,
2022; Shelden and Wade, 2019; Geotz et
al., 2023). These findings are not
surprising as food is a strong motivation
for marine mammals. As described in
Forney et al. (2017), animals typically
favor particular areas because of their
importance for survival (e.g., feeding or
breeding), and leaving may have
significant costs to fitness (reduced
foraging success, increased predation
risk, increased exposure to other
anthropogenic threats). Consequently,
animals may be highly motivated to
maintain foraging behavior in historical
foraging areas despite negative impacts
(e.g., Rolland et al., 2012).
Generation of sound may result in
avoidance behaviors that would be
limited in time and space relative to the
larger availability of important habitat
areas in Cook Inlet; however, the area
ensonified by sound from the specified
activity is anticipated to be small
compared to the overall available
critical habitat for CIBWs to feed and
travel. Therefore, the specified activity
would not create a barrier to movement
through or within important areas. We
anticipate that disturbance to CIBWs
would manifest in the same manner as
other marine mammals described above
(i.e., increased swimming speeds,
changes in the direction of travel and
dive behaviors, increased respiration
rates, decreased foraging (if such
activity were occurring), or alterations
to communication signals). We do not
believe exposure to elevated noise levels
during transit past tugging activity
would have adverse effects on
individuals’ fitness for reproduction or
survival.
Although data demonstrate that
CIBWs are not abandoning the planned
project area during anthropogenic
activities, results of an expert elicitation
(EE) at a 2016 workshop, which
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
60199
predicted the impacts of noise on CIBW
survival and reproduction given lost
foraging opportunities, helped to inform
our assessment of impacts on this stock.
The 2016 EE workshop used conceptual
models of an interim population
consequences of disturbance (PCoD) for
marine mammals (NRC, 2005; New et
al., 2014; Tollit et al., 2016) to help in
understanding how noise-related
stressors might affect vital rates
(survival, birth rate and growth) for
CIBW (King et al., 2015). NMFS (2016b)
suggests that the main direct effects of
noise on CIBWs are likely to be through
masking of vocalizations used for
communication and prey location and
habitat degradation. The 2016 workshop
on CIBWs was specifically designed to
provide regulators with a tool to help
understand whether chronic and acute
anthropogenic noise from various
sources and projects are likely to be
limiting recovery of the CIBW
population. The full report can be found
at https://www.smruconsulting.com/
publications/ with a summary of the
expert elicitation portion of the
workshop below.
For each of the noise effect
mechanisms chosen for EE, the experts
provided a set of parameters and values
that determined the forms of a
relationship between the number of
days of disturbance a female CIBW
experiences in a particular period and
the effect of that disturbance on her
energy reserves. Examples included the
number of days of disturbance during
the period April, May, and June that
would be predicted to reduce the energy
reserves of a pregnant CIBW to such a
level that she is certain to terminate the
pregnancy or abandon the calf soon after
birth, the number of days of disturbance
in the period April–September required
to reduce the energy reserves of a
lactating CIBW to a level where she is
certain to abandon her calf, and the
number of days of disturbance where a
female fails to gain sufficient energy by
the end of summer to maintain
themselves and their calves during the
subsequent winter. Overall, median
values ranged from 16 to 69 days of
disturbance depending on the question.
However, for this elicitation, a ‘‘day of
disturbance’’ was defined as any day on
which an animal loses the ability to
forage for at least one tidal cycle (i.e., it
forgoes 50–100 percent of its energy
intake on that day). The day of
disturbance considered in the context of
the report is notably more severe than
the Level B harassment expected to
result from these activities, which as
described is expected to be comprised
predominantly of temporary
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
60200
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
communication signals, not the loss of
foraging capabilities. Finally, take by
mortality, serious injury, or Level A
harassment of CIBWs is not anticipated
or proposed to be authorized.
In summary and as described above,
the additional following factors
primarily support our preliminary
determination that the impacts resulting
from this activity are not expected to
adversely affect the CIBWs through
effects on annual rates of recruitment or
survival:
• The area of exposure would be
limited to habitat primarily used for
transiting, and not areas known to be of
particular importance for feeding or
reproduction;
• The activities are not expected to
result in CIBWs abandoning critical
habitat nor are they expected to restrict
passage of CIBWs within or between
critical habitat areas; and
• Any disturbance to CIBWs is
expected to be limited to temporary
modifications in behavior, and would
not be of a duration or intensity
expected to result in impacts on
reproduction or survival.
Based on the analysis contained
herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals
and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the
proposed monitoring and mitigation
measures, NMFS preliminarily finds
that the total marine mammal take from
the proposed activity will have a
negligible impact on all affected marine
mammal species or stocks.
modifications in the behavior of
individual CIBWs (e.g., faster swim
speeds, longer dives, decreased sighting
durations, alterations in
communication). Also, NMFS proposes
to authorize 15 instances of takes, with
the instances representing disturbance
events within a day—this means that
either 15 different individual CIBWs are
disturbed on no more than 1 day each,
or some lesser number of individuals
may be disturbed on more than 1 day,
but with the product of individuals and
days not exceeding 15. Given the overall
anticipated take, and the short duration
of the specified activities (i.e., 6 days),
it is unlikely that any one CIBW will be
disturbed on more than a couple days.
Lastly, even if a CIBW was exposed
every day of Hilcorp’s planned
activities, these activities are only
planned for 6 days, and thus do not fall
into the expected range of days of
disturbance expected to elicit an effect
on energy reserves as determined by the
experts as described above (i.e., 16 to 19
days). Further, Hilcorp has proposed
mitigation measures specific to CIBWs
whereby they would not begin towing,
holding, or positioning of the jack-up rig
should a CIBW be observed at any
distance. While Level B harassment
(behavioral disturbance) would be
authorized, this measure, along with
other mitigation measures described
herein, would limit the severity of the
effects of that Level B harassment to
behavioral changes such as increased
swim speeds, changes in diving and
surfacing behaviors, and alterations to
Small Numbers
As noted previously, only take of
small numbers of marine mammals may
be authorized under sections
101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA for
specified activities other than military
readiness activities. The MMPA does
not define small numbers and so, in
practice, where estimated numbers are
available, NMFS compares the number
of individuals taken to the most
appropriate estimation of abundance of
the relevant species or stock in our
determination of whether an
authorization is limited to small
numbers of marine mammals. When the
predicted number of individuals to be
taken is fewer than one-third of the
species or stock abundance, the take is
considered to be of small numbers (86
FR 5322, January 19, 2021).
Additionally, other qualitative factors
may be considered in the analysis, such
as the temporal or spatial scale of the
activities.
For all stocks whose abundance
estimate is known, the amount of taking
is less than one-third of the best
available population abundance
estimate (in fact it is less than 2 percent
for all stocks, except for CIBWs whose
proposed take is 5.38 percent of the
stock; table 12). The number of animals
proposed for authorization to be taken
from these stocks therefore, would be
considered small relative to the relevant
stocks abundances even if each
estimated take occurred to a new
individual.
TABLE 12—PROPOSED TAKE TO BE AUTHORIZED AS A PERCENTAGE OF STOCK ABUNDANCE
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
Species
Proposed total
amount of take
to be
authorized
Humpback whale ....................
3
Minke whale ............................
Gray whale ..............................
Fin whale ................................
Killer whale .............................
3
3
2
10
Beluga whale ..........................
Dall’s porpoise ........................
Harbor porpoise ......................
Pacific white-sided dolphin .....
Harbor seal .............................
Steller sea lion ........................
California sea lion ...................
15
6
12
3
365
9
2
Abundance
(Nbest)
Stock
Hawaii (Hawaii DPS) ..............................................................
Mexico-North Pacific (Mexico DPS) .......................................
Western North Pacific ............................................................
Alaska .....................................................................................
Eastern Pacific .......................................................................
Northeast Pacific ....................................................................
Eastern North Pacific Alaska Resident ..................................
Eastern North Pacific Gulf of Alaska, Aleutian Islands, and
Bering Sea Transient.
Cook Inlet ...............................................................................
Alaska .....................................................................................
Gulf of Alaska .........................................................................
North Pacific ...........................................................................
Cook Inlet/Shelikof .................................................................
Western U.S ...........................................................................
U.S ..........................................................................................
1 Abundance
Percent of
stock
11,278
1 N/A
1,084
2 N/A
26,960
3 UND
1,920
587
0.03
N/A
0.28
N/A
0.01
N/A
0.52
1.7
4 279
5.38
N/A
0.04
0.01
1.29
0.02
<0.01
5 UND
31,046
26,880
28,411
6 49,932
257,606
estimates are based upon data collected more than 8 years ago and, therefore, current estimates are considered unknown.
population estimates are not available for this stock. Please see Friday et al. (2013) and Zerbini et al. (2006) for additional information on numbers of minke whales in Alaska.
3 The best available abundance estimate for this stock is not considered representative of the entire stock as surveys were limited to a small
portion of the stock’s range.
2 Reliable
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
60201
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
4 On June 15, 2023, NMFS released an updated abundance estimate for endangered CIBWs in Alaska (Goetz et al., 2023). Data collected
during NOAA Fisheries’ 2022 aerial survey suggest that the whale population is stable or may be increasing slightly. Scientists estimated that the
population size is between 290 and 386, with a median best estimate of 331. In accordance with the MMPA, this population estimate will be incorporated into the CIBW SAR, which will be reviewed by an independent panel of experts, the Alaska Scientific Review Group. After this review,
the SAR will be made available as a draft for public review before being finalized. When the number of instances of takes is compared to this
median abundance, the percent of the stock proposed for authorization is 4.53%.
5 The best available abundance estimate is likely an underestimate for the entire stock because it is based upon a survey that covered only a
small portion of the stock’s range.
6 Nest is best estimate of counts, which have not been corrected for animals at sea during abundance surveys.
Abundance estimates for the MexicoNorth Pacific stock of humpback whales
are based upon data collected more than
8 years ago and, therefore, current
estimates are considered unknown
(Young et al., 2023). The most recent
minimum population estimates (NMIN)
for this population include an estimate
of 2,241 individuals between 2003 and
2006 (Martinez-Aguilar, 2011) and 766
individuals between 2004 and 2006
(Wade, 2021). NMFS’ Guidelines for
Assessing Marine Mammal Stocks
suggest that the NMIN estimate of the
stock should be adjusted to account for
potential abundance changes that may
have occurred since the last survey and
provide reasonable assurance that the
stock size is at least as large as the
estimate (NMFS, 2023a). The abundance
trend for this stock is unclear; therefore,
there is no basis for adjusting these
estimates (Young et al., 2023).
Assuming the population has been
stable, the 4 takes of this stock proposed
for authorization represents small
numbers of this stock (0.18 percent of
the stock assuming a NMIN of 2,241
individuals and 0.52 percent of the
stock assuming an NMIN of 766
individuals).
A lack of an accepted stock
abundance value for the Alaska stock of
minke whale did not allow for the
calculation of an expected percentage of
the population that would be affected.
The most relevant estimate of partial
stock abundance is 1,233 minke whales
in coastal waters of the Alaska
Peninsula and Aleutian Islands (Zerbini
et al., 2006). Given three proposed takes
by Level B harassment for the stock,
comparison to the best estimate of stock
abundance shows, at most, less than 1
percent of the stock would be expected
to be impacted.
There is no stock-wide abundance
estimate for Northeast Pacific fin
whales. However, Young et al. (2022)
estimate the minimum stock size for the
areas surveyed is 2,554. Given two
proposed takes by Level B harassment
for the stock, comparison to the
minimum population estimate shows, at
most, less than 1 percent of the stock
would be expected to be impacted.
The Alaska stock of Dall’s porpoise
has no official NMFS abundance
estimate for this area, as the most recent
estimate is greater than 8 years old. As
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
described in the 2022 Alaska SAR
(Young et al., 2023) the minimum
population estimate is assumed to
correspond to the point estimate of the
2015 vessel-based abundance computed
by Rone et al. (2017) in the Gulf of
Alaska (N = 13,110; CV = 0.22). Given
six authorized takes by Level B
harassment for the stock, comparison to
the minimum population estimate
shows, at most, less than 1 percent of
the stock would be expected to be
impacted.
Based on the analysis contained
herein of the proposed activity
(including the proposed mitigation and
monitoring measures) and the
anticipated take of marine mammals,
NMFS preliminarily finds that small
numbers of marine mammals would be
taken relative to the population size of
the affected species or stocks.
Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis
and Determination
In order to issue an IHA, NMFS must
find that the specified activity will not
have an ‘‘unmitigable adverse impact’’
on the subsistence uses of the affected
marine mammal species or stocks by
Alaskan Natives. NMFS has defined
‘‘unmitigable adverse impact’’ in 50 CFR
216.103 as an impact resulting from the
specified activity: (1) That is likely to
reduce the availability of the species to
a level insufficient for a harvest to meet
subsistence needs by: (i) Causing the
marine mammals to abandon or avoid
hunting areas; (ii) Directly displacing
subsistence users; or (iii) Placing
physical barriers between the marine
mammals and the subsistence hunters;
and (2) That cannot be sufficiently
mitigated by other measures to increase
the availability of marine mammals to
allow subsistence needs to be met.
Hilcorp’s towing, holding, and
positioning of the jack-up rig would
occur offshore and north of Kenai and
the Village of Salmatof. The last ADF&G
subsistence survey conducted in Kenai
was in 1998 (Fall et al., 2000). In the
greater Kenai area, an estimated 13
harbor seals and no sea lions were
harvested in 1988 by an estimated 10
households. In the Kenai area, estimated
harbor seal harvest has ranged between
13 (1998) and 35 (1997) animals. In
1996, two sea lions and six harbor seals
were harvested. No sea otters have been
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
reported harvested in Kenai. ADF&G
Community Subsistence Information
System harvest data are not available for
Salamatof, so Hilcorp assumes the
subsistence harvest patterns are similar
to other communities along the road
system on the southern Kenai
Peninsula, namely Kenai.
Tugs towing, holding, or positioning a
jack-up rig on the Tyonek platform in
the North Cook Inlet Unit in middle
Cook Inlet would occur approximately
10 km from the Native Village of
Tyonek. Tyonek, on the western side of
middle Cook Inlet, has a subsistence
harvest area that extends south from the
Susitna River to Tuxedni Bay (Stanek et
al., 2007). Moose and salmon are the
most important subsistence resources
measured by harvested weight (Stanek,
1994). In Tyonek, harbor seals were
harvested between June and September
by 6 percent of the households (Jones et
al., 2015). Seals were harvested in
several areas, encompassing an area
stretching 32 km along the Cook Inlet
coastline from the McArthur Flats north
to the Beluga River. Seals were searched
for or harvested in the Trading Bay areas
as well as from the beach adjacent to
Tyonek (Jones et al., 2015).
The only non-ESA-listed marine
mammal available for subsistence
harvest in Cook Inlet is the harbor seal
(Wolfe et al., 2009). The listed Steller
sea lions are occasionally taken in lower
Cook Inlet, but at a low level (Wolfe et
al. 2009) (e.g., 33 harbor seals were
harvested in Tyonek between 1983 and
2013). Seal hunting occurs
opportunistically among Alaska Natives
who may be fishing or traveling in
upper Cook Inlet near the mouths of the
Susitna River, Beluga River, and Little
Susitna River. Hilcorp’s tug towing jackup rig activities may overlap with
subsistence hunting of seals. However,
these activities typically occur along the
shoreline or very close to shore near
river mouths, whereas most of
Hilcorps’s tugging is in the middle of
the Inlet and rarely near the shoreline or
river mouths.
Any harassment to marine mammal
stocks if it were to occur would be
limited to minor behavioral changes
(e.g., increased swim speeds, changes in
dive behaviors and communication
signals, temporary avoidance near the
tugs) and is anticipated to be short-term,
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
60202
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 / Notices
mild, and not result in any
abandonment or behaviors that would
make the animals unavailable to Alaska
Natives.
To further minimize any potential
effects of their action on subsistence
activities, Hilcorp has outlined their
communication plan for engaging with
subsistence users in their Stakeholder
Engagement Plan (appendix C of
Hilcorp’s application). This includes
using traditional/subsistence knowledge
to inform planning for the activity.
Hilcorp would be required to abide by
this plan and update the plan
accordingly.
Based on the description of the
specified activity, the measures
described to minimize adverse effects
on the availability of marine mammals
for subsistence purposes, and the
proposed mitigation and monitoring
measures, NMFS has preliminarily
determined that there will not be an
unmitigable adverse impact on
subsistence uses from the POA’s
proposed activities.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES2
Endangered Species Act
Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered
Species Act of 1973 (ESA; 16 U.S.C.
1531 et seq.) requires that each Federal
agency insure that any action it
authorizes, funds, or carries out is not
likely to jeopardize the continued
existence of any endangered or
threatened species or result in the
destruction or adverse modification of
designated critical habitat. To ensure
ESA compliance for the issuance of
IHAs, NMFS consults internally
whenever we propose to authorize take
for endangered or threatened species, in
this case with the NMFS Alaska
Regional Office (AKRO).
NMFS is proposing to authorize take
of fin whale, humpback whale (Mexico
DPS and Western North Pacific DPS),
fin whale (Northeastern Pacific stock),
beluga whale (Cook Inlet), and Steller
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:35 Jul 23, 2024
Jkt 262001
sea lion (Western DPS), which are listed
under the ESA. The Permits and
Conservation Division has requested
initiation of section 7 consultation with
NMFS AKRO for the issuance of this
IHA. NMFS will conclude the ESA
consultation prior to reaching a
determination regarding the proposed
issuance of the authorization.
Proposed Authorization
As a result of these preliminary
determinations, NMFS proposes to an
IHA to Hilcorp for the use of tugs to
tow, hold, and position a jack-up rig in
support of their oil and gas activities in
Cook Inlet, Alaska from September 14,
2024 through September 13, 2025,
provided the previously mentioned
mitigation, monitoring, and reporting
requirements are incorporated. Drafts of
the proposed IHA can be found at:
https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/
incidental-take-authorizations-undermarine-mammal-protection-act.
Request for Public Comments
We request comment on our analyses,
the proposed authorization, and any
other aspect of this notice of proposed
IHA and the draft EA for the proposed
tugging activities. We also request
comment on the potential renewal of
this proposed IHA as described in the
paragraph below. Please include with
your comments any supporting data or
literature citations to help inform
decisions on the proposed IHA or a
subsequent renewal IHA.
On a case-by-case basis, NMFS may
issue a one-time, 1-year renewal IHA
following notice to the public providing
an additional 15 days for public
comments when (1) up to another year
of identical or nearly identical activities
as described in the Description of
Proposed Activity section of this notice
is planned or (2) the activities as
described in the Description of
Proposed Activity section of this notice
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
would not be completed by the time the
IHA expires and a renewal would allow
for completion of the activities beyond
that described in the Dates and Duration
section of this notice, provided all of the
following conditions are met:
• A request for renewal is received no
later than 60 days prior to the needed
renewal IHA effective date (recognizing
that the renewal IHA expiration date
cannot extend beyond 1 year from
expiration of the initial IHA).
• The request for renewal must
include the following:
(1) An explanation that the activities
to be conducted under the requested
renewal IHA are identical to the
activities analyzed under the initial
IHA, are a subset of the activities, or
include changes so minor (e.g.,
reduction in pile size) that the changes
do not affect the previous analyses,
mitigation and monitoring
requirements, or take estimates (with
the exception of reducing the type or
amount of take).
(2) A preliminary monitoring report
showing the results of the required
monitoring to date and an explanation
showing that the monitoring results do
not indicate impacts of a scale or nature
not previously analyzed or authorized.
• Upon review of the request for
renewal, the status of the affected
species or stocks, and any other
pertinent information, NMFS
determines that there are no more than
minor changes in the activities, the
mitigation and monitoring measures
will remain the same and appropriate,
and the findings in the initial IHA
remain valid.
Dated: July 17, 2024.
Kimberly Damon-Randall,
Director, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 2024–16112 Filed 7–23–24; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM
24JYN2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 89, Number 142 (Wednesday, July 24, 2024)]
[Notices]
[Pages 60164-60202]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2024-16112]
[[Page 60163]]
Vol. 89
Wednesday,
No. 142
July 24, 2024
Part III
Department of Commerce
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking
Marine Mammals Incidental to Hilcorp Alaska, LLC Production Drilling
Support in Cook Inlet, Alaska; Notice
Federal Register / Vol. 89 , No. 142 / Wednesday, July 24, 2024 /
Notices
[[Page 60164]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
[RTID 0648-XD960]
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities;
Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Hilcorp Alaska, LLC Production
Drilling Support in Cook Inlet, Alaska
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request
for comments on proposed authorization and possible renewal.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: NMFS has received a request from Hilcorp Alaska, LLC (Hilcorp)
for authorization to take marine mammals incidental to production
drilling support activities in Cook Inlet, Alaska. Pursuant to the
Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on its
proposal to issue an incidental harassment authorization (IHA) to
incidentally take marine mammals during the specified activities. NMFS
is also requesting comments on a possible one-time, 1-year renewal that
could be issued under certain circumstances and if all requirements are
met, as described in Request for Public Comments at the end of this
notice. NMFS will consider public comments prior to making any final
decision on the issuance of the requested MMPA authorization and agency
responses will be summarized in the final notice of our decision.
DATES: Comments and information must be received no later than August
23, 2024.
ADDRESSES: Comments should be addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief,
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service and should be submitted via email to
[email protected]. Electronic copies of the application and
supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in this
document, may be obtained online at: https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/incidental-take-authorizations-oil-and-gas. In case of problems accessing these documents, please call the
contact listed below.
Instructions: NMFS is not responsible for comments sent by any
other method, to any other address or individual, or received after the
end of the comment period. Comments, including all attachments, must
not exceed a 25-megabyte file size. All comments received are a part of
the public record and will generally be posted online at https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/incidental-take-authorizations-oil-and-gas without change. All personal
identifying information (e.g., name, address) voluntarily submitted by
the commenter may be publicly accessible. Do not submit confidential
business information or otherwise sensitive or protected information.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Reny Tyson Moore, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
The MMPA prohibits the ``take'' of marine mammals, with certain
exceptions. Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361
et seq.) direct the Secretary of Commerce (as delegated to NMFS) to
allow, upon request, the incidental, but not intentional, taking of
small numbers of marine mammals by U.S. citizens who engage in a
specified activity (other than commercial fishing) within a specified
geographical region if certain findings are made and either regulations
are proposed or, if the taking is limited to harassment, a notice of a
proposed IHA is provided to the public for review.
Authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS finds
that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or
stock(s) and will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for taking for subsistence uses
(where relevant). Further, NMFS must prescribe the permissible methods
of taking and other ``means of effecting the least practicable adverse
impact'' on the affected species or stocks and their habitat, paying
particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar
significance, and on the availability of the species or stocks for
taking for certain subsistence uses (referred to in shorthand as
``mitigation''); and requirements pertaining to the monitoring and
reporting of the takings. The definitions of all applicable MMPA
statutory terms cited above are included in the relevant sections
below.
National Environmental Policy Act
To comply with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA;
42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and NOAA Administrative Order (NAO) 216-6A,
NMFS must review our proposed action (i.e., the issuance of an IHA)
with respect to potential impacts on the human environment.
Accordingly, NMFS is preparing an Environmental Assessment (EA) to
consider the environmental impacts associated with the issuance of the
proposed IHA. NMFS' draft EA will be made available at https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/incidental-take-authorizations-oil-and-gas at the time of publication of this
notice. We will review all comments submitted in response to this
notice prior to concluding our NEPA process or making a final decision
on the IHA request.
Summary of Request
On August 2, 2023, NMFS received a request from Hilcorp for an IHA
to take marine mammals incidental to production drilling support
activities in Cook Inlet, Alaska. Following NMFS' review of the
application, Hilcorp submitted revised versions on September 29, 2023,
December 27, 2023, February 29, 2024, and April 8, 2024. The
application was deemed adequate and complete on April 12, 2024.
Hilcorp's request is for take of 12 species of marine mammals, by Level
B harassment. Neither Hilcorp nor NMFS expect serious injury or
mortality to result from this activity and, therefore, an IHA is
appropriate.
NMFS previously issued an IHA to Hilcorp for similar work (87 FR
62364, October 1, 2022). Hilcorp complied with all the requirements
(e.g., mitigation, monitoring, and reporting) of the previous IHA, and
information regarding their monitoring results may be found in the
Potential Effects of Specified Activities on Marine Mammals and their
Habitat section of this notice.
Description of Proposed Activity
Overview
Hilcorp plans to use three tug boats to tow and hold, and up to
four tug boats to position, a jack-up rig to support production
drilling at existing platforms in middle Cook Inlet and Trading Bay,
Alaska, on 6 non-consecutive days between September 14, 2024, and
September 13, 2025. Noise produced by tugs under load with a jack-up
rig may result in take, by Level B harassment, of twelve marine mammal
species.
Dates and Duration
The IHA would be effective from September 14, 2024, through
September 13, 2025. As noted above, Hilcorp proposes to conduct the
jack-up rig towing, holding, and positioning activities on 6 non-
consecutive days
[[Page 60165]]
during the authorization period. Hilcorp would only conduct tug towing
rig activities at night if necessary to accommodate a favorable tide.
Specific Geographic Region
Hilcorp's proposed activities would take place in middle Cook Inlet
and Trading Bay, Alaska, extending north from Rig Tenders Dock on the
eastern side of Cook Inlet near Nikiski to an area approximately 32
kilometers (km) south of Point Possession, west to the Tyonek platform
in middle Cook Inlet, south to the Dolly Varden platform in Trading
Bay, and across Cook Inlet to the Rig Tenders Dock. For the purposes of
this project, lower Cook Inlet refers to waters south of the East and
West Forelands; middle Cook Inlet refers to waters north of the East
and West Forelands and south of Threemile River on the west and Point
Possession on the east; Trading Bay refers to waters from approximately
the Granite Point Tank Farm on the north to the West Foreland on the
south; and upper Cook Inlet refers to waters north and east of Beluga
River on the west and Point Possession on the east. A map of the
specific area in which Hilcorp plans to operate is provided in figure 1
below.
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P
[[Page 60166]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TN24JY24.000
BILLING CODE 3510-22-C
Detailed Description of the Specified Activity
Hilcorp proposes to conduct production drilling activities from
existing platforms in middle Cook Inlet and Trading Bay between
September 14, 2024, and September 13, 2025, during which period there
would be a need for an estimated six days of tug activity. For the
preceding months (September 2023 to September 2024), Hilcorp is
operating under an existing IHA (See 87 FR 62364, October 14, 2022). In
2024, the Spartan 151 jack-up rig (or an equivalent rig) will be
mobilized for production drilling from the Rig Tenders Dock in Nikiski
and towed to an existing platform under the aforementioned 2023-2024
IHA. Tug activities associated with the current IHA request would
include one demobilization effort of a jack-up rig (Spartan 151 or
equivalent rig) from an existing platform to Rig Tenders Dock in
Nikiski, one jack-up rig relocation between existing
[[Page 60167]]
platforms, and one remobilization effort of the jack-up rig from Rig
Tenders Dock in Nikiski to middle Cook Inlet. A jack-up rig is a type
of mobile offshore drill unit used in offshore oil and gas drilling
activities. It is comprised of a buoyant mobile platform or hull with
moveable legs that are adjusted to raise and lower the hull over the
surface of the water. Three tugs are needed to safely and effectively
tow the jack-up rig during moves and to hold it into the correct
position where it can be temporarily secured to the seafloor. A fourth
tug may be needed to assist with the positioning of the jack-up rig on
location.
Development drilling activities occur from existing platforms
within Cook Inlet through either well slots or existing wellbores in
existing platform legs, and no well construction occurs during
production drilling. All Hilcorp platforms have potential for
development drilling activities. Drilling activities from platforms
within Cook Inlet are accomplished by using conventional drilling
equipment from a variety of rig configurations.
Some platforms in Cook Inlet have permanent drilling rigs installed
that operate using power provided by the platform power generation
systems; other platforms do not have drill rigs, and the use of a
mobile drill rig is required. Mobile offshore drill rigs may be powered
by the platform power generation system (if compatible with the
platform power generation system) or may self-generate power with the
use of diesel-powered generators.
While traveling with the jack-up rig during the proposed moves, the
most common configuration is two tugs positioned side by side
(approximately 30 to 60 m apart), pulling from the front of the jack-up
rig, and one tug approximately 200 m behind the front tugs positioned
behind the jack-up rig, applying tension on the line as needed for
steering and straightening. While positioning the jack-up rig on a
platform, the tugs may be fanned out around the jack-up rig to provide
the finer control of movement necessary to safely position the jack-up
rig on the platform.
Upon arrival and readiness to position the rig adjacent to a
platform, a fourth tug would be on standby to provide assistance. The
fourth tug would not be expected to extend assistance beyond one hour.
The horsepower of each of the tugs used during the proposed activities
may range between 4,000 and 8,000. Specifications of the tugs
anticipated for use are provided in table 1 below. If these specific
tugs are not available, the tugs contracted would be of similar size
and power to those listed in table 1.
Table 1--Description of Tugs (or Similar) Used for Towing, Holding, and Positioning the Jack-Up Rig
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Vessel Activity Length (m) Width (m) Gross tonnage
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bering Wind........................ Towing, holding, and 22 10 144
positioning the jack-up
rig.
Stellar Wind....................... Towing, holding, and 32 11 160
positioning the jack-up
rig.
Glacial Wind....................... Towing, holding, and 37 11 196
positioning the jack-up
rig.
Dr. Hank Kaplan.................... Standby tug used only for 23 11 196
positioning the jack-up
rig, if needed.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: m = meters.
The amount of time the tugs are under load transiting, holding, and
positioning the jack-up rig in Cook Inlet would be tide-dependent. The
amount of operational effort (i.e., power output) the tugs use for
transiting would depend on whether the tugs are towing with or against
the tide and could vary across a tidal cycle as the current increases
or decreases in speed over time. Hilcorp would make every effort to
transit with the tide (which requires lower power output) and minimize
transit against the tide (which requires higher power output).
A high slack tide would be preferred to position the jack-up rig on
an existing platform or well site. The relatively slow current and calm
conditions at a slack tide would enable the tugs to perform the fine
movements necessary to safely position the jack-up rig within several
feet of the platform. Additionally, positioning and securing the jack-
up rig at high slack tide rather than low slack tide would allow for
the legs to be pinned down (jack the legs down onto the sea floor) at
an adequate height to ensure that the hull of the jack-up rig remains
above the water level of the subsequent incoming high tide. Because 12
hours elapse between each high slack tide, tugs are generally under
load for those 12 hours, even if the towed distance is small, as high
slack tides are preferred to both attach and detach the jack-up rig
from the tugs. Once the tugs are on location with the jack-up rig at
high slack tide (12 hours from the previous departure), there is a 1 to
2-hour window when the tide is slow enough for the tugs to initiate
positioning the jack-up rig and pin the legs to the seafloor on
location. The tugs are estimated to be under load, generally at half-
power conditions or less, for up to 14 hours from the time of departure
through the initial positioning attempt of the jack-up rig. One
additional tug may engage during positioning activities to assist with
fine movements necessary to place the jack-up rig. The fourth tug is
estimated to engage with the three tugs during a positioning attempt
for up to 1 hour at half power.
If the first positioning attempt takes longer than anticipated, the
increasing current speed would prevent the tugs from safely positioning
the jack-up rig on location. If the first positioning attempt is not
successful, the jack-up rig would be pinned down at a nearby location
and the tugs would be released from the jack-up rig and no longer under
load. The tugs would remain nearby, generally floating with the
current. Approximately an hour before the next high slack tide, the
tugs would re-attach to the jack-up rig and reattempt positioning over
a period of 2 to 3 hours. Positioning activities would generally be at
half power. If a second attempt is needed, the tugs would be under load
holding or positioning the jack-up rig on a second day for up to 5
hours. Typically, the jack-up rig can be successfully positioned over
the platform in one or two attempts.
During a location-to-location transport (e.g., platform-to-
platform), the tugs would transport the jack-up rig traveling with the
tide in nearly all circumstances except in situations that threaten the
safety of humans and/or infrastructure integrity. In a north-to-south
transit, the tugs would tow the jack-up rig with the outgoing tide and
would typically arrive at their next location to position the jack-up
rig on the low slack tide, requiring half power or a lower power output
during the transport. In a south-to-north transit, Hilcorp would prefer
to pull the jack-up rig from the platform on
[[Page 60168]]
a low slack tide to begin transiting north following the incoming tide.
This would maximize their control over the jack-up rig and would
require half power or a lower power output. There may be a situation
wherein the tugs pulling the jack-up rig begin transiting with the tide
to their next location, miss the tide window to safely set the jack-up
rig on the platform or pin it nearby, and so have to transport the
jack-up rig against the tide to a safe harbor. Tugs may also need to
transport the jack-up rig against the tide if large pieces of ice or
extreme wind events threaten the stability of the jack-up rig on the
platform. All tug towing, holding, or positioning would be done in a
manner implementing best management practices to preserve water
quality, and no work would occur around creek mouths or river systems
leading to prey abundance reductions.
Although the variability in power output from the tugs can range
from an estimated 20 percent to 90 percent throughout the hours under
load with the jack-up rig, as described above, the majority of the
hours (spent transiting, holding, and positioning) occur at half power
or less. See the Estimated Take of Marine Mammals section of this
proposed notice of issuance for more detail on assumptions related to
power output.
Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures are
described in detail later in this document (please see Proposed
Mitigation and Proposed Monitoring and Reporting).
Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of Specified Activities
Sections 3 and 4 of the application summarize available information
regarding status and trends, distribution and habitat preferences, and
behavior and life history of the potentially affected species. NMFS
fully considered all of this information, and we refer the reader to
these descriptions, instead of reprinting the information. Additional
information regarding population trends and threats may be found in
NMFS' Stock Assessment Reports (SARs; https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/marine-mammal-stock-assessments) and
more general information about these species (e.g., physical and
behavioral descriptions) may be found on NMFS' website (https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/find-species).
Table 2 lists all species or stocks for which take is expected and
proposed to be authorized for this activity and summarizes information
related to the population or stock, including regulatory status under
the MMPA and Endangered Species Act (ESA) and potential biological
removal (PBR), where known. PBR is defined by the MMPA as the maximum
number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may be
removed from a marine mammal stock while allowing that stock to reach
or maintain its optimum sustainable population (as described in NMFS'
SARs). While no serious injury or mortality is anticipated or proposed
to be authorized here, PBR and annual serious injury and mortality from
anthropogenic sources are included here as gross indicators of the
status of the species or stocks and other threats.
Marine mammal abundance estimates presented in this document
represent the total number of individuals that make up a given stock or
the total number estimated within a particular study or survey area.
NMFS' stock abundance estimates for most species represent the total
estimate of individuals within the geographic area, if known, that
comprises that stock. For some species, this geographic area may extend
beyond U.S. waters. All managed stocks in this region are assessed in
NMFS' U.S. 2022 SARs. All values presented in table 2 are the most
recent available at the time of publication (including from the draft
2023 SARs) and are available online at: https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/marine-mammal-stock-assessments.
Table 2--Species \1\ Likely Impacted by the Specified Activities
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESA/MMPA status; Stock abundance (CV,
Common name Scientific name Stock Strategic (Y/N) Nmin, most recent PBR Annual M/
\2\ abundance survey) \3\ SI \4\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Order Artiodactyla--Cetacea--Mysticeti (baleen whales)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family Eschrichtiidae:
Gray Whale...................... Eschrichtius robustus.. Eastern N Pacific...... -, -, N 26,960 (0.05, 25,849, 801 131
2016).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family Balaenidae
Family Balaenopteridae (rorquals):
Fin Whale....................... Balaenoptera physalus.. Northeast Pacific...... E, D, Y UND \5\ (UND, UND, UND 0.6
2013).
Humpback Whale.................. Megaptera novaeangliae. Hawai'i................ -, -, N 11,278 (0.56, 7,265, 127 27.09
2020).
Mexico-North Pacific... T, D, Y N/A\6\ (N/A, N/A, UND 0.57
2006).
Western North Pacific.. E, D, Y 1,084 (0.088, 1,007, 3.4 5.82
2006).
Minke Whale..................... Balaenoptera Alaska................. -, -, N N/A \7\ (N/A, N/A, N/ UND 0
acutorostrata. A).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family Delphinidae:
Killer Whale.................... Orcinus orca........... Eastern North Pacific -, -, N 1,920 (N/A, 1,920, 19 1.3
Alaska Resident. 2019).
Eastern North Pacific -, -, N 587 (N/A, 587, 2012).. 5.9 0.8
Gulf of Alaska,
Aleutian Islands and
Bering Sea Transient.
Pacific White-Sided Dolphin..... Lagenorhynchus North Pacific.......... -, -, N 26,880 (N/A, N/A, UND 0
obliquidens. 1990).
Family Monodontidae (white whales):
Beluga Whale.................... Delphinapterus leucas.. Cook Inlet............. E, D, Y 279 \8\ (0.061, 267, 0.53 0
2018).
Family Phocoenidae (porpoises):
[[Page 60169]]
Dall's Porpoise................. Phocoenoides dalli..... Alaska................. -, -, N UND \9\ (UND, UND, UND 37
2015).
Harbor Porpoise................. Phocoena phocoena...... Gulf of Alaska......... -, -, Y 31,046 (0.21, N/A, UND 72
1998).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Order Carnivora--Pinnipedia
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family Otariidae (eared seals and
sea lions):
CA Sea Lion..................... Zalophus californianus. U.S.................... -, -, N 257,606 (N/A, 233,515, 14,011 >321
2014).
Steller Sea Lion................ Eumetopias jubatus..... Western................ E, D, Y 49,837 \10\ (N/A, 299 267
49,837, 2020).
Family Phocidae (earless seals):
Harbor Seal..................... Phoca vitulina......... Cook Inlet/Shelikof -, -, N 28,411 (N/A, 26,907, 807 107
Strait. 2018).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Information on the classification of marine mammal species can be found on the web page for The Society for Marine Mammalogy's Committee on Taxonomy
(https://marinemammalscience.org/science-and-publications/list-marine-mammal-species-subspecies/; Committee on Taxonomy (2022)).
\2\ Endangered Species Act (ESA) status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is not listed
under the ESA or designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality
exceeds PBR or which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species or stock listed
under the ESA is automatically designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
\3\ NMFS marine mammal stock assessment reports online at: https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/marine-mammal-stock-assessment-reports-region. CV is coefficient of variation; Nmin is the minimum estimate of stock abundance.
\4\ These values, found in NMFS's SARs, represent annual levels of human-caused mortality plus serious injury from all sources combined (e.g.,
commercial fisheries, ship strike). Annual M/SI often cannot be determined precisely and is in some cases presented as a minimum value or range. A CV
associated with estimated mortality due to commercial fisheries is presented in some cases.
\5\ The best available abundance estimate for this stock is not considered representative of the entire stock as surveys were limited to a small portion
of the stock's range. Based upon this estimate and the Nmin, the PBR value is likely negatively biased for the entire stock.
\6\ Abundance estimates are based upon data collected more than 8 years ago and, therefore, current estimates are considered unknown.
\7\ Reliable population estimates are not available for this stock. Please see Friday et al. (2013) and Zerbini et al. (2006) for additional information
on numbers of minke whales in Alaska.
\8\ On June 15, 2023, NMFS released an updated abundance estimate for endangered CIBWs in Alaska (Goetz et al., 2023). Data collected during NOAA
Fisheries' 2022 aerial survey suggest that the whale population is stable or may be increasing slightly. Scientists estimated that the population size
is between 290 and 386, with a median best estimate of 331. In accordance with the MMPA, this population estimate will be incorporated into the CIBW
SAR, which will be reviewed by an independent panel of experts, the Alaska Scientific Review Group. After this review, the SAR will be made available
as a draft for public review before being finalized.
\9\ The best available abundance estimate is likely an underestimate for the entire stock because it is based upon a survey that covered only a small
portion of the stock's range.
\10\ Nest is best estimate of counts, which have not been corrected for animals at sea during abundance surveys.
As indicated above, all 12 species (with 15 managed stocks) in
table 2 temporally and spatially co-occur with the activity to the
degree that take is reasonably likely to occur. In addition, the
northern sea otter may be found in Cook Inlet, Alaska. However,
northern sea otters are managed by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service
and are not considered further in this document.
Gray Whale
The stock structure for gray whales in the Pacific has been studied
for a number of years and remains uncertain as of the most recent
(2022) Pacific SARs (Carretta et al., 2023). Gray whale population
structure is not determined by simple geography and may be in flux due
to evolving migratory dynamics (Carretta et al., 2023). Currently, the
SARs delineate a western North Pacific (WNP) gray whale stock and an
eastern North Pacific (ENP) stock based on genetic differentiation
(Carretta et al., 2023). WNP gray whales are not known to feed in or
travel to upper Cook Inlet (Conant and Lohe, 2023; Weller et al.,
2023). Therefore, we assume that gray whales near the project area are
members of the ENP stock.
An Unusual Mortality Event (UME) for gray whales along the West
Coast and in Alaska occurred from December 17, 2018 through November 9,
2023. During that time, 146 gray whales stranded off the coast of
Alaska. The investigative team concluded that the preliminary cause of
the UME was localized ecosystem changes in the whale's Subarctic and
Arctic feeding areas that led to changes in food, malnutrition,
decreased birth rates, and increased mortality (see https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-life-distress/2019-2023-gray-whale-unusual-mortality-event-along-west-coast-and for more
information).
Gray whales are infrequent visitors to Cook Inlet, but may be
seasonally present during spring and fall in the lower inlet (Bureau of
Ocean Energy Management (BOEM), 2021). Migrating gray whales pass
through the lower inlet during their spring and fall migrations to and
from their primary summer feeding areas in the Bering, Chukchi, and
Beaufort seas (Swartz, 2018; Silber et al., 2021; BOEM, 2021). Several
surveys and monitoring programs have sighted gray whales in lower Cook
Inlet (Shelden et al., 2013; Owl Ridge, 2014; Lomac-MacNair et al.,
2013, 2014; Kendall et al., 2015, as cited in Weston and SLR, 2022).
Gray whales are occasionally seen in mid- and upper Cook Inlet, Alaska,
but they are not common. During NMFS aerial surveys conducted in June
1994, 2000, 2001, 2005, and 2009 gray whales were observed in Cook
Inlet near Port Graham and Elizabeth Island as well as near Kamishak
Bay, with one gray whale observed as far north as the Beluga River
(Shelden et al., 2013). Gray whales were also observed offshore of Cape
Starichkof in 2013 by marine mammal observers monitoring Buccaneer's
Cosmopolitan drilling project (Owl Ridge, 2014) and in middle Cook
Inlet in 2014 during the 2014 Apache 2D seismic survey (Lomac-MacNair
et al., 2015). Several projects performed in Cook Inlet in recent years
reported no observations of gray whales. These project activities
included the SAExploration seismic survey in 2015 (Kendall and Cornick,
2015), the 2018 Cook Inlet Pipeline (CIPL) Extension Project
(Sitkiewicz et al., 2018), the 2019 Hilcorp seismic survey in lower
Cook Inlet (Fairweather Science, 2020),
[[Page 60170]]
and Hilcorp's 2023 aerial and rig-based monitoring efforts.
In 2020, a young male gray whale was stranded in the Twentymile
River near Girdwood for over a week before swimming back into Turnagain
Arm. The whale did not survive and was found dead in west Cook Inlet
later that month (NMFS, 2020). One gray whale was sighted in Knik Arm
near the Port of Alaska (POA) in Anchorage in upper Cook Inlet in May
of 2020 during observations conducted during construction of the
Petroleum and Cement Terminal project (61N Environmental, 2021). The
sighting occurred less than a week before the reports of the gray whale
stranding in the Twentymile River and was likely the same animal. In
2021, one small gray whale was sighted in Knik Arm near Ship Creek,
south of the POA (61N Environmental, 2022a). Although some sightings
have been documented in the middle and upper Inlet, the gray whale
range typically only extends into the lower Cook Inlet region.
Humpback Whale
The 2022 NMFS Alaska and Pacific SARs described a revised stock
structure for humpback whales which modifies the previous designated
stocks to align more closely with the ESA-designated Distinct
Population Segments (DPSs) (Carretta et al., 2023; Young et al., 2023).
Specifically, the three previous North Pacific humpback whale stocks
(Central and Western North Pacific stocks and a CA/OR/WA stock) were
replaced by five stocks, largely corresponding with the ESA-designated
DPSs. These include Western North Pacific and Hawaii stocks and a
Central America/Southern Mexico-California (CA)/Oregon (OR)/Washington
(WA) stock (which corresponds with the Central America DPS). The
remaining two stocks, corresponding with the Mexico DPS, are the
Mainland Mexico-CA/OR/WA and Mexico-North Pacific stocks (Carretta et
al., 2023; Young et al., 2023). The former stock is expected to occur
along the west coast from California to southern British Columbia,
while the latter stock may occur across the Pacific, from northern
British Columbia through the Gulf of Alaska and Aleutian Islands/Bering
Sea region to Russia.
The Hawaii stock consists of one demographically independent
population (DIP) (Hawaii--Southeast Alaska/Northern British Columbia
DIP) and the Hawaii--North Pacific unit, which may or may not be
composed of multiple DIPs (Wade et al., 2021). The DIP and unit are
managed as a single stock at this time, due to the lack of data
available to separately assess them and lack of compelling conservation
benefit to managing them separately (NMFS 2019, 2022c, 2023a). The DIP
is delineated based on two strong lines of evidence: genetics and
movement data (Wade et al., 2021). Whales in the Hawaii--Southeast
Alaska/Northern British Columbia DIP winter off Hawaii and largely
summer in Southeast Alaska and Northern British Columbia (Wade et al.,
2021). The group of whales that migrate from Russia, western Alaska
(Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands), and central Alaska (Gulf of Alaska
excluding Southeast Alaska) to Hawaii have been delineated as the
Hawaii--North Pacific unit (Wade et al., 2021). There are a small
number of whales that migrate between Hawaii and southern British
Columbia/Washington, but current data and analyses do not provide a
clear understanding of which unit these whales belong to (Wade et al.,
2021; Carretta et al., 2023; Young et al., 2023).
The Mexico--North Pacific stock is likely composed of multiple
DIPs, based on movement data (Martien et al., 2021, Wade, 2021, Wade et
al., 2021). However, because currently available data and analyses are
not sufficient to delineate or assess DIPs within the unit, it was
designated as a single stock (NMFS, 2019, 2022d, 2023a). Whales in this
stock winter off Mexico and the Revillagigedo Archipelago and summer
primarily in Alaska waters (Martien et al., 2021; Carretta et al.,
2023; Young et al., 2023).
The Western North Pacific stock consists of two units--the
Philippines/Okinawa--North Pacific unit and the Marianas/Ogasawara--
North Pacific unit. The units are managed as a single stock at this
time, due to a lack of data available to separately assess them (NMFS,
2019, 2022d, 2023a). Recognition of these units is based on movements
and genetic data (Oleson et al., 2022). Whales in the Philippines/
Okinawa--North Pacific unit winter near the Philippines and in the
Ryukyu Archipelago and migrate to summer feeding areas primarily off
the Russian mainland (Oleson et al., 2022). Whales that winter off the
Mariana Archipelago, Ogasawara, and other areas not yet identified and
then migrate to summer feeding areas off the Commander Islands, and to
the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands comprise the Marianas/Ogasawara--
North Pacific unit.
The most comprehensive photo-identification data available suggest
that approximately 89 percent of all humpback whales in the Gulf of
Alaska are from the Hawaii stock, 11 percent are from the Mexico stock,
and less than 1 percent are from the Western North Pacific stock (Wade,
2021). Individuals from different stocks are known to intermix in
feeding grounds. There is no designated critical habitat for humpback
whales in or near the Project area (86 FR 21082, April 21, 2021), nor
does the project overlap with any known biologically important areas.
Humpback whales are encountered regularly in lower Cook Inlet and
occasionally in mid-Cook Inlet; sightings are rare in upper Cook Inlet.
Eighty-three groups containing an estimated 187 humpbacks were sighted
during the Cook Inlet beluga whale aerial surveys conducted by NMFS
from 1994 to 2012 (Shelden et al., 2013). Surveys conducted north of
the forelands have documented small numbers in middle Cook Inlet.
During the 2014 Apache seismic surveys in Cook Inlet, five groups (six
individuals) were reported, with three groups north of the forelands on
the east side of the inlet (Lomac-MacNair et al., 2014). In 2015,
during the construction of the Furie Operating Alaska, LLC (Furie)
platform and pipeline, four groups of humpback whales were documented.
Another group of 6 to 10 unidentified whales, thought to be either
humpback or gray whales, was sighted approximately 15 km northeast of
the Julius R. Platform. Large cetaceans were visible near the project
(i.e., whales or blows were visible) for 2 hours out of the 1,275 hours
of observation conducted (Jacobs, 2015). During SAExploration's 2015
seismic program, three humpback whales were observed in Cook Inlet,
including two near the Forelands and one in lower Cook Inlet (Kendall
et al., 2015 as cited in Weston and SLR, 2022). Hilcorp did not record
any sightings of humpback whales from their aerial or rig-based
monitoring efforts in 2023 (Horsley and Larson, 2023).
Minke Whale
Two stocks of minke whales occur within U.S. waters: Alaska and
California/Oregon/Washington (Muto et al., 2022). The Alaskan stock of
minke whales is considered migratory, as they are speculated to migrate
seasonally from the Bering and Chukchi Seas in fall to areas of the
central North Pacific Ocean (Delarue et al., 2013). Although they are
likely migratory in Alaska, minke whales have been observed off Cape
Starichkof and Anchor Point year-round (Muto et al., 2017).
Minke whales are most abundant in the Gulf of Alaska during summer
and occupy localized feeding areas (Zerbini et al., 2006). During the
NMFS annual and semiannual surveys of Cook Inlet, minke whales were
observed near
[[Page 60171]]
Anchor Point in 1998, 1999, 2006, and 2021 (Shelden et al., 2013,
2015b, 2017, 2022; Shelden and Wade, 2019) and near Ninilchik and the
middle of lower Cook Inlet in 2021 (Shelden et al., 2022). Minkes were
sighted southeast of Kalgin Island and near Homer during Apache's 2014
survey (Lomac-MacNair et al., 2014), and one was observed near Tuxedni
Bay in 2015 (Kendall et al., 2015, as cited in Weston and SLR, 2022).
During Hilcorp's seismic survey in lower Cook Inlet in the fall of
2019, eight minke whales were observed (Fairweather Science, 2020). In
2018, no minke whales were observed during observations conducted for
the CIPL project near Tyonek (Sitkiewicz et al., 2018). Minke whales
were also not recorded during Hilcorp's aerial or rig-based monitoring
efforts in 2023 (Horsley and Larson, 2023).
Fin Whale
In U.S. Pacific waters, fin whales are seasonally found in the Gulf
of Alaska, and Bering Sea and as far north as the northern Chukchi Sea
(Muto et al., 2021). Several surveys have been conducted to assess the
distribution and habitat preferences of fin whales within parts of
their range in the North Pacific. In coastal waters of the Aleutians
and the Alaska Peninsula, they were found primarily from the Kenai
Peninsula to the Shumagin Islands, with a higher abundance near the
Semidi Islands and Kodiak Island (Zerbini et al., 2006). An
opportunistic survey in the Gulf of Alaska revealed that fin whales
were concentrated west of Kodiak Island, in Shelikof Strait, and in the
southern Cook Inlet region, with smaller numbers observed over the
shelf east of Kodiak to Prince William Sound (Alaska Fisheries Science
Center [AFSC], 2003). Muto et al. (2021) reported visual sightings and
acoustic detections in the northeastern Chukchi Sea have been
increasing, suggesting that the stock may be re-occupying habitat used
prior to large-scale commercial whaling. Delarue et al. (2013) also
detected fin whale calls in the northeastern Chukchi Sea from July
through October in a 3-year acoustic study.
Fin whales' range extends into lower Cook Inlet; however, their
sightings are infrequent, and they are mostly spotted near the inlet's
entrance. Fin whales are usually observed as individuals traveling
alone, although they are sometimes observed in small groups. Rarely,
large groups of 50 to 300 fin whales can travel together during
migrations (NMFS, 2010). Fin whales in Cook Inlet have only been
observed as individuals or in small groups. From 2000 to 2022, 10
sightings of 26 estimated individual fin whales in lower Cook Inlet
were observed during NMFS aerial surveys (Shelden et al., 2013, 2015b,
2017, 2022; Shelden and Wade, 2019). No fin whales were observed during
the 2018 Harvest's CIPL Extension Project Acoustic Monitoring Program
in middle Cook Inlet (Sitkiewicz et al., 2018). In September and
October 2019, Castellote et al. (2020) detected fin whales acoustically
in lower Cook Inlet during three-dimensional (3D) seismic surveys,
which coincided with the Hilcorp lower Cook Inlet seismic survey.
During this period, 8 sightings of 23 individual fin whales were
reported, indicating the offshore waters of lower Cook Inlet may be
more heavily used than previously believed, especially during the fall
season (Fairweather Science, 2020). Hilcorp did not record any
sightings of fin whales from their aerial or rig-based monitoring
efforts in 2023 (Horsley and Larson, 2023).
Beluga Whale
Five stocks of beluga whales are recognized in Alaska: the Beaufort
Sea stock, eastern Chukchi Sea stock, eastern Bering Sea stock, Bristol
Bay stock, and Cook Inlet stock (Young et al., 2023). The Cook Inlet
stock is geographically and genetically isolated from the other stocks
(O'Corry-Crowe et al., 1997; Laidre et al., 2000) and resides year-
round in Cook Inlet (Laidre et al., 2000; Castellote et al., 2020).
Only the Cook Inlet stock inhabits the proposed project area. Cook
Inlet beluga whales (CIBWs) were designated as depleted under the MMPA
in 2000 (65 FR 34950, May 31, 2000), and as a DPS and listed as
endangered under the ESA in October 2008 (73 FR 62919, October 10,
2008) when the species failed to recover following a moratorium on
subsistence harvest. Between 2008 and 2018, CIBWs experienced a decline
of about 2.3 percent per year (Wade et al., 2019). The decline
overlapped with the northeast Pacific marine heatwave that occurred
from 2014 to 2016 in the Gulf of Alaska, significantly impacting the
marine ecosystem (Suryan et al., 2021, as cited in Goetz et al., 2023).
In June 2023, NMFS released an updated abundance estimate for CIBWs
in Alaska that incorporates aerial survey data from June 2021 and 2022
and accounted for visibility bias (Goetz et al., 2023). This report
estimated that CIBW abundance is between 290 and 386, with a median
best estimate of 331. Goetz et al. (2023) also present an analysis of
population trends for the most recent 10-year period (2012-2022). The
addition of data from the 2021 and 2022 survey years in the analysis
resulted in a 65.1 percent probability that the CIBW population is now
increasing at 0.9 percent per year (95 percent prediction interval of -
3 to 5.7 percent). This increase drops slightly to 0.2 percent per year
(95 percent prediction interval of -1.8 to 2.6 percent) with a 60
percent probability that the CIBW population is increasing more than 1
percent per year when data from 2021, which had limited survey coverage
due to poor weather, are excluded from the analysis. Median group size
estimates in 2021 and 2022 were 34 and 15, respectively (Goetz et al.,
2023). For management purposes, NMFS has determined that the carrying
capacity of Cook Inlet is 1,300 CIBWs (65 FR 34590, May 31, 2000) based
on historical CIBW abundance estimated by Calkins (1989).
Threats that have the potential to impact this stock and its
habitat include the following: changes in prey availability due to
natural environmental variability, ocean acidification, and commercial
fisheries; climatic changes affecting habitat; predation by killer
whales; contaminants; noise; ship strikes; waste management; urban
runoff; construction projects; and physical habitat modifications that
may occur as Cook Inlet becomes increasingly urbanized (Moore et al.,
2000; Hobbs et al., 2015; NMFS, 2016b). Another source of CIBW
mortality in Cook Inlet is predation by transient-type (mammal-eating)
killer whales (NMFS, 2016b; Shelden et al., 2003). No human-caused
mortality or serious injury of CIBWs through interactions with
commercial, recreational, and subsistence fisheries, takes by
subsistence hunters, and or human-caused events (e.g., entanglement in
marine debris, ship strikes) has been recently documented and
harvesting of CIBWs has not occurred since 2008 (NMFS, 2008b).
Recovery Plan. In 2010, a Recovery Team, consisting of a Science
Panel and Stakeholder Panel, began meeting to develop a Recovery Plan
for the CIBW. The Final Recovery Plan was published in the Federal
Register on January 5, 2017 (82 FR 1325). In September 2022, NMFS
completed the ESA 5-year review for the CIBW DPS and determined that
the CIBW DPS should remain listed as endangered (NMFS, 2022d).
In its Recovery Plan (82 FR 1325, January 5, 2017), NMFS identified
several potential threats to CIBWs, including: (1) high concern:
catastrophic events (e.g., natural disasters, spills, mass strandings),
cumulative effects of multiple stressors, and noise; (2) medium
concern: disease agents (e.g., pathogens, parasites, and harmful algal
[[Page 60172]]
blooms), habitat loss or degradation, reduction in prey, and
unauthorized take; and (3) low concern: pollution, predation, and
subsistence harvest. The recovery plan did not treat climate change as
a distinct threat but rather as a consideration in the threats of high
and medium concern. Other potential threats most likely to result in
direct human-caused mortality or serious injury of this stock include
vessel strikes.
Critical Habitat. On April 11, 2011, NMFS designated two areas of
critical habitat for CIBW (76 FR 20179). The designation includes 7,800
square kilometers (km\2\) of marine and estuarine habitat within Cook
Inlet, encompassing approximately 1,909 km\2\ in Area 1 and 5,891 km\2\
in Area 2 (see figure 1 in 76 FR 20179). Area 1 of the CIBW critical
habitat encompasses all marine waters of Cook Inlet north of a line
connecting Point Possession (lat. 61.04[deg] N, long. 150.37[deg] W)
and the mouth of Three Mile Creek (lat. 61.08.55[deg] N, long.
151.04.40[deg] W), including waters of the Susitna, Little Susitna, and
Chickaloon Rivers below mean higher high water (MHHW). From spring
through fall, Area 1 critical habitat has the highest concentration of
CIBWs due to its important foraging and calving habitat. Critical
Habitat Area 2 encompasses some of the fall and winter feeding grounds
in middle Cook Inlet. This area has a lower concentration of CIBWs in
spring and summer but is used by CIBWs in fall and winter. More
information on CIBW critical habitat can be found at https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/action/critical-habitat-cook-inlet-beluga-whale.
The designation identified the following Primary Constituent
Elements, essential features important to the conservation of the CIBW:
(1) Intertidal and subtidal waters of Cook Inlet with depths of
less than 9 m mean lower-low water (MLLW) and within 8 km of high- and
medium-flow anadromous fish streams;
(2) Primary prey species, including four of the five species of
Pacific salmon (chum (Oncorhynchus keta), sockeye (Oncorhynchus nerka),
Chinook (Oncorhynchus tshawytscha), and coho (Oncorhynchus kisutch)),
Pacific eulachon (Thaleichthys pacificus), Pacific cod (Gadus
macrocephalus), walleye Pollock (Gadus chalcogrammus), saffron cod
(Eleginus gracilis), and yellowfin sole (Limanda aspera);
(3) The absence of toxins or other agents of a type or amount
harmful to CIBWs;
(4) Unrestricted passage within or between the critical habitat
areas; and
(5) The absence of in-water noise at levels resulting in the
abandonment of habitat by CIBWs.
Biologically Important Areas. Wild et al. (2023) delineated a Small
and Resident Population Biologically Important Area (BIA) in Cook Inlet
that is active year-round and overlaps Hilcorp's proposed project area.
The authors assigned the BIA an importance score of 2, an intensity
score of 2, a data support score of 3, and a boundary certainty score
of 2 (scores range from 1 to 3, with a higher score representing an
area of more concentrated or focused use and higher confidence in the
data supporting the BIA; Harrison et al., 2023). These scores indicate
that the BIA is of moderate importance and intensity, the authors have
high confidence that the population is small and resident and in the
abundance and range estimates of the population, and the boundary
certainty is medium (see Harrison et al. (2023) for additional
information about the scoring process used to identify BIAs). The
boundary of the CIBW BIA is consistent with NMFS' critical habitat
designation (Wild et al., 2023).
Ecology. Generally, female beluga whales reach sexual maturity at 9
to 12 years old, while males reach maturity later (O'Corry-Crowe,
2009); however, this can vary between populations. For example, in
Greenland, males in a population of beluga whales were found to reach
sexual maturity at 6 to 7 years of age and females at 4 to 7 years
(Heide-Joregensen and Teilmann, 1994). Suydam (2009) estimated that 50
percent of females were sexually mature at age 8.25 and the average age
at first birth was 8.27 years for belugas sampled near Point Lay.
Mating behavior in beluga whales typically occurs between February and
June, peaking in March (Burns and Seaman, 1986; Suydam, 2009). In the
Chukchi Sea, the gestation period of beluga whales was determined to be
14.9 months, with a calving interval of 2 to 3 years and a pregnancy
rate of 0.41, declining after 25 years of age (Suydam, 2009). Calves
are born between mid-June and mid-July and typically remain with the
mother for up to 2 years of age (Suydam, 2009).
CIBWs feed on a wide variety of prey species, particularly those
that are seasonally abundant. From late spring through summer, most
CIBW stomachs sampled contained salmon, which corresponded to the
timing of fish runs in the area. Anadromous smolt and adult fish
aggregate at river mouths and adjacent intertidal mudflats (Calkins,
1989). All five Pacific salmon species (i.e., Chinook, pink
(Oncorhynchus gorbuscha), coho, sockeye, and chum) spawn in rivers
throughout Cook Inlet (Moulton, 1997; Moore et al., 2000). Overall,
Pacific salmon represent the highest percent frequency of occurrence of
prey species in CIBW stomachs. This suggests that their spring feeding
in upper Cook Inlet, principally on fat-rich fish such as salmon and
eulachon, is important to the energetics of these animals (NMFS,
2016b).
The nutritional quality of Chinook salmon in particular is
unparalleled, with an energy content four times greater than that of a
Coho salmon. It is suggested the decline of the Chinook salmon
population has left a nutritional void in the diet of the CIBWs that no
other prey species can fill in terms of quality or quantity (Norman et
al., 2020, 2022).
In fall, as anadromous fish runs begin to decline, CIBWs return to
consume fish species (cod and bottom fish) found in nearshore bays and
estuaries. Stomach samples from CIBWs are not available for winter
(December through March), although dive data from CIBWs tagged with
satellite transmitters suggest that they feed in deeper waters during
winter (Hobbs et al., 2005), possibly on such prey species as flatfish,
cod, sculpin, and pollock.
Distribution in Cook Inlet. The CIBW stock remains within Cook
Inlet throughout the year, showing only small seasonal shifts in
distribution (Goetz et al., 2012a; Lammers et al., 2013; Castellotte et
al., 2015; Shelden et al., 2015a, 2018; Lowry et al., 2019). The
ecological range of CIBWs has contracted significantly since the 1970s.
From late spring to fall, nearly the entire population is now found in
the upper inlet north of the forelands, with a range reduced to
approximately 39 percent of the size documented in the late 1970s
(Goetz et al., 2023). The recent annual and semiannual aerial surveys
(since 2008) found that approximately 83 percent of the population
inhabits the area between the Beluga River and Little Susitna River
during the survey period, typically conducted in early June. Some
aerial survey counts were performed in August, September, and October,
finding minor differences in the numbers of belugas in the upper inlet
compared to June, reinforcing the importance of the upper inlet habitat
area (Young et al., 2023).
During spring and summer, CIBWs generally aggregate near the warmer
waters of river mouths along the northern shores of middle and upper
Cook Inlet where prey availability is high and predator occurrence is
low (Moore et al., 2000; Shelden and Wade, 2019; McGuire et al., 2020).
In particular, CIBW groups are seen in the
[[Page 60173]]
Susitna River Delta, the Beluga River and along the shore to the Little
Susitna River, Knik Arm, and along the shores of Chickaloon Bay. Small
groups were recorded farther south in Kachemak Bay, Redoubt Bay (Big
River), and Trading Bay (McArthur River) prior to 1996, but rarely
thereafter. Since the mid-1990s, most CIBWs (96 to 100 percent)
aggregate in shallow areas near river mouths in upper Cook Inlet, and
they are only occasionally sighted in the central or southern portions
of Cook Inlet during summer (Hobbs et al., 2008). Almost the entire
population can be found in northern Cook Inlet from late spring through
the summer and into the fall (Muto et al., 2020), shifting into deeper
waters in middle Cook Inlet in winter (Hobbs et al., 2008).
Data from tagged whales (14 tags deployed July 2000 through March
2003) show that CIBWs use upper Cook Inlet intensively between summer
and late autumn (Hobbs et al., 2005). CIBWs tagged with satellite
transmitters continue to use Knik Arm, Turnagain Arm, and Chickaloon
Bay as late as October, but some range into lower Cook Inlet to
Chinitna Bay, Tuxedni Bay, and Trading Bay (McArthur River) in fall
(Hobbs et al., 2005, 2012). From September through November, CIBWs move
between Knik Arm, Turnagain Arm, and Chickaloon Bay (Hobbs et al.,
2005; Goetz et al., 2012b). By December, CIBWs are distributed
throughout the upper to mid-inlet. From January into March, they move
as far south as Kalgin Island and slightly beyond in central offshore
waters. CIBWs make occasional excursions into Knik Arm and Turnagain
Arm in February and March in spite of ice cover (Hobbs et al., 2005).
Although tagged CIBWs move widely around Cook Inlet throughout the
year, there is no indication of seasonal migration in and out of Cook
Inlet (Hobbs et al., 2005). Data from NMFS aerial surveys,
opportunistic sighting reports, and corrected satellite-tagged CIBWs
confirm that they are more widely dispersed throughout Cook Inlet
during winter (November-April), with animals found between Kalgin
Island and Point Possession. Generally fewer observations of CIBWs are
reported from the Anchorage and Knik Arm area from November through
April (76 FR 20179, April 11, 2011; Rugh et al., 2000, 2004). Later in
winter (January into March), belugas were sighted near Kalgin Island
and in deeper waters offshore. However, even when ice cover exceeds 90
percent in February and March, belugas travel into Knik Arm and
Turnagain Arm (Hobbs et al., 2005).
The NMFS Marine Mammal Lab has conducted long-term passive acoustic
monitoring demonstrating seasonal shifts in CIBW concentrations
throughout Cook Inlet. Castellote et al. (2015) conducted long-term
acoustic monitoring at 13 locations throughout Cook Inlet between 2008
and 2015: North Eagle Bay, Eagle River Mouth, South Eagle Bay, Six
Mile, Point MacKenzie, Cairn Point, Fire Island, Little Susitna, Beluga
River, Trading Bay, Kenai River, Tuxedni Bay, and Homer Spit; the
former 6 stations being located within Knik Arm. In general, the
observed seasonal distribution is in accordance with descriptions based
on aerial surveys and satellite telemetry: CIBW detections are higher
in the upper inlet during summer, peaking at Little Susitna, Beluga
River, and Eagle Bay, followed by fewer detections at those locations
during winter. Higher detections in winter at Trading Bay, Kenai River,
and Tuxedni Bay suggest a broader CIBW distribution in the lower inlet
during winter.
Goetz et al. (2012b) modeled habitat preferences using NMFS' 1994-
2008 June abundance survey data. In large areas, such as the Susitna
Delta (Beluga to Little Susitna Rivers) and Knik Arm, there was a high
probability that CIBWs were in larger groups. CIBW presence and
acoustic foraging behavior also increased closer to rivers with Chinook
salmon runs, such as the Susitna River (e.g., Castellote et al., 2021).
Movement has been correlated with the peak discharge of seven major
rivers emptying into Cook Inlet. Boat-based surveys from 2005 to the
present (McGuire and Stephens, 2017) and results from passive acoustic
monitoring across the entire inlet (Castellote et al., 2015) also
support seasonal patterns observed with other methods. Based on long-
term passive acoustic monitoring, foraging behavior was more prevalent
during summer, particularly at upper inlet rivers, than during winter.
The foraging index was highest at Little Susitna, with a peak in July-
August and a secondary peak in May, followed by Beluga River and then
Eagle Bay; monthly variation in the foraging index indicates CIBWs
shift their foraging behavior among these three locations from April
through September. The location of the towing routes are areas of
predicted low density in the summer months.
CIBWs are believed to mostly calve in the summer, and breed between
late spring and early summer (NMFS, 2016b), primarily in upper Cook
Inlet. The only known observed occurrence of calving occurred on July
20, 2015, in the Susitna Delta area (T. McGuire, personal
communication, March 27, 2017). The first neonates encountered during
each field season from 2005 through 2015 were always seen in the
Susitna River Delta in July. The photographic identification team's
documentation of the dates of the first neonate of each year indicate
that calving begins in mid-late July/early August, generally coinciding
with the observed timing of annual maximum group size. Probable mating
behavior of CIBWs was observed in April and May of 2014, in Trading
Bay. Young CIBWs are nursed for 2 years and may continue to associate
with their mothers for a considerable time thereafter (Colbeck et al.,
2013). Important calving grounds are thought to be located near the
river mouths of upper Cook Inlet.9
During Apache's seismic test program in 2011 along the west coast
of Redoubt Bay, lower Cook Inlet, a total of 33 CIBWs were sighted
during the survey (Lomac-MacNair et al., 2013). During Apache's 2012
seismic program in mid-inlet, a total of 151 groups consisting of an
estimated 1,463 CIBWs were observed (note individuals were likely
observed more than once) (Lomac-MacNair et al., 2014). During
SAExploration's 2015 seismic program, a total of eight groups of 33
estimated individual CIBWs were visually observed during this time
period and there were two acoustic detections of CIBWs (Kendall et al.,
2015). During Harvest Alaska's recent CIPL project on the west side of
Cook Inlet in between Ladd Landing and Tyonek Platform, a total of 143
CIBW groups (814 individuals) were observed almost daily from May 31 to
July 11, even though observations spanned from May 9 through September
15 (Sitkiewicz et al., 2018). There were two CIBW carcasses observed by
the project vessels in the 2019 Hilcorp lower Cook Inlet seismic survey
in the fall which were reported to the NMFS Marine Mammal Stranding
Network (Fairweather Science, 2020). Both carcasses were moderately
decomposed when they were sighted by the Protected Species Observers
(PSO). Daily aerial surveys specifically for CIBWs were flown over the
lower Cook Inlet region, but no beluga whales were observed. In 2023,
Hilcorp recorded 21 groups of more than 125 beluga whales during aerial
surveys in middle Cook Inlet, and an additional 21 opportunistic groups
which included approximately 81 CIBWs (Horsley and Larson, 2023).
Hilcorp did not record any sightings of CIBWs from their rig-based
monitoring efforts (Horsley and Larson, 2023)
Killer Whale
Along the west coast of North America, seasonal and year-round
occurrence of killer whales has been
[[Page 60174]]
noted along the entire Alaska coast (Braham and Dahlheim, 1982), in
British Columbia and Washington inland waterways (Bigg et al., 1990),
and along the outer coasts of Washington, Oregon, and California (Green
et al., 1992; Barlow 1995, 1997; Forney et al., 1995). Killer whales
from these areas have been labeled as ``resident,'' ``transient,'' and
``offshore'' type killer whales (Bigg et al., 1990; Ford et al., 2000;
Dahlheim et al., 2008) based on aspects of morphology, ecology,
genetics, and behavior (Ford and Fisher, 1982; Baird and Stacey, 1988;
Baird et al., 1992; Hoelzel et al., 1998, 2002; Barrett-Lennard, 2000;
Dahlheim et al., 2008). Based on data regarding association patterns,
acoustics, movements, and genetic differences, eight killer whale
stocks are now recognized within the U.S. Pacific, two of which have
the potential to be found in the proposed project area: the Eastern
North Pacific Alaska Resident stock and the Gulf of Alaska, Aleutian
Islands, and the Bering Sea Transient stock. Both stocks occur in lower
Cook Inlet, but rarely in middle and upper Cook Inlet (Shelden et al.,
2013). While stocks overlap the same geographic area, they maintain
social and reproductive isolation and feed on different prey species.
Resident killer whales are primarily fish-eaters, while transients
primarily hunt and consume marine mammals, such as harbor seals, Dall's
porpoises, harbor porpoises, beluga whales and sea lions. Killer whales
are not harvested for subsistence in Alaska. Potential threats most
likely to result in direct human-caused mortality or serious injury of
killer whales in this region include oil spills, vessel strikes, and
interactions with fisheries.
Killer whales have been sighted near Homer and Port Graham in lower
Cook Inlet (Shelden et al., 2003, 2022; Rugh et al., 2005). Resident
killer whales from pods often sighted near Kenai Fjords and Prince
William Sound have been occasionally photographed in lower Cook Inlet
(Shelden et al., 2003). The availability of salmon influences when
resident killer whales are more likely to be sighted in Cook Inlet.
Killer whales were observed in the Kachemak and English Bay three times
during aerial surveys conducted between 1993 and 2004 (Rugh et al.,
2005). Passive acoustic monitoring efforts throughout Cook Inlet
documented killer whales at the Beluga River, Kenai River, and Homer
Spit, although they were not encountered within Knik Arm (Castellote et
al., 2016). These detections were likely resident killer whales.
Transient killer whales likely have not been acoustically detected due
to their propensity to move quietly through waters to track prey
(Small, 2010; Lammers et al., 2013). Transient killer whales were
increasingly reported to feed on belugas in the middle and upper Cook
Inlet in the 1990s.
During the 2015 SAExploration seismic program near the North
Foreland, two killer whales were observed (Kendall et al., 2015, as
cited in Weston and SLR, 2022). Killer whales were observed in lower
Cook Inlet in 1994, 1997, 2001, 2005, 2010, 2012, and 2022 during the
NMFS aerial surveys (Shelden et al., 2013, 2022). Eleven killer whale
strandings have been reported in Turnagain Arm: 6 in May 1991 and 5 in
August 1993. During the Hilcorp lower Cook Inlet seismic survey in the
fall of 2019, 21 killer whales were documented (Fairweather Science,
2020). Throughout 4 months of observation in 2018 during the CIPL
project in middle Cook Inlet, no killer whales were observed
(Sitkiewicz et al., 2018). In September 2021, two killer whales were
documented in Knik Arm in upper Cook Inlet, near the POA (61N
Environmental, 2022a). Hilcorp did not record any sightings of killer
whales from their aerial or rig-based monitoring efforts in 2023
(Horsley and Larson, 2023).
Pacific White-Sided Dolphin
The Pacific white-sided dolphin is divided into three stocks within
U.S. waters. The North Pacific stock includes the coast of Alaska,
including the project area. Pacific white-sided dolphins are common in
the Gulf of Alaska's pelagic waters and Alaska's nearshore areas,
British Columbia, and Washington (Ferrero and Walker, 1996, as cited in
Muto et al., 2022). They do not typically occur in Cook Inlet, but in
2019, Castellote et al. (2020) documented short durations of Pacific
white-sided dolphin presence using passive acoustic recorders near
Iniskin Bay (6 minutes) and at an offshore mooring located
approximately midway between Port Graham and Iniskin Bay (51 minutes).
Detections of vocalizations typically lasted on the order of minutes,
suggesting the animals did not remain in the area and/or continue
vocalizing for extended durations. Visual monitoring conducted during
the same period by marine mammal observers on seismic vessels near the
offshore recorder did not detect any Pacific white-sided dolphins
(Fairweather Science, 2020). These observational data, combined with
anecdotal information, indicate that there is a small potential for
Pacific white-sided dolphins to occur in the Project area. On May 7,
2014, Apache Alaska observed three Pacific white-sided dolphins during
an aerial survey near Kenai. This is one of the only recorded visual
observations of Pacific white-sided dolphins in Cook Inlet; they have
not been reported in groups as large as those estimated in other parts
of Alaska (Muto et al., 2022).
Harbor Porpoise
In the eastern North Pacific Ocean, harbor porpoise range from
Point Barrow, along the Alaska coast, and down the west coast of North
America to Point Conception, California. The 2022 Alaska SARs describe
a revised stock structure for harbor porpoises (Young et al., 2023).
Previously, NMFS had designated three stocks of harbor porpoises: the
Bering Sea stock, the Gulf of Alaska stock, and the Southeast Alaska
stock (Muto et al., 2022; Zerbini et al., 2022). The 2022 Alaska SARs
splits the Southeast Alaska stock into three separate stocks, resulting
in five separate stocks in Alaskan waters for this species. This update
better aligns harbor porpoise stock structure with genetics, trends in
abundance, and information regarding discontinuous distribution trends
(Young et al., 2023). Harbor porpoises found in Cook Inlet are assumed
to be members of the Gulf of Alaska stock (Young et al., 2023).
Harbor porpoises occur most frequently in waters less than 100 m
deep (Hobbs and Waite, 2010) and are common in nearshore areas of the
Gulf of Alaska, Shelikof Strait, and lower Cook Inlet (Dahlheim et al.,
2000). Harbor porpoises are often observed in lower Cook Inlet in
Kachemak Bay and from Cape Douglas to the West Foreland (Rugh et al.,
2005). They can be opportunistic foragers but consume primarily
schooling forage fish (Bowen and Siniff, 1999). Given their shallow
water distribution, harbor porpoise are vulnerable to physical
modifications of nearshore habitats resulting from urban and industrial
development (including waste management and nonpoint source runoff) and
activities such as construction of docks and other over-water
structures, filling of shallow areas, dredging, and noise
(Linnenschmidt et al., 2013). Subsistence users have not reported any
harvest from the Gulf of Alaska harbor porpoise stock since the early
1900s (Shelden et al., 2014). Calving occurs from May to August;
however, this can vary by region. Harbor porpoises are often found
traveling alone, or in small groups of less than 10 individuals
(Schmale, 2008).
Harbor porpoises occur throughout Cook Inlet, with passive acoustic
detections being more prevalent in
[[Page 60175]]
lower Cook Inlet. Although harbor porpoises have been frequently
observed during aerial surveys in Cook Inlet (Shelden et al., 2014),
most sightings are of single animals and are concentrated at Chinitna
and Tuxedni bays on the west side of lower Cook Inlet (Rugh et al.,
2005), with smaller numbers observed in upper Cook Inlet between April
and October. The occurrence of larger numbers of porpoise in the lower
Cook Inlet may be driven by greater availability of preferred prey and
possibly less competition with CIBWs, as CIBWs move into upper inlet
waters to forage on Pacific salmon during the summer months (Shelden et
al., 2014).
An increase in harbor porpoise sightings in upper Cook Inlet was
observed over recent decades (e.g., 61N Environmental, 2021, 2022a;
Shelden et al., 2014). Small numbers of harbor porpoises have been
consistently reported in upper Cook Inlet between April and October
(Prevel-Ramos et al., 2008). The overall increase in the number of
harbor porpoise sightings in upper Cook Inlet is unknown, although it
may be an artifact of increased studies and marine mammal monitoring
programs in upper Cook Inlet. It is also possible that the contraction
in the CIBW's range has opened up previously occupied CIBW range to
harbor porpoises (Shelden et al., 2014).
During Apache's 2012 seismic program in middle Cook Inlet, 137
groups of harbor porpoises comprising 190 individuals were documented
between May and August (Lomac-MacNair et al., 2013). In June 2012,
Shelden et al. (2015b) documented 65 groups of 129 individual harbor
porpoises during an aerial survey, none of which were in upper Cook
Inlet. Kendall et al. (2015, as cited in Weston and SLR, 2022)
documented 52 groups comprising 65 individuals north of the Forelands
during SAExploration's 2015 seismic survey. Shelden et al. (2017, 2019,
and 2022) also conducted aerial surveys in June and July over Cook
Inlet in 2016, 2018, 2021, and 2022 and recorded 65 individuals.
Observations occurred in middle and lower Cook Inlet with a majority in
Kachemak Bay. There were two sightings of three harbor porpoises
observed during the 2019 Hilcorp lower Cook Inlet seismic survey in the
fall (Fairweather Science, 2020). A total of 29 groups (44 individuals)
were observed north of the Forelands from May to September during the
CIPL Extension Project (Sitkiewicz et al., 2018). During jack-up rig
moves in 2021, a PSO observed two individual harbor porpoises in middle
Cook Inlet: one in July and one in October. Four monitoring events were
conducted at the POA in Anchorage between April 2020 and August 2022,
during which 42 groups of harbor porpoises comprising 50 individual
porpoises were documented over 285 days of observation (61N
Environmental 2021, 2022a, 2022b, and 2022c). One harbor porpoise was
observed during Hilcorp's boat-based monitoring efforts in June 2023
(Horsley and Larson, 2023).
Dall's Porpoise
Dall's porpoises are found throughout the North Pacific, from
southern Japan to southern California north to the Bering Sea. All
Dall's porpoises in Alaska are of the Alaska stock. This species can be
found in offshore, inshore, and nearshore habitat. The Dall's porpoise
range in Alaska includes lower Cook Inlet, but very few sightings have
been reported in upper Cook Inlet. Observations have been documented
near Kachemak Bay and Anchor Point (Owl Ridge, 2014; BOEM, 2015).
Shelden et al. (2013) and Rugh et al. (2005) collated data from aerial
surveys conducted between 1994 and 2012 and documented 9 sightings of
25 individuals in the lower Cook Inlet during June and/or July 1997,
1999, and 2000. No Dall's porpoise were observed on subsequent surveys
in June and/or July 2014, 2016, 2018, 2021, and 2022 (Shelden et al.,
2015b, 2017, and 2022; Shelden and Wade, 2019). During Apache's 2014
seismic survey, two groups of three Dall's porpoises were observed in
Upper and middle Cook Inlet (Lomac-MacNair et al., 2014). In August
2015, one Dall's porpoise was reported in the mid-inlet north of
Nikiski in middle Cook Inlet during SAExploration's seismic program
(Kendall et al., 2015 as cited in Weston and SLR, 2022). During aerial
surveys in Cook Inlet, they were observed in Iniskin Bay, Barren
Island, Elizabeth Island, and Kamishak Bay (Shelden et al., 2013). No
Dall's porpoises were observed during the 2018 CIPL Extension Project
Acoustic Monitoring Program in middle Cook Inlet (Sitkiewicz et al.,
2018); however, 30 individuals in 10 groups were sighted during a lower
Cook Inlet seismic project in the fall 2019 (Fairweather Science,
2020). Hilcorp recorded three sightings of Dall's porpoises in 2021 and
one sighting of a Dall's porpoise in 2023 from their rig-based
monitoring efforts in the project area (Korsmo et al., 2022; Horsley
and Larson, 2023). This higher number of sightings suggests Dall's
porpoise may use portions of middle Cook Inlet in greater numbers than
previously expected but would still be considered infrequent in middle
and upper Cook Inlet.
Steller Sea Lion
Two DPSs of Steller sea lion occur in Alaska: the western DPS and
the eastern DPS. The western DPS includes animals that occur west of
Cape Suckling, Alaska, and therefore includes individuals within the
Project area. The western DPS was listed under the ESA as threatened in
1990 (55 FR 49204, November 26, 1990), and its continued population
decline resulted in a change in listing status to endangered in 1997
(62 FR 24345, May 5, 1997). Since 2000, studies indicate that the
population east of Samalga Pass (i.e., east of the Aleutian Islands)
has increased and is potentially stable (Young et al., 2023).
There is uncertainty regarding threats currently impeding the
recovery of Steller sea lions, particularly in the Aleutian Islands.
Many factors have been suggested as causes of the steep decline in
abundance of western Steller sea lions observed in the 1980s, including
competitive effects of fishing, environmental change, disease,
contaminants, killer whale predation, incidental take, and illegal and
legal shooting (Atkinson et al., 2008; NMFS, 2008a). A number of
management actions have been implemented since 1990 to promote the
recovery of the Western U.S. stock of Steller sea lions, including 5.6-
km (3-nautical mile) no-entry zones around rookeries, prohibition of
shooting at or near sea lions, and regulation of fisheries for sea lion
prey species (e.g., walleye pollock, Pacific cod, and Atka mackerel
(Pleurogrammus monopterygius)) (Sinclair et al., 2013; Tollit et al.,
2017). Additionally, potentially deleterious events, such as harmful
algal blooms (Lefebvre et al., 2016) and disease transmission across
the Arctic (VanWormer et al., 2019) that have been associated with
warming waters, could lead to potentially negative population-level
impacts on Steller sea lions.
NMFS designated critical habitat for Steller sea lions on August
27, 1993 (58 FR 45269), including portions of the southern reaches of
lower Cook Inlet. The critical habitat designation for the Western DPS
of was determined to include a 37-km (20-nautical mile) buffer around
all major haul-outs and rookeries, and associated terrestrial,
atmospheric, and aquatic zones, plus three large offshore foraging
areas, none of which occurs in the project area. There is no designated
critical habitat for Steller sea lions in the mid- or upper inlet, nor
are there any known BIAs for Steller sea lions within the project area.
Rookeries and haul out sites in lower
[[Page 60176]]
Cook Inlet include those near the mouth of the inlet, which are
approximately 56 km or more south of the closest action area.
Steller sea lions are opportunistic predators, feeding primarily on
a wide variety of seasonally abundant fishes and cephalopods, including
Pacific herring (Clupea pallasi), walleye pollock, capelin (Mallotus
villosus), Pacific sand lance (Ammodytes hexapterus), Pacific cod,
salmon (Oncorhynchus spp.), and squid (Teuthida spp.); (Jefferson et
al., 2008; Wynne et al., 2011). Steller sea lions do not generally eat
every day, but tend to forage every 1-2 days and return to haulouts to
rest between foraging trips (Merrick and Loughlin, 1997; Rehberg et
al., 2009). Steller sea lions feed largely on walleye pollock, salmon,
and arrowtooth flounder during the summer, and walleye pollock and
Pacific cod during the winter (Sinclair and Zeppelin, 2002).
Most Steller sea lions in Cook Inlet occur south of Anchor Point on
the east side of lower Cook Inlet, with concentrations near haulout
sites at Shaw Island and Elizabeth Island and by Chinitna Bay and
Iniskin Bay on the west side (Rugh et al., 2005). Steller sea lions are
rarely seen in upper Cook Inlet (Nemeth et al., 2007). About 3,600 sea
lions use haulout sites in the lower Cook Inlet area (Sweeney et al.,
2017), with additional individuals venturing into the area to forage.
Several surveys and monitoring programs have documented Steller sea
lions throughout Cook Inlet, including in upper Cook Inlet in 2012
(Lomac-MacNair et al., 2013), near Cape Starichkof in 2013 (Owl Ridge,
2014), in middle and lower Cook Inlet in 2015 (Kendall et al., 2015, as
cited in Weston and SLR, 2022), in middle Cook Inlet in 2018
(Sitkiewicz et al., 2018), in lower Cook Inlet in 2019 (Fairweather
Science, 2020), and near the POA in Anchorage in 2020, 2021, and 2022
(61N Environmental, 2021, 2022a, 2022b, and 2022c). During NMFS Cook
Inlet beluga whale aerial surveys from 2000 to 2016, 39 sightings of
769 estimated individual Steller sea lions in lower Cook Inlet were
recorded (Shelden et al., 2017). Sightings of large congregations of
Steller sea lions during NMFS aerial surveys occurred outside the
specific geographic region, on land in the mouth of Cook Inlet (e.g.,
Elizabeth and Shaw Islands). In 2012, during Apache's 3D Seismic
surveys, three sightings of approximately four individuals in upper
Cook Inlet were recorded (Lomac-MacNair et al., 2013). PSOs associated
with Buccaneer's drilling project off Cape Starichkof observed seven
Steller sea lions in summer 2013 (Owl Ridge, 2014), and another four
Steller sea lions were observed in 2015 in Cook Inlet during
SAExploration's 3D Seismic Program. Of the three 2015 sightings, one
sighting occurred between the West and East Forelands, one occurred
near Nikiski, and one occurred northeast of the North Foreland in the
center of Cook Inlet (Kendall and Cornick, 2015). Five sightings of
five Steller sea lions were recorded during Hilcorp's lower Cook Inlet
seismic survey in the fall of 2019 (Fairweather Science, 2020).
Additionally, one sighting of two individuals occurred during the CIPL
Extension Project in 2018 in middle Cook Inlet (Sitkiewicz et al.,
2018). At the end of July 2022, while conducting a waterfowl survey an
estimated 25 Steller sea lions were observed hauled-out at low tide in
the Lewis River, on the west side of Cook Inlet. (K. Lindberg, personal
communication, August 15, 2022). Steller sea lions have also been
reported near the POA in Anchorage in 2020, 2021, and 2022 (61N 2021,
2022a, 2022b, and 2022c). Hilcorp did not record any sightings of
Steller sea lions from their aerial or rig-based monitoring efforts in
2023 (Horsley and Larson, 2023).
Harbor Seal
Harbor seals inhabit waters all along the western coast of the
United States, British Columbia, and north through Alaska waters to the
Pribilof Islands and Cape Newenham. NMFS currently identifies 12 stocks
of harbor seals in Alaska based largely on genetic structure (Young et
al., 2023). Harbor seals in the proposed project area are members of
the Cook Inlet/Shelikof stock, which ranges from the southwest tip of
Unimak Island east along the southern coast of the Alaska Peninsula to
Elizabeth Island off the southwest tip of the Kenai Peninsula,
including Cook Inlet, Knik Arm, and Turnagain Arm. Distribution of the
Cook Inlet/Shelikof stock extends from Unimak Island, in the Aleutian
Islands archipelago, north through all of upper and lower Cook Inlet
(Young et al., 2023).
Harbor seals inhabit the coastal and estuarine waters of Cook Inlet
and are observed in both upper and lower Cook Inlet throughout most of
the year (Boveng et al., 2012; Shelden et al., 2013). High-density
areas include Kachemak Bay, Iniskin Bay, Iliamna Bay, Kamishak Bay,
Cape Douglas, and Shelikof Strait. Up to a few hundred seals seasonally
occur in middle and upper Cook Inlet (Rugh et al. 2005), with the
highest concentrations found near the Susitna River and other
tributaries within upper Cook Inlet during eulachon and salmon runs
(Nemeth et al., 2007; Boveng et al., 2012), but most remain south of
the forelands (Boveng et al., 2012).
Harbor seals haul out on rocks, reefs, beaches, and drifting
glacial ice (Young et al., 2023). Their movements are influenced by
tides, weather, season, food availability, and reproduction, as well as
individual sex and age class (Lowry et al., 2001; Small et al., 2003;
Boveng et al., 2012). The results of past and recent satellite tagging
studies in Southeast Alaska, Prince William Sound, Kodiak Island, and
Cook Inlet are also consistent with the conclusion that harbor seals
are non-migratory (Lowry et al., 2001; Small et al., 2003; Boveng et
al., 2012). However, some long-distance movements of tagged animals in
Alaska have been recorded (Pitcher and McAllister, 1981; Lowry et al.,
2001; Small et al., 2003; Womble, 2012; Womble and Gende, 2013). Strong
fidelity of individuals for haulout sites during the breeding season
has been documented in several populations (H[auml]rk[ouml]nen and
Harding, 2001), including in Cook Inlet (Pitcher and McAllister, 1981;
Small et al., 2005; Boveng et al., 2012; Womble, 2012; Womble and
Gende, 2013). Harbor seals usually give birth to a single pup between
May and mid-July; birthing locations are dispersed over several haulout
sites and not confined to major rookeries (Klinkhart et al., 2008).
More than 200 haulout sites are documented in lower Cook Inlet
(Montgomery et al., 2007) and 18 in middle and upper Cook Inlet (London
et al., 2015). Of the 18 in middle and upper Cook Inlet, nine are
considered ``key haulout'' locations where aggregations of 50 or more
harbor seals have been documented. Seven key haulouts are in the
Susitna River delta, and two are near the Chickaloon River.
Recent research on satellite-tagged harbor seals observed several
movement patterns within Cook Inlet (Boveng et al., 2012), including a
strong seasonal pattern of more coastal and restricted spatial use
during the spring and summer (breeding, pupping, molting) and more
wide-ranging movements within and outside of Cook Inlet during the
winter months, with some seals ranging as far as Shumagin Islands.
During summer months, movements and distribution were mostly confined
to the west side of Cook Inlet and Kachemak Bay, and seals captured in
lower Cook Inlet generally exhibited site fidelity by remaining south
of the Forelands in lower Cook Inlet after release (Boveng et al.,
2012). In the fall, a portion of the harbor seals appeared to move out
of Cook Inlet and into Shelikof Strait, northern Kodiak Island, and
[[Page 60177]]
coastal habitats of the Alaska Peninsula. The western coast of Cook
Inlet had higher usage by harbor seals than eastern coast habitats, and
seals captured in lower Cook Inlet generally exhibited site fidelity by
remaining south of the Forelands in lower Cook Inlet after release
(south of Nikiski; Boveng et al., 2012).
Harbor seals have been sighted in Cook Inlet during every year of
the aerial surveys conducted by NMFS and during all recent mitigation
and monitoring programs in lower, middle, and upper Cook Inlet (61N
Environmental, 2021, 2022a, 2022b, and 2022c; Fairweather Science,
2020; Kendall et al., 2015 as cited in Weston and SLR, 2022; Lomac-
MacNair et al., 2013, 2014; Sitkiewicz et al., 2018). In addition,
Hilcorp recorded one sighting of a harbor seal in 2021 and three
sightings of harbor seals in 2023 from their aerial and rig-based
monitoring efforts in the project area (Korsmo et al. 2022; Horsley and
Larson, 2023).
California Sea Lion
California sea lions live along the Pacific coastline spanning an
area from central Mexico to Southeast Alaska and typically breed on
islands located in southern California, western Baja California, and
the Gulf of California (Carretta et al., 2020). Five genetically
distinct geographic populations are known to exist: Pacific Temperate,
Pacific Subtropical, Southern Gulf of California, Central Gulf of
California, and Northern Gulf of California (Schramm et al., 2009).
Few observations of California sea lions have been reported in
Alaska and most observations have been limited to solitary individuals,
typically males that are known to migrate long distances. Occasionally,
California sea lions can be found in small groups of two or more and
are usually associated with Steller sea lions at their haul outs and
rookeries (Maniscalco et al., 2004). The few California sea lions
observed in Alaska typically do not travel further north than Southeast
Alaska. They are often associated with Steller sea lion haulouts and
rookeries (Maniscalco et al., 2004). Sightings in Cook Inlet are rare,
with two documented during the Apache 2012 seismic survey (Lomac-
MacNair et al., 2013) and anecdotal sightings in Kachemak Bay. None
were sighted during the 2019 Hilcorp lower Cook Inlet seismic survey
(Fairweather Science, 2020), the CIPL project in 2018 (Sitkiewicz et
al., 2018), or the 2023 Hilcorp aerial or rig-based monitoring efforts
(Horsley and Larson, 2023).
Marine Mammal Hearing
Hearing is the most important sensory modality for marine mammals
underwater, and exposure to anthropogenic sound can have deleterious
effects. To appropriately assess the potential effects of exposure to
sound, it is necessary to understand the frequency ranges marine
mammals are able to hear. Not all marine mammal species have equal
hearing capabilities (e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok and
Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008). To reflect this, Southall et al.
(2007, 2019) recommended that marine mammals be divided into hearing
groups based on directly measured (behavioral or auditory evoked
potential techniques) or estimated hearing ranges (behavioral response
data, anatomical modeling, etc.). Subsequently, NMFS (2018) described
generalized hearing ranges for these marine mammal hearing groups.
Generalized hearing ranges were chosen based on the approximately 65
decibel (dB) threshold from the normalized composite audiograms, with
the exception for lower limits for low-frequency cetaceans where the
lower bound was deemed to be biologically implausible and the lower
bound from Southall et al. (2007) retained. Marine mammal hearing
groups and their associated hearing ranges are provided in table 3.
Specific to this action, gray whales, fin whales, minke whales, and
humpback whales are considered low-frequency (LF) cetaceans, beluga
whales, pacific white-sided dolphins, and killer whales are considered
mid-frequency (MF) cetaceans, harbor porpoises and Dall's porpoises are
considered high-frequency (HF) cetaceans, Steller sea lions and
California sea lions are otariid pinnipeds (OW), and harbor seals are
phocid pinnipeds (PW).
Table 3--Marine Mammal Hearing Groups
[NMFS, 2018]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hearing group Generalized hearing range *
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-frequency (LF) cetaceans (baleen 7 Hz to 35 kHz.
whales).
Mid-frequency (MF) cetaceans (dolphins, 150 Hz to 160 kHz.
toothed whales, beaked whales, bottlenose
whales).
High-frequency (HF) cetaceans (true 275 Hz to 160 kHz.
porpoises, Kogia, river dolphins,
Cephalorhynchid, Lagenorhynchus cruciger &
L. australis).
Phocid pinnipeds (PW) (underwater) (true 50 Hz to 86 kHz.
seals).
Otariid pinnipeds (OW) (underwater) (sea 60 Hz to 39 kHz.
lions and fur seals).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Represents the generalized hearing range for the entire group as a
composite (i.e., all species within the group), where individual
species' hearing ranges are typically not as broad. Generalized
hearing range chosen based on ~65 dB threshold from normalized
composite audiogram, with the exception for lower limits for LF
cetaceans (Southall et al., 2007) and PW pinniped (approximation).
The pinniped functional hearing group was modified from Southall et
al. (2007) on the basis of data indicating that phocid species have
consistently demonstrated an extended frequency range of hearing
compared to otariids, especially in the higher frequency range
(Hemil[auml] et al., 2006; Kastelein et al., 2009; Reichmuth and Holt,
2013). This division between phocid and otariid pinnipeds is now
reflected in the updated hearing groups proposed in Southall et al.
(2019).
For more detail concerning these groups and associated frequency
ranges, please see NMFS (2018) for a review of available information.
Potential Effects of Specified Activities on Marine Mammals and Their
Habitat
This section provides a discussion of the ways in which components
of the specified activity may impact marine mammals and their habitat.
The Estimated Take of Marine Mammals section later in this document
includes a quantitative analysis of the number of individuals that are
expected to be taken by this activity. The Negligible Impact Analysis
and Determination section considers the content of this section, the
Estimated Take of Marine Mammals section, and the Proposed Mitigation
section, to draw conclusions regarding the likely impacts of these
activities on the reproductive success or survivorship of individuals
and whether those impacts are reasonably expected to, or reasonably
likely to, adversely affect the
[[Page 60178]]
species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or
survival.
Effects on marine mammals during the specified activity are
expected to potentially occur from three to four tugs towing, holding,
and or positioning a jack-up rig. Underwater noise from Hilcorp's
proposed activities have the potential to result in Level B harassment
of marine mammals in the action area.
Background on Sound
This section contains a brief technical background on sound, on the
characteristics of certain sound types, and on metrics used relevant to
the specified activity and to a discussion of the potential effects of
the specified activity on marine mammals found later in this document.
For general information on sound and its interaction with the marine
environment, please see: Erbe and Thomas (2022); Au and Hastings
(2008); Richardson et al. (1995); Urick (1983); as well as the
Discovery of Sound in the Sea website at https://dosits.org/.
Sound is a vibration that travels as an acoustic wave through a
medium such as a gas, liquid or solid. Sound waves alternately compress
and decompress the medium as the wave travels. In water, sound waves
radiate in a manner similar to ripples on the surface of a pond and may
be either directed in a beam (narrow beam or directional sources) or
sound may radiate in all directions (omnidirectional sources), as is
the case for sound produced by tugs under load with a jack-up rig
considered here. The compressions and decompressions associated with
sound waves are detected as changes in pressure by marine mammals and
human-made sound receptors such as hydrophones.
Sound travels more efficiently in water than almost any other form
of energy, making the use of sound as a primary sensory modality ideal
for inhabitants of the aquatic environment. In seawater, sound travels
at roughly 1,500 meters per second (m/s). In air, sound waves travel
much more slowly at about 340 m/s. However, the speed of sound in water
can vary by a small amount based on characteristics of the transmission
medium such as temperature and salinity.
The basic characteristics of a sound wave are frequency,
wavelength, velocity, and amplitude. Frequency is the number of
pressure waves that pass by a reference point per unit of time and is
measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per second. Wavelength is the distance
between two peaks or corresponding points of a sound wave (length of
one cycle). Higher frequency sounds have shorter wavelengths than lower
frequency sounds, and typically attenuate (decrease) more rapidly with
distance, except in certain cases in shallower water. The amplitude of
a sound pressure wave is related to the subjective ``loudness'' of a
sound and is typically expressed in dB, which are a relative unit of
measurement that is used to express the ratio of one value of a power
or pressure to another. A sound pressure level (SPL) in dB is described
as the ratio between a measured pressure and a reference pressure, and
is a logarithmic unit that accounts for large variations in amplitude;
therefore, a relatively small change in dB corresponds to large changes
in sound pressure. For example, a 10-dB increase is a 10-fold increase
in acoustic power. A 20-dB increase is then a 100-fold increase in
power and a 30-dB increase is a 1000-fold increase in power. However, a
10-fold increase in acoustic power does not mean that the sound is
perceived as being 10 times louder. The dB is a relative unit comparing
two pressures; therefore, a reference pressure must always be
indicated. For underwater sound, this is 1 microPascal ([mu]Pa). For
in-air sound, the reference pressure is 20 microPascal ([mu]Pa). The
amplitude of a sound can be presented in various ways; however, NMFS
typically considers three metrics: sound exposure level (SEL), root-
mean-square (RMS) SPL, and peak SPL (defined below). The source level
represents the SPL referenced at a standard distance from the source,
typically 1 m (Richardson et al., 1995; American National Standards
Institute (ANSI), 2013), while the received level is the SPL at the
receiver's position. For tugging activities, the SPL is typically
referenced at 1 m.
SEL (represented as dB referenced to 1 micropascal squared second
(re 1 [mu]Pa\2\-s)) represents the total energy in a stated frequency
band over a stated time interval or event, and considers both intensity
and duration of exposure. SEL can also be a cumulative metric; it can
be accumulated over a single pulse (i.e., during activities such as
impact pile driving) or calculated over periods containing multiple
pulses (SELcum). Cumulative SEL (SELcum)
represents the total energy accumulated by a receiver over a defined
time window or during an event. The SEL metric is useful because it
allows sound exposures of different durations to be related to one
another in terms of total acoustic energy. The duration of a sound
event and the number of pulses, however, should be specified as there
is no accepted standard duration over which the summation of energy is
measured.
RMS SPL is equal to 10 times the logarithm (base 10) of the ratio
of the mean-square sound pressure to the specified reference value, and
given in units of dB (International Organization for Standardization
(ISO), 2017). RMS is calculated by squaring all of the sound
amplitudes, averaging the squares, and then taking the square root of
the average (Urick, 1983). RMS accounts for both positive and negative
values; squaring the pressures makes all values positive so that they
may be accounted for in the summation of pressure levels (Hastings and
Popper, 2005). This measurement is often used in the context of
discussing behavioral effects, in part because behavioral effects,
which often result from auditory cues, may be better expressed through
averaged units than by peak SPL. For impulsive sounds, RMS is
calculated by the portion of the waveform containing 90 percent of the
sound energy from the impulsive event (Madsen, 2005).
Peak SPL (also referred to as zero-to-peak sound pressure or 0-pk)
is the maximum instantaneous sound pressure measurable in the water,
which can arise from a positive or negative sound pressure, during a
specified time, for a specific frequency range at a specified distance
from the source, and is represented in the same units as the RMS sound
pressure (ISO, 2017). Along with SEL, this metric is used in evaluating
the potential for permanent threshold shift (PTS) and temporary
threshold shift (TTS) associated with impulsive sound sources.
Sounds are also characterized by their temporal components.
Continuous sounds are those whose sound pressure level remains above
that of the ambient or background sound with negligibly small
fluctuations in level (ANSI, 2005) while intermittent sounds are
defined as sounds with interrupted levels of low or no sound (National
Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), 1998). A key
distinction between continuous and intermittent sound sources is that
intermittent sounds have a more regular (predictable) pattern of bursts
of sounds and silent periods (i.e., duty cycle), which continuous
sounds do not. Tugs under load are considered sources of continuous
sound.
Sounds may be either impulsive or non-impulsive (defined below).
The distinction between these two sound types is important because they
have differing potential to cause physical effects, particularly with
regard to noise-induced hearing loss (e.g., Ward, 1997 in Southall et
al., 2007). Please see
[[Page 60179]]
NMFS (2018) and Southall et al. (2007, 2019) for an in-depth discussion
of these concepts.
Impulsive sound sources (e.g., explosions, gunshots, sonic booms,
seismic airgun shots, impact pile driving) produce signals that are
brief (typically considered to be less than 1 second), broadband,
atonal transients (ANSI, 1986, 2005; NIOSH, 1998) and occur either as
isolated events or repeated in some succession. Impulsive sounds are
all characterized by a relatively rapid rise from ambient pressure to a
maximal pressure value followed by a rapid decay period that may
include a period of diminishing, oscillating maximal and minimal
pressures, and generally have an increased capacity to induce physical
injury as compared with sounds that lack these features. Impulsive
sounds are intermittent in nature. The duration of such sounds, as
received at a distance, can be greatly extended in a highly reverberant
environment.
Non-impulsive sounds can be tonal, narrowband, or broadband, brief
or prolonged, and may be either continuous or non-continuous (ANSI,
1995; NIOSH, 1998). Some of these non-impulsive sounds can be transient
signals of short duration but without the essential properties of
impulses (e.g., rapid rise time). Examples of non-impulsive sounds
include those produced by vessels (including tugs under load),
aircraft, machinery operations such as drilling or dredging, vibratory
pile driving, and active sonar systems.
Even in the absence of sound from the specified activity, the
underwater environment is characterized by sounds from both natural and
anthropogenic sound sources. Ambient sound is defined as a composite of
naturally-occurring (i.e., non-anthropogenic) sound from many sources
both near and far (ANSI, 1995). Background sound is similar, but
includes all sounds, including anthropogenic sounds, minus the sound
produced by the proposed activities (NMFS, 2012, 2016a). The sound
level of a region is defined by the total acoustical energy being
generated by known and unknown sources. These sources may include
physical (e.g., wind and waves, earthquakes, ice, atmospheric sound),
biological (e.g., sounds produced by marine mammals, fish, and
invertebrates), and anthropogenic (e.g., vessels, dredging,
construction) sound.
A number of sources contribute to background and ambient sound,
including wind and waves, which are a main source of naturally
occurring ambient sound for frequencies between 200 Hz and 50 kilohertz
(kHz) (Mitson, 1995). In general, background and ambient sound levels
tend to increase with increasing wind speed and wave height.
Precipitation can become an important component of total sound at
frequencies above 500 Hz, and possibly down to 100 Hz during quiet
times. Marine mammals can contribute significantly to background and
ambient sound levels, as can some fish and snapping shrimp. The
frequency band for biological contributions is from approximately 12 Hz
to over 100 kHz. Sources of background sound related to human activity
include transportation (surface vessels), dredging and construction,
oil and gas drilling and production, geophysical surveys, sonar, and
explosions. Vessel noise typically dominates the total background sound
for frequencies between 20 and 300 Hz. In general, the frequencies of
many anthropogenic sounds, particularly those produced by construction
activities, are below 1 kHz (Richardson et al., 1995). When sounds at
frequencies greater than 1 kHz are produced, they generally attenuate
relatively rapidly (Richardson et al., 1995), particularly above 20 kHz
due to propagation losses and absorption (Urick, 1983).
Transmission loss (TL) defines the degree to which underwater sound
has spread in space and lost energy after having moved through the
environment and reached a receiver. It is defined as the reduction in a
specified level between two specified points that are within an
underwater acoustic field (ISO, 2017). Careful consideration of
transmission loss and appropriate propagation modeling is a crucial
step in determining the impacts of underwater sound, as it helps to
define the ranges (isopleths) to which impacts are expected and depends
significantly on local environmental parameters such as seabed type,
water depth (bathymetry), and the local speed of sound. Geometric
spreading laws are powerful tools which provide a simple means of
estimating TL, based on the shape of the sound wave front in the water
column. For a sound source that is equally loud in all directions and
in deep water, the sound field takes the form of a sphere, as the sound
extends in every direction uniformly. In this case, the intensity of
the sound is spread across the surface of the sphere, and thus we can
relate intensity loss to the square of the range (as area = 4*pi*r\2\).
When expressing logarithmically in dB as TL, we find that TL =
20*Log10(range), this situation is known as spherical
spreading. In shallow water, the sea surface and seafloor will bound
the shape of the sound, leading to a more cylindrical shape, as the top
and bottom of the sphere is truncated by the largely reflective
boundaries. This situation is termed cylindrical spreading, and is
given by TL = 10*Log10(range) (Urick, 1983). An intermediate
scenario may be defined by the equation TL =
15*Log10(range), and is referred to as practical spreading.
Though these geometric spreading laws do not capture many often
important details (scattering, absorption, etc.), they offer a
reasonable and simple approximation of how sound decreases in intensity
as it is transmitted. Cook Inlet is a particularly complex acoustic
environment with strong currents, large tides, variable sea floor and
generally changing conditions.
The sum of the various natural and anthropogenic sound sources at
any given location and time depends not only on the source levels, but
also on the propagation of sound through the environment. Sound
propagation is dependent on the spatially and temporally varying
properties of the water column and sea floor, and is frequency-
dependent. As a result of the dependence on a large number of varying
factors, background and ambient sound levels can be expected to vary
widely over both coarse and fine spatial and temporal scales. Sound
levels at a given frequency and location can vary by 10 to 20 dB from
day to day (Richardson et al., 1995). The result is that, depending on
the source type and its intensity, sound from a specified activity may
be a negligible addition to the local environment or could form a
distinctive signal that may affect marine mammals.
Description of Sound Sources for the Specified Activities
In-water activities associated with the project that have the
potential to incidentally take marine mammals through exposure to sound
would be tugs towing, holding, and positioning the jack-up rig. Unlike
discrete noise sources with known potential to harass marine mammals
(e.g., pile driving, seismic surveys), both the noise sources and
impacts from the tugs towing the jack-up rig are less well documented.
Sound energy associated with the specified activity is produced by
vessel propeller cavitation. Bow thrusters would be occasionally used
for a short duration (20 to 30 seconds) to either push or pull a vessel
in or away from a dock or platform. Other sound sources include onboard
diesel generators and sound from the main engine, but both are
subordinate to the thruster and main
[[Page 60180]]
propeller blade rate harmonics (Gray and Greeley, 1980). The various
scenarios that may occur during this project include tugs in a
stationary mode positioning the drill rig and pulling the jack-up rig
at nearly full power against strong tides. Our assessments of the
likelihood for harassment of marine mammals incidental to Hilcorp's tug
activities specified here are conservative in light of the general
Level B harassment exposure thresholds, the fact that NMFS is still in
the process of developing analyses of the impact that non-quantitative
contextual factors have on the likelihood of Level B harassment
occurring, and the nature and duration of the particular tug activities
analyzed here.
Acoustic Impacts
The introduction of anthropogenic noise into the aquatic
environment from tugs under load is the primary means by which marine
mammals may be harassed from Hilcorp's specified activity. In general,
animals exposed to natural or anthropogenic sound may experience
physical and psychological effects, ranging in magnitude from none to
severe (Southall et al., 2007, 2019). Exposure to anthropogenic noise
has the potential to result in auditory threshold shifts and behavioral
reactions (e.g., avoidance, temporary cessation of foraging and
vocalizing, changes in dive behavior). It can also lead to non-
observable physiological responses, such as an increase in stress
hormones. Additional noise in a marine mammal's habitat can mask
acoustic cues used by marine mammals to carry out daily functions, such
as communication and predator and prey detection. The effects of noise
on marine mammals are dependent on several factors, including but not
limited to sound type (e.g., impulsive vs. non-impulsive), the species,
age and sex class (e.g., adult male vs. mom with calf), duration of
exposure, the distance between the vessel and the animal, received
levels, behavior at time of exposure, and previous history with
exposure (Wartzok et al., 2004; Southall et al., 2007). Here we discuss
physical auditory effects (threshold shifts) followed by behavioral
effects and potential impacts on habitat.
NMFS defines a noise-induced threshold shift (TS) as a change,
usually an increase, in the threshold of audibility at a specified
frequency or portion of an individual's hearing range above a
previously established reference level (NMFS, 2018). The amount of
threshold shift is customarily expressed in dB. A TS can be permanent
or temporary. As described in NMFS (2018) there are numerous factors to
consider when examining the consequence of TS, including but not
limited to the signal temporal pattern (e.g., impulsive or non-
impulsive), likelihood an individual would be exposed for a long enough
duration or to a high enough level to induce a TS, the magnitude of the
TS, time to recovery (seconds to minutes or hours to days), the
frequency range of the exposure (i.e., spectral content), the hearing
frequency range of the exposed species relative to the signal's
frequency spectrum (i.e., how animal uses sound within the frequency
band of the signal; e.g., Kastelein et al., 2014), and the overlap
between the animal and the source (e.g., spatial, temporal, and
spectral).
Permanent Threshold Shift (PTS). NMFS defines PTS as a permanent,
irreversible increase in the threshold of audibility at a specified
frequency or portion of an individual's hearing range above a
previously established reference level (NMFS, 2018). PTS does not
generally affect more than a limited frequency range, and an animal
that has incurred PTS has incurred some level of hearing loss at the
relevant frequencies; typically animals with PTS are not functionally
deaf (Au and Hastings, 2008; Finneran, 2016). Available data from
humans and other terrestrial mammals indicate that a 40-dB threshold
shift approximates PTS onset (see Ward et al., 1958, 1959; Ward 1960;
Kryter et al., 1966; Miller, 1974; Ahroon et al., 1996; Henderson et
al., 2008). PTS levels for marine mammals are estimates, as with the
exception of a single study unintentionally inducing PTS in a harbor
seal (Kastak et al., 2008), there are no empirical data measuring PTS
in marine mammals largely due to the fact that, for ethical reasons,
experiments involving anthropogenic noise exposure at levels inducing
PTS are not typically pursued or authorized (NMFS, 2018).
Temporary Threshold Shift (TTS). TTS is a temporary, reversible
increase in the threshold of audibility at a specified frequency or
portion of an individual's hearing range above a previously established
reference level (NMFS, 2018). Based on data from marine mammal TTS
measurements (see Southall et al., 2007, 2019), a TTS of 6 dB is
considered the minimum threshold shift clearly larger than any day-to-
day or session-to-session variation in a subject's normal hearing
ability (Finneran et al., 2000, 2002; Schlundt et al., 2000). As
described in Finneran (2015), marine mammal studies have shown the
amount of TTS increases with SELcum in an accelerating
fashion: at low exposures with lower SELcum, the amount of
TTS is typically small and the growth curves have shallow slopes. At
exposures with higher SELcum, the growth curves become
steeper and approach linear relationships with the noise SEL.
Depending on the degree (elevation of threshold in dB), duration
(i.e., recovery time), and frequency range of TTS, and the context in
which it is experienced, TTS can have effects on marine mammals ranging
from discountable to serious (similar to those discussed in auditory
masking, below). For example, a marine mammal may be able to readily
compensate for a brief, relatively small amount of TTS in a non-
critical frequency range that takes place during a time when the animal
is traveling through the open ocean, where ambient noise is lower and
there are not as many competing sounds present. Alternatively, a larger
amount and longer duration of TTS sustained during time when
communication is critical for successful mother/calf interactions could
have more serious impacts. We note that reduced hearing sensitivity as
a simple function of aging has been observed in marine mammals, as well
as humans and other taxa (Southall et al., 2007), so we can infer that
strategies exist for coping with this condition to some degree, though
likely not without cost.
Many studies have examined noise-induced hearing loss in marine
mammals (see Finneran (2015) and Southall et al. (2019) for summaries).
TTS is the mildest form of hearing impairment that can occur during
exposure to sound (Kryter, 2013). While experiencing TTS, the hearing
threshold rises, and a sound must be at a higher level in order to be
heard. In terrestrial and marine mammals, TTS can last from minutes or
hours to days (in cases of strong TTS). In many cases, hearing
sensitivity recovers rapidly after exposure to the sound ends. For
cetaceans, published data on the onset of TTS are limited to captive
bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops truncatus), beluga whale, harbor porpoise,
and Yangtze finless porpoise (Neophocoena asiaeorientalis) (Southall et
al., 2019). For pinnipeds in water, measurements of TTS are limited to
harbor seals, elephant seals (Mirounga angustirostris), bearded seals
(Erignathus barbatus) and California sea lions (Kastak et al., 1999,
2007; Kastelein et al., 2019b, 2019c, 2021, 2022a, 2022b; Reichmuth et
al., 2019; Sills et al., 2020). TTS was not observed in spotted (Phoca
largha) and ringed (Pusa hispida) seals exposed to single airgun
impulse sounds at levels
[[Page 60181]]
matching previous predictions of TTS onset (Reichmuth et al., 2016).
These studies examine hearing thresholds measured in marine mammals
before and after exposure to intense or long-duration sound exposures.
The difference between the pre-exposure and post-exposure thresholds
can be used to determine the amount of threshold shift at various post-
exposure times.
The amount and onset of TTS depends on the exposure frequency.
Sounds below the region of best sensitivity for a species or hearing
group are less hazardous than those near the region of best sensitivity
(Finneran and Schlundt, 2013). At low frequencies, onset-TTS exposure
levels are higher compared to those in the region of best sensitivity
(i.e., a low frequency noise would need to be louder to cause TTS onset
when TTS exposure level is higher), as shown for harbor porpoises and
harbor seals (Kastelein et al., 2019a, 2019c). Note that in general,
harbor seals and harbor porpoises have a lower TTS onset than other
measured pinniped or cetacean species (Finneran, 2015). In addition,
TTS can accumulate across multiple exposures, but the resulting TTS
will be less than the TTS from a single, continuous exposure with the
same SEL (Mooney et al., 2009; Finneran et al., 2010; Kastelein et al.,
2014, 2015). This means that TTS predictions based on the total,
cumulative SEL will overestimate the amount of TTS from intermittent
exposures, such as sonars and impulsive sources. Nachtigall et al.
(2018) describe measurements of hearing sensitivity of multiple
odontocete species (bottlenose dolphin, harbor porpoise, beluga, and
false killer whale (Pseudorca crassidens)) when a relatively loud sound
was preceded by a warning sound. These captive animals were shown to
reduce hearing sensitivity when warned of an impending intense sound.
Based on these experimental observations of captive animals, the
authors suggest that wild animals may dampen their hearing during
prolonged exposures or if conditioned to anticipate intense sounds.
Another study showed that echolocating animals (including odontocetes)
might have anatomical specializations that might allow for conditioned
hearing reduction and filtering of low-frequency ambient noise,
including increased stiffness and control of middle ear structures and
placement of inner ear structures (Ketten et al., 2021). Data available
on noise-induced hearing loss for mysticetes are currently lacking
(NMFS, 2018). Additionally, the existing marine mammal TTS data come
from a limited number of individuals within these species.
Relationships between TTS and PTS thresholds have not been studied
in marine mammals, and there is no PTS data for cetaceans, but such
relationships are assumed to be similar to those in humans and other
terrestrial mammals. PTS typically occurs at exposure levels at least
several decibels above that inducing mild TTS (e.g., a 40-dB threshold
shift approximates PTS onset (Kryter et al., 1966; Miller, 1974), while
a 6-dB threshold shift approximates TTS onset (Southall et al., 2007,
2019). Based on data from terrestrial mammals, a precautionary
assumption is that the PTS thresholds for impulsive sounds are at least
6 dB higher than the TTS threshold on a peak-pressure basis and PTS
cumulative sound exposure level thresholds are 15 to 20 dB higher than
TTS cumulative sound exposure level thresholds (Southall et al., 2007,
2019). Given the higher level of sound or longer exposure duration
necessary to cause PTS as compared with TTS, it is considerably less
likely that PTS could occur. Given the nature of tugging, a transient
activity, and the fact that many marine mammals are likely moving
through the project areas and not remaining for extended periods of
time, the potential for threshold shift is low.
Non-acoustic Stressors. HiIlcorp's proposed activities on marine
mammals could also involve non-acoustic stressors. Potential non-
acoustic stressors could result from the physical presence of the
equipment (e.g., tug configuration) and personnel; however, given there
are no known pinniped haul-out sites in the vicinity of the project
site, visual and other non-acoustic stressors would be limited, and any
impacts to marine mammals are expected to primarily be acoustic in
nature.
Behavioral Harassment. Exposure to noise also has the potential to
behaviorally disturb marine mammals to a level that rises to the
definition of Level B harassment under the MMPA. Behavioral disturbance
may include a variety of effects, including subtle changes in behavior
(e.g., minor or brief avoidance of an area or changes in
vocalizations), more conspicuous changes in similar behavioral
activities, and more sustained and/or potentially severe reactions,
such as displacement from or abandonment of high-quality habitat.
Behavioral responses may include changing durations of surfacing and
dives, changing direction and/or speed; reducing/increasing vocal
activities; changing/cessation of certain behavioral activities (such
as socializing or feeding); eliciting a visible startle response or
aggressive behavior (such as tail/fin slapping or jaw clapping); and
avoidance of areas where sound sources are located (Erbe et al., 2019).
In addition, pinnipeds may increase their haul out time, possibly to
avoid in-water disturbance (Thorson and Reyff, 2006).
Behavioral responses to sound are highly variable and context-
specific and any reactions depend on numerous intrinsic and extrinsic
factors (e.g., species, state of maturity, experience, current
activity, reproductive state, auditory sensitivity, time of day), as
well as the interplay between factors (e.g., Richardson et al., 1995;
Wartzok et al., 2004; Southall et al., 2007, 2019; Weilgart, 2007;
Archer et al., 2010; Erbe et al. 2019). Behavioral reactions can vary
not only among individuals but also within an individual, depending on
previous experience with a sound source, context, and numerous other
factors (Ellison et al., 2012), and can vary depending on
characteristics associated with the sound source (e.g., whether it is
moving or stationary, number of sources, distance from the source). For
example, animals that are resting may show greater behavioral change in
response to disturbing sound levels than animals that are highly
motivated to remain in an area for feeding (Richardson et al., 1995;
Wartzok et al., 2004; National Research Council (NRC), 2005). In
general, pinnipeds seem more tolerant of, or at least habituate more
quickly to, potentially disturbing underwater sound than do cetaceans,
and generally seem to be less responsive to exposure to industrial
sound than most cetaceans. Please see appendices B and C of Southall et
al. (2007) and Gomez et al. (2016) for reviews of studies involving
marine mammal behavioral responses to sound.
Habituation can occur when an animal's response to a stimulus wanes
with repeated exposure, usually in the absence of unpleasant associated
events (Wartzok et al., 2004). Animals are most likely to habituate to
sounds that are predictable and unvarying. It is important to note that
habituation is appropriately considered as a ``progressive reduction in
response to stimuli that are perceived as neither aversive nor
beneficial,'' rather than as, more generally, moderation in response to
human disturbance (Bejder et al., 2009). The opposite process is
sensitization, when an unpleasant experience leads to subsequent
responses, often in the form of avoidance, at a lower level of
exposure.
[[Page 60182]]
Available studies show wide variation in response to underwater
sound; therefore, it is difficult to predict specifically how any given
sound in a particular instance might affect marine mammals perceiving
the signal (e.g., Erbe et al. 2019). If a marine mammal does react
briefly to an underwater sound by changing its behavior or moving a
small distance, the impacts of the change are unlikely to be
significant to the individual, let alone the stock or population. If a
sound source displaces marine mammals from an important feeding or
breeding area for a prolonged period, impacts on individuals and
populations could be significant (e.g., Lusseau and Bejder, 2007;
Weilgart, 2007; NRC, 2005). However, there are broad categories of
potential response, which we describe in greater detail here, that
include alteration of dive behavior, alteration of foraging behavior,
effects to breathing, interference with or alteration of vocalization,
avoidance, and flight.
Changes in dive behavior can vary widely and may consist of
increased or decreased dive times and surface intervals as well as
changes in the rates of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g., Frankel
and Clark, 2000; Costa et al., 2003; Ng and Leung, 2003; Nowacek et
al., 2004; Goldbogen et al., 2013a, 2013b, Blair et al., 2016).
Variations in dive behavior may reflect interruptions in biologically
significant activities (e.g., foraging) or they may be of little
biological significance. The impact of an alteration to dive behavior
resulting from an acoustic exposure depends on what the animal is doing
at the time of the exposure and the type and magnitude of the response.
Disruption of feeding behavior from anthropogenic sound exposure is
usually inferred by observed displacement from known foraging areas,
the appearance of secondary indicators (e.g., bubble nets or sediment
plumes), or changes in dive behavior. Acoustic and movement bio-logging
tools also have been used in some cases to infer responses to
anthropogenic noise. For example, Blair et al. (2016) reported
significant effects on humpback whale foraging behavior in Stellwagen
Bank in response to ship noise including slower descent rates, and
fewer side-rolling events per dive with increasing ship nose. In
addition, Wisniewska et al. (2018) reported that tagged harbor
porpoises demonstrated fewer prey capture attempts when encountering
occasional high-noise levels resulting from vessel noise as well as
more vigorous fluking, interrupted foraging, and cessation of
echolocation signals observed in response to some high-noise vessel
passes. As for other types of behavioral response, the frequency,
duration, and temporal pattern of signal presentation, as well as
differences in species sensitivity, are likely contributing factors to
differences in response in any given circumstance (e.g., Croll et al.,
2001; Nowacek et al., 2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et al.,
2007).
Variations in respiration naturally vary with different behaviors
and alterations to breathing rate as a function of acoustic exposure
can be expected to co-occur with other behavioral reactions, such as a
flight response or an alteration in diving. However, respiration rates
in and of themselves may be representative of annoyance or an acute
stress response. Various studies have shown that respiration rates may
either be unaffected or could increase, depending on the species and
signal characteristics, again highlighting the importance in
understanding species differences in the tolerance of underwater noise
when determining the potential for impacts resulting from anthropogenic
sound exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001, 2005, 2006; Gailey et
al., 2007).
Avoidance is the displacement of an individual from an area or
migration path as a result of the presence of a sound or other
stressors, and is one of the most obvious manifestations of disturbance
in marine mammals (Richardson et al., 1995). For example, gray whales
are known to change direction--deflecting from customary migratory
paths--in order to avoid noise from seismic surveys (Malme et al.,
1984). Harbor porpoises, Atlantic white-sided dolphins (Lagenorhynchus
actusus), and minke whales have demonstrated avoidance in response to
vessels during line transect surveys (Palka and Hammond, 2001). In
addition, beluga whales in the St. Lawrence Estuary in Canada have been
reported to increase levels of avoidance with increased boat presence
by way of increased dive durations and swim speeds, decreased surfacing
intervals, and by bunching together into groups (Blane and Jaakson,
1994). Avoidance may be short-term, with animals returning to the area
once the noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al., 1994; Goold, 1996;
Stone et al., 2000; Morton and Symonds, 2002; Gailey et al., 2007).
Longer-term displacement is possible, however, which may lead to
changes in abundance or distribution patterns of the affected species
in the affected region if habituation to the presence of the sound does
not occur (e.g., Blackwell et al., 2004; Bejder et al., 2006; Teilmann
et al., 2006).
A flight response is a dramatic change in normal movement to a
directed and rapid movement away from the perceived location of a sound
source. The flight response differs from other avoidance responses in
the intensity of the response (e.g., directed movement, rate of
travel). Relatively little information on flight responses of marine
mammals to anthropogenic signals exist, although observations of flight
responses to the presence of predators have occurred (Connor and
Heithaus, 1996; Bowers et al., 2018). The result of a flight response
could range from brief, temporary exertion and displacement from the
area where the signal provokes flight to, in extreme cases, marine
mammal strandings (England et al., 2001). However, it should be noted
that response to a perceived predator does not necessarily invoke
flight (Ford and Reeves, 2008), and whether individuals are solitary or
in groups may influence the response.
Behavioral disturbance can also impact marine mammals in more
subtle ways. Increased vigilance may result in costs related to
diversion of focus and attention (i.e., when a response consists of
increased vigilance, it may come at the cost of decreased attention to
other critical behaviors such as foraging or resting). These effects
have generally not been demonstrated for marine mammals, but studies
involving fishes and terrestrial animals have shown that increased
vigilance may substantially reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp and
Livoreil, 1997; Fritz et al., 2002; Purser and Radford, 2011). In
addition, chronic disturbance can cause population declines through
reduction of fitness (e.g., decline in body condition) and subsequent
reduction in reproductive success, survival, or both (e.g., Harrington
and Veitch, 1992; Daan et al., 1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998). However,
Ridgway et al. (2006) reported that increased vigilance in bottlenose
dolphins exposed to sound over a 5-day period did not cause any sleep
deprivation or stress effects.
Many animals perform vital functions, such as feeding, resting,
traveling, and socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour cycle). Disruption
of such functions resulting from reactions to stressors such as sound
exposure are more likely to be significant if they last more than one
diel cycle or recur on subsequent days (Southall et al., 2007).
Consequently, a behavioral response lasting less than 1 day and not
recurring on subsequent days is not considered particularly severe
unless it could directly affect reproduction or survival (Southall et
al., 2007). Note that there is a difference between multi-day
[[Page 60183]]
substantive (i.e., meaningful) behavioral reactions and multi-day
anthropogenic activities. For example, just because an activity lasts
for multiple days does not necessarily mean that individual animals are
either exposed to activity-related stressors for multiple days or,
further, exposed in a manner resulting in sustained multi-day
substantive behavioral responses.
Stress responses. An animal's perception of a threat may be
sufficient to trigger stress responses consisting of some combination
of behavioral responses, autonomic nervous system responses,
neuroendocrine responses, or immune responses (e.g., Selye, 1950;
Moberg, 2000). In many cases, an animal's first and sometimes most
economical (in terms of energetic costs) response is behavioral
avoidance of the potential stressor. Autonomic nervous system responses
to stress typically involve changes in heart rate, blood pressure, and
gastrointestinal activity. These responses have a relatively short
duration and may or may not have a significant long-term effect on an
animal's fitness.
Neuroendocrine stress responses often involve the hypothalamus-
pituitary-adrenal system. Virtually all neuroendocrine functions that
are affected by stress--including immune competence, reproduction,
metabolism, and behavior--are regulated by pituitary hormones. Stress-
induced changes in the secretion of pituitary hormones have been
implicated in failed reproduction, altered metabolism, reduced immune
competence, and behavioral disturbance (e.g., Moberg, 1987; Blecha,
2000). Increases in the circulation of glucocorticoids are also equated
with stress (Romano et al., 2004).
The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does
not normally place an animal at risk) and ``distress'' is the cost of
the response. During a stress response, an animal uses glycogen stores
that can be quickly replenished once the stress is alleviated. In such
circumstances, the cost of the stress response would not pose serious
fitness consequences. However, when an animal does not have sufficient
energy reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of a stress response,
energy resources must be diverted from other functions. This state of
distress will last until the animal replenishes its energetic reserves
sufficient to restore normal function.
Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal
behavior, and the costs of stress responses are well-studied through
controlled experiments and for both laboratory and free-ranging animals
(e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al., 1998; Jessop et al., 2003;
Krausman et al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress responses due to
exposure to anthropogenic sounds or other stressors and their effects
on marine mammals have also been reviewed (Fair and Becker, 2000;
Romano et al., 2002b) and, more rarely, studied in wild populations
(e.g., Romano et al., 2002a). For example, Rolland et al. (2012) found
that noise reduction from reduced ship traffic in the Bay of Fundy was
associated with decreased stress in North Atlantic right whales. In
addition, Lemos et al. (2022) observed a correlation between higher
levels of fecal glucocorticoid metabolite concentrations (indicative of
a stress response) and vessel traffic in gray whales. These and other
studies lead to a reasonable expectation that some marine mammals will
experience physiological stress responses upon exposure to acoustic
stressors and that it is possible that some of these would be
classified as ``distress.'' In addition, any animal experiencing TTS
would likely also experience stress responses (NRC, 2005), however
distress is an unlikely result of this project based on observations of
marine mammals during previous, similar construction projects.
Norman (2011) reviewed environmental and anthropogenic stressors
for CIBWs. Lyamin et al. (2011) determined that the heart rate of a
beluga whale increases in response to noise, depending on the frequency
and intensity. Acceleration of heart rate in the beluga whale is the
first component of the ``acoustic startle response.'' Romano et al.
(2004) demonstrated that captive beluga whales exposed to high-level
impulsive sounds (i.e., seismic airgun and/or single pure tones up to
201 dB RMS) resembling sonar pings showed increased stress hormone
levels of norepinephrine, epinephrine, and dopamine when TTS was
reached. Thomas et al. (1990) exposed beluga whales to playbacks of an
oil-drilling platform in operation (``Sedco 708,'' 40 Hz-20 kHz; source
level 153 dB). Ambient SPL at ambient conditions in the pool before
playbacks was 106 dB and 134 to 137 dB RMS during playbacks at the
monitoring hydrophone across the pool. All cell and platelet counts and
21 different blood chemicals, including epinephrine and norepinephrine,
were within normal limits throughout baseline and playback periods, and
stress response hormone levels did not increase immediately after
playbacks. The difference between the Romano et al. (2004) and Thomas
et al. (1990) studies could be the differences in the type of sound
(seismic airgun and/or tone versus oil drilling), the intensity and
duration of the sound, the individual's response, and the surrounding
circumstances of the individual's environment. The sounds in the Thomas
et al. (1990) study would be more similar to those anticipated by
Hilcorp's tugs under load with a jack-up rig; therefore, no more than
short-term, low-hormone stress responses, if any, of CIBWs or other
marine mammals are expected as a result of exposure to noise during
tugs under load with a jack-up rig during Hilcorp's planned activities.
Auditory Masking. Since many marine mammals rely on sound to find
prey, moderate social interactions, and facilitate mating (Tyack,
2008), noise from anthropogenic sound sources can interfere with these
functions, but only if the noise spectrum overlaps with the hearing
sensitivity of the receiving marine mammal (Southall et al., 2007;
Clark et al., 2009; Hatch et al., 2012). Chronic exposure to excessive,
though not high-intensity, noise could cause masking at particular
frequencies for marine mammals that utilize sound for vital biological
functions (Clark et al., 2009). Acoustic masking is when other noises
such as from human sources interfere with an animal's ability to
detect, recognize, or discriminate between acoustic signals of interest
(e.g., those used for intraspecific communication and social
interactions, prey detection, predator avoidance, navigation)
(Richardson et al., 1995; Erbe et al., 2016). Therefore, under certain
circumstances, marine mammals whose acoustical sensors or environment
are being severely masked could also be impaired from maximizing their
performance fitness for survival and reproduction. The ability of a
noise source to mask biologically important sounds depends on the
characteristics of both the noise source and the signal of interest
(e.g., signal-to-noise ratio, temporal variability, direction), in
relation to each other and to an animal's hearing abilities (e.g.,
sensitivity, frequency range, critical ratios, frequency
discrimination, directional discrimination, age or TTS hearing loss),
and existing ambient noise and propagation conditions (Hotchkin and
Parks, 2013).
Marine mammals vocalize for different purposes and across multiple
modes, such as whistling, echolocation click production, calling, and
singing. Changes in vocalization behavior in response to anthropogenic
noise can occur for any of these modes and may result from a need to
compete with an increase in background noise or may reflect increased
vigilance or a startle
[[Page 60184]]
response. For example, in the presence of potentially masking signals,
humpback whales and killer whales have been observed to increase the
length of their songs (Miller et al., 2000; Fristrup et al., 2003) or
vocalizations (Foote et al., 2004), respectively, while North Atlantic
right whales (Eubalaena glacialis) have been observed to shift the
frequency content of their calls upward while reducing the rate of
calling in areas of increased anthropogenic noise (Parks et al., 2007).
Fin whales have also been documented lowering the bandwidth, peak
frequency, and center frequency of their vocalizations under increased
levels of background noise from large vessels (Castellote et al. 2012).
Other alterations to communication signals have also been observed. For
example, gray whales, in response to playback experiments exposing them
to vessel noise, have been observed increasing their vocalization rate
and producing louder signals at times of increased outboard engine
noise (Dahlheim and Castellote, 2016). Alternatively, in some cases,
animals may cease sound production during production of aversive
signals (Bowles et al., 1994; Wisniewska et al., 2018).
Under certain circumstances, marine mammals experiencing
significant masking could also be impaired from maximizing their
performance fitness in survival and reproduction. Therefore, when the
coincident (masking) sound is human-made, it may be considered
harassment when disrupting or altering critical behaviors. It is
important to distinguish TTS and PTS, which persist after the sound
exposure, from masking, which occurs during the sound exposure. Because
masking (without resulting in TS) is not associated with abnormal
physiological function, it is not considered a physiological effect,
but rather a potential behavioral effect (though not necessarily one
that would be associated with harassment).
The frequency range of the potentially masking sound is important
in determining any potential behavioral impacts. For example, low-
frequency signals may have less effect on high-frequency echolocation
sounds produced by odontocetes but are more likely to affect detection
of mysticete communication calls and other potentially important
natural sounds such as those produced by surf and some prey species.
The masking of communication signals by anthropogenic noise may be
considered as a reduction in the communication space of animals (e.g.,
Clark et al., 2009) and may result in energetic or other costs as
animals change their vocalization behavior (e.g., Miller et al., 2000;
Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al., 2007; Di Iorio and Clark, 2010; Holt
et al., 2009). Masking can be reduced in situations where the signal
and noise come from different directions (Richardson et al., 1995),
through amplitude modulation of the signal, or through other
compensatory behaviors (Hotchkin and Parks, 2013).
Marine mammals at or near the proposed project site may be exposed
to anthropogenic noise which may be a source of masking. Vocalization
changes may result from a need to compete with an increase in
background noise and include increasing the source level, modifying the
frequency, increasing the call repetition rate of vocalizations, or
ceasing to vocalize in the presence of increased noise (Hotchkin and
Parks, 2013). For example, in response to vessel noise, CIBWs may shift
the frequency of their echolocation clicks and communication signals,
reduce their overall calling rates, and or increase the emission of
certain call signals to prevent masking by anthropogenic noise (Lesage
et al. 1999; Tyack, 2000; Eickmeier and Vallarta, 2022).
Masking occurs in the frequency band that the animals utilize, and
is more likely to occur in the presence of broadband, relatively
continuous noise sources such as tugging. Since noises generated from
tugs towing and positioning are mostly concentrated at low frequency
ranges, with a small concentration in high frequencies as well, these
activities likely have less effect on mid-frequency echolocation sounds
by odontocetes (toothed whales) such as CIBWs. However, lower frequency
noises are more likely to affect detection of communication calls and
other potentially important natural sounds such as surf and prey noise.
Low-frequency noise may also affect communication signals when they
occur near the frequency band for noise and thus reduce the
communication space of animals (e.g., Clark et al., 2009) and cause
increased stress levels (e.g., Holt et al., 2009). Unlike TS, masking,
which can occur over large temporal and spatial scales, can potentially
affect the species at population, community, or even ecosystem levels,
in addition to individual levels. Masking affects both senders and
receivers of the signals, and at higher levels for longer durations,
could have long-term chronic effects on marine mammal species and
populations. However, the noise generated by the tugs will not be
concentrated in one location or for more than 5 hours per positioning
attempt, and up to two positioning attempts at the same site. Thus,
while Hilcorp's activities may mask some acoustic signals that are
relevant to the daily behavior of marine mammals, the short-term
duration and limited areas affected make it very unlikely that the
fitness of individual marine mammals would be impacted.
In consideration of the range of potential effects (PTS to
behavioral disturbance), we consider the potential exposure scenarios
and context in which species would be exposed to tugs under load with a
jack-up rig during Hilcorp's planned activities. CIBWs may be present
in low numbers during the work; therefore, some individuals may be
reasonably expected to be exposed to elevated sound levels However,
CIBWs are expected to be transiting through the area, given this work
is proposed primarily in middle Cook Inlet (as described in the
Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of Specified Activities
section), thereby limiting exposure duration, as CIBWs in the area are
expected to be headed to or from the concentrated foraging areas
farther north near the Beluga River, Susitna Delta, and Knik and
Turnigan Arms. Similarly, humpback whales, fin whales, minke whales,
gray whales, killer whales, California sea lion, and Steller sea lions
are not expected to remain in the area of the tugs. Dall's porpoise,
harbor porpoise, and harbor seal have been sighted with more regularity
than many other species during oil and gas activities in Cook Inlet but
due to the transitory nature of these species, they are unlikely to
remain close to a tug under load for the full duration of the noise-
producing activity. In fact, during Hilcorp's jack-up rig-based
monitoring efforts in 2023, only one Dall's porpoise, two harbor seals,
and one harbor porpoise were observed across four different sightings,
and observations only lasted 1 to 5 minutes (Horsley and Larson, 2023).
Because of this and the relatively low-level sources, the likelihood of
PTS and TTS over the course of the tug activities is discountable.
Harbor seals may linger or haul-out in the area but they are not known
to do so in any large number or for extended periods of time (there are
no known major haul-outs or rookeries coinciding with the anticipated
transit routes). Here we find there is small potential for TTS over the
course of tug activities but again, PTS is not likely due to the nature
of tugging. Potential for PTS and TTS due to pile driving is discussed
further in the Estimated Take section.
Given most marine mammals are likely transiting through the area,
exposure is expected to be brief but the
[[Page 60185]]
actual presence of the tug and jack-up rig may result in animals
shifting pathways around the work site (e.g., avoidance), increasing
speed or dive times, changing their group formations, or altering their
acoustic signals. The likelihood of no more than a short-term,
localized disturbance response is supported by data from Hilcorp's
previous jack-up rig-based monitoring efforts in 2023, which reported
no observable reactions to the towing activities outside of two harbor
seals diving. Further other data indicate CIBWs and other marine
mammals regularly pass by industrialized areas such as the POA (61N
Environmental, 2021, 2022a, 2022b, 2022c; Easley-Appleyard and Leonard,
2022); therefore, we do not expect abandonment of their transiting
route or other disruptions of their behavioral patterns. We also
anticipate some animals may respond with such mild reactions to the
project that the response would not be detectable. For example, during
low levels of tug power output (e.g., while tugs may be operating at
low power because of favorable conditions), the animals may be able to
hear the work but any resulting reactions, if any, are not expected to
rise to the level of take.
While in some cases marine mammals have exhibited little to no
obviously detectable response to certain common or routine
industrialized activity (Cornick et al., 2011; Horley and Larson,
2023), it is possible some animals may at times be exposed to received
levels of sound above the Level B harassment threshold. This potential
exposure in combination with the nature of the tug and jack-up rig
configuration (e.g., difficult to maneuver, potential need to operate
at night) means it is possible that take by Level B harassment could
occur over the total estimated period of activities; therefore, NMFS in
response to Hilcorp's IHA application proposes to authorize take by
Level B harassment from Hilcorp's use of tugs towing a jack-up rig for
both positioning and straight-line tug activities.
Potential Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat
Hilcorp's proposed activities could have localized, temporary
impacts on marine mammal habitat, including prey, by increasing in-
water sound pressure levels. Increased noise levels may affect acoustic
habitat and adversely affect marine mammal prey in the vicinity of the
project areas (see discussion below). Elevated levels of underwater
noise would ensonify the project areas where both fishes and mammals
occur and could affect foraging success. Additionally, marine mammals
may avoid the area during rig towing, holding, and or positioning;
however, displacement due to noise is expected to be temporary and is
not expected to result in long-term effects to the individuals or
populations.
The total area likely impacted by Hilcorp's activities is
relatively small compared to the available habitat in Cook Inlet.
Avoidance by potential prey (i.e., fish) of the immediate area due to
increased noise is possible. The duration of fish and marine mammal
avoidance of this area after tugging stops is unknown, but a rapid
return to normal recruitment, distribution, and behavior is
anticipated. Any behavioral avoidance by fish or marine mammals of the
disturbed area would still leave significantly large areas of fish and
marine mammal foraging habitat in the nearby vicinity. Increased
turbidity near the seafloor is not anticipated
Potential Effects on Prey. Sound may affect marine mammals through
impacts on the abundance, behavior, or distribution of prey species
(e.g., crustaceans, cephalopods, fishes, zooplankton). Marine mammal
prey varies by species, season, and location and, for some, is not well
documented. Studies regarding the effects of noise on known marine
mammal prey are described here.
Fishes utilize the soundscape and components of sound in their
environment to perform important functions such as foraging, predator
avoidance, mating, and spawning (e.g., Zelick et al., 1999; Fay, 2009).
Depending on their hearing anatomy and peripheral sensory structures,
which vary among species, fishes hear sounds using pressure and
particle motion sensitivity capabilities and detect the motion of
surrounding water (Fay et al., 2008). The potential effects of noise on
fishes depends on the overlapping frequency range, distance from the
sound source, water depth of exposure, and species-specific hearing
sensitivity, anatomy, and physiology. Reactions also depend on the
physiological state of the fish, past exposures, motivation (e.g.,
feeding, spawning, migration), and other environmental factors.
Fish react to sounds that are especially strong and/or intermittent
low-frequency sounds, and behavioral responses such as flight or
avoidance are the most likely effects. Short duration, sharp sounds can
cause overt or subtle changes in fish behavior and local distribution.
SPLs of sufficient strength have been known to cause injury to fishes
and fish mortality (summarized in Popper et al., 2014). However, in
most fish species, hair cells in the ear continuously regenerate and
loss of auditory function likely is restored when damaged cells are
replaced with new cells. Halvorsen et al. (2012) showed that a TTS of 4
to 6 dB was recoverable within 24 hours for one species. Impacts would
be most severe when the individual fish is close to the source and when
the duration of exposure is long. Injury caused by barotrauma can range
from slight to severe and can cause death, and is most likely for fish
with swim bladders.
Fish have been observed to react when engine and propeller sounds
exceed a certain level (Olsen et al., 1983; Ona, 1988; Ona and Godo,
1990). Avoidance reactions have been observed in fish, including cod
and herring, when vessel sound levels were 110 to 130 dB re 1 [mu]Pa
rms (Nakken, 1992; Olsen, 1979; Ona and Godo, 1990; Ona and Toresen,
1988). Vessel sound source levels in the audible range for fish are
typically 150 to 170 dB re 1 [mu]Pa per Hz (Richardson et al., 1995).
The tugs used during the specified activity could be expected to
produce levels in this range when in transit. Based upon the reports in
the literature and the predicted sound levels from these vessels, some
temporary avoidance by fish in the immediate area may occur. Overall,
no more than negligible impacts on fish are expected as a result of the
specified activity.
Zooplankton is a food source for several marine mammal species, as
well as a food source for fish that are then preyed upon by marine
mammals. Population effects on zooplankton could have indirect effects
on marine mammals. Data are limited on the effects of underwater sound
on zooplankton species, particularly sound from ship traffic and
construction (Erbe et al., 2019). Popper and Hastings (2009) reviewed
information on the effects of human-generated sound and concluded that
no substantive data are available on whether the sound levels from pile
driving, seismic activity, or any human-made sound would have
physiological effects on invertebrates. Any such effects would be
limited to the area very near (1 to 5 m) the sound source and would
result in no population effects because of the relatively small area
affected at any one time and the reproductive strategy of most
zooplankton species (short generation, high fecundity, and very high
natural mortality). No adverse impact on zooplankton populations is
expected to occur from the specified activity due in part to large
reproductive capacities and naturally high levels of predation and
mortality of these populations. Any
[[Page 60186]]
mortalities or impacts that might occur would be negligible.
In summary, given the relatively small areas being affected, as
well as the temporary and mostly transitory nature of the tugging, any
adverse effects from Hilcorp's activities on any prey habitat or prey
populations are expected to be minor and temporary. The most likely
impact to fishes at the project site would be temporary avoidance of
the area. Any behavioral avoidance by fish of the disturbed area would
still leave significantly large areas of fish and marine mammal
foraging habitat in the nearby vicinity. Thus, we preliminarily
conclude that impacts of the specified activities are not likely to
have more than short-term adverse effects on any prey habitat or
populations of prey species. Further, any impacts to marine mammal
habitat are not expected to result in significant or long-term
consequences for individual marine mammals, or to contribute to adverse
impacts on their populations.
Estimated Take of Marine Mammals
This section provides an estimate of the number of incidental takes
proposed for authorization through the IHA, which will inform NMFS'
consideration of ``small numbers,'' the negligible impact
determinations, and impacts on subsistence uses.
Harassment is the only type of take expected to result from these
activities. Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent
here, section 3(18) of the MMPA defines ``harassment'' as any act of
pursuit, torment, or annoyance, which (i) has the potential to injure a
marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment);
or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns,
including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,
feeding, or sheltering (Level B harassment).
Authorized takes would be by Level B harassment only, in the form
of behavioral reactions and or TTS for individual marine mammals
resulting from exposure to Hilcorp's acoustic sources (i.e., tugs
towing, holding, and positioning). Based on the nature of the activity,
Level A harassment is neither anticipated nor proposed to be
authorized.
As described previously, no serious injury or mortality is
anticipated or proposed to be authorized for this activity. Below we
describe how the proposed take numbers are estimated.
For acoustic impacts, generally speaking, we estimate take by
considering: (1) acoustic thresholds above which NMFS believes the best
available science indicates marine mammals will be behaviorally
harassed or incur some degree of permanent hearing impairment; (2) the
area or volume of water that will be ensonified above these levels in a
day; (3) the density or occurrence of marine mammals within these
ensonified areas; and, (4) the number of days of activities. We note
that while these factors can contribute to a basic calculation to
provide an initial prediction of potential takes, additional
information that can qualitatively inform take estimates is also
sometimes available (e.g., previous monitoring results or average group
size). Below, we describe the factors considered here in more detail
and present the proposed take estimates.
Acoustic Thresholds
NMFS recommends the use of acoustic thresholds that identify the
received level of underwater sound above which exposed marine mammals
would be reasonably expected to be behaviorally harassed (equated to
Level B harassment) or to incur PTS of some degree (equated to Level A
harassment).
Level B Harassment--Though significantly driven by received level,
the onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic noise exposure
is also informed to varying degrees by other factors related to the
source or exposure context (e.g., frequency, predictability, duty
cycle, duration of the exposure, signal-to-noise ratio, distance to the
source), the environment (e.g., bathymetry, other noises in the area,
predators in the area), and the receiving animals (hearing, motivation,
experience, demography, life stage, depth) and can be difficult to
predict (e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; Southall et al. 2007, 2021,
Ellison et al. 2012). Based on what the available science indicates and
the practical need to use a threshold based on a metric that is both
predictable and measurable for most activities, NMFS typically uses a
generalized acoustic threshold based on received level to estimate the
onset of behavioral harassment (i.e., Level B harassment). NMFS
generally predicts that marine mammals are likely to be behaviorally
disturbed in a manner considered to be Level B harassment when exposed
to underwater anthropogenic noise above root-mean-squared pressure
received levels (RMS SPL) of 120 dB (referenced to 1 micropascal (re 1
[mu]Pa)) for continuous (e.g., tugging, vibratory pile driving,
drilling) and above RMS SPL 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa for non-explosive
impulsive (e.g., seismic airguns) or intermittent (e.g., scientific
sonar) sources. Generally speaking, Level B harassment take estimates
based on these thresholds are expected to include any likely takes by
TTS as, in most cases, the likelihood of TTS occurs at distances from
the source smaller than those at which behavioral harassment is likely.
TTS of a sufficient degree can manifest as behavioral harassment, as
reduced hearing sensitivity and the potential reduced opportunities to
detect important signals (conspecific communication, predators, prey)
may result in changes in behavior patterns that would not otherwise
occur.
Hilcorp's proposed activity includes the use of continuous sources
(tugs towing, holding, and positioning a jack-up rig), and therefore
the RMS SPL threshold of 120 is applicable.
Level A harassment--NMFS' Technical Guidance for Assessing the
Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine Mammal Hearing (Version 2.0)
(Technical Guidance, 2018) identifies dual criteria to assess auditory
injury (Level A harassment) to five different marine mammal groups
(based on hearing sensitivity) as a result of exposure to noise from
two different types of sources (impulsive or non-impulsive). Hilcorp's
proposed activity includes the use of non-impulsive sources (i.e., tugs
towing, holding, and positioning a jack-up rig).
These thresholds are provided in table 4 below. The references,
analysis, and methodology used in the development of the thresholds are
described in NMFS' 2018 Technical Guidance, which may be accessed at:
https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/marine-mammal-acoustic-technical-guidance.
Table 4--Thresholds Identifying the Onset of Permanent Threshold Shift
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PTS onset acoustic thresholds * (received level)
Hearing group ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Impulsive Non-impulsive
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans........... Cell 1: Lpk,flat: 219 dB; Cell 2: LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
LE,LF,24h: 183 dB.
[[Page 60187]]
Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans........... Cell 3: Lpk,flat: 230 dB; Cell 4: LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
LE,MF,24h: 185 dB.
High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans.......... Cell 5: Lpk,flat: 202 dB; Cell 6: LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
LE,HF,24h: 155 dB.
Phocid Pinnipeds (PW) (Underwater)..... Cell 7: Lpk,flat: 218 dB; Cell 8: LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
LE,PW,24h: 185 dB.
Otariid Pinnipeds (OW) (Underwater).... Cell 9: Lpk,flat: 232 dB; Cell 10: LE,OW,24h: 219 dB.
LE,OW,24h: 203 dB.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use whichever results in the largest isopleth for
calculating PTS onset. If a non-impulsive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound pressure level
thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these thresholds should also be considered.
Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 [micro]Pa, and cumulative sound exposure level (LE)
has a reference value of 1[micro]Pa\2\s. In this table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect American
National Standards Institute standards (ANSI, 2013). However, peak sound pressure is defined by ANSI as
incorporating frequency weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence, the subscript
``flat'' is being included to indicate peak sound pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the
generalized hearing range. The subscript associated with cumulative sound exposure level thresholds indicates
the designated marine mammal auditory weighting function (LF, MF, and HF cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds)
and that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The cumulative sound exposure level thresholds could
be exceeded in a multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty cycle). When possible,
it is valuable for action proponents to indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be
exceeded.
Ensonified Area
Here, we describe operational and environmental parameters of the
activity that are used in estimating the area ensonified above the
acoustic thresholds, including source levels and transmission loss
coefficient.
The sound field in the project area is the existing background
noise plus additional noise resulting from tugs under load with a jack-
up rig. Marine mammals are expected to be affected via sound generated
by the primary components of the project (i.e., tugs towing, holding,
and positioning a jack-up rig). Calculation of the area ensonified by
the proposed action is dependent on the background sound levels at the
project site, the source levels of the proposed activities, and the
estimated transmission loss coefficients for the proposed activities at
the site. These factors are addressed below.
Sound Source Levels of Proposed Activities. The project includes 3
to 4 tugs under load with a jack-up rig. Hilcorp conducted a literature
review of underwater sound emissions of tugs under various loading
efforts. The sound source levels for tugs of various horsepower (2,000
to 8,200) under load can range from approximately 164 dB RMS to 202 dB
RMS. This range largely relates to the level of operational effort,
with full power output and higher speeds generating more propeller
cavitation and hence greater sound source levels than lower power
output and lower speeds. Tugs under tow produce higher source levels
than tugs transiting with no load because of the higher power output
necessary to pull the load. The amount of power the tugs expend while
operating is the best predictor of relative sound source level. Several
factors would determine the duration that the tugboats are towing the
jack-up rig, including the origin and destination of the towing route
(e.g., Rig Tenders Dock, an existing platform) and the tidal
conditions. The power output would be variable and influenced by the
prevailing wind direction and velocity, the current velocity, and the
tidal stage. To the extent feasible, transport would be timed with the
tide to minimize towing duration and power output.
Hilcorp's literature review identified no existing data on sound
source levels of tugs towing jack-up rigs. Accordingly, for this
analysis, Hilcorp considered data from tug-under-load activities,
including berthing and towing activities. Austin and Warner (2013)
measured 167 dB RMS for tug towing barge activity in Cook Inlet.
Blackwell and Greene (2002) reported berthing activities in the POA
with a source level of 179 dB RMS. Laurinolli et al. (2005) measured a
source level of 200 dB RMS for anchor towing activities by a tugboat in
the Strait of Juan de Fuca, WA. The Roberts Bank Terminal 2 study
(2014) repeated measurements of the same tug operating under different
speeds and loading conditions. Broadband measurements from this study
ranged from approximately 162 dB RMS up to 200 dB RMS.
The rig manager for Hilcorp, who is experienced with towing jack-up
rigs in Cook Inlet, described operational conditions wherein the tugs
generally operate at half power or less for the majority of the time
they are under load (pers. Comm., Durham, 2021). Transits with the tide
(lower power output) are preferred for safety reasons, and effort is
made to reduce or eliminate traveling against the tide (higher power
output). The Roberts Bank Terminal 2 study (2014) allowed for a
comparison of source levels from the same vessel (Seaspan Resolution
tug) at half power versus full power. Seaspan Resolution's half-power
(i.e., 50 percent) berthing scenario had a sound source level of 180 dB
RMS. In addition, the Roberts Bank Terminal 2 Study (2014) reported a
mean tug source level of 179.3 dB RMS from 650 tug transits under
varying load and speed conditions.
The 50 percent (or less) power output scenario occurs during the
vast majority of tug towing jack-up rig activity, as described in the
Detailed Description of the Specific Activity section. Therefore, based
on Hilcorp's literature review, a source level of 180 dB RMS was found
to be an appropriate proxy source level for a single tug under load
based on the Roberts Bank Terminal 2 study. If all three tugs were
operating simultaneously at 180 dB RMS, the overall source emission
levels would be expected to increase by approximately 5 dB when
logarithmically adding the sources (i.e., to 185 dB RMS). To further
support this level as an appropriate proxy, a sound source verification
(SSV) study performed by JASCO Applied Sciences (JASCO) in Cook Inlet
in October 2021 (Lawrence et al., 2022) measured the sound source level
from three tugs pulling a jack-up rig in Cook Inlet at various power
outputs. Lawrence et al. (2022) reported a source level of 167.3 dB RMS
for the 20 percent-power scenario and a source level of 205.9 dB RMS
for the 85 percent-power scenario. Assuming a linear scaling of tug
power, a source level of 185 dB RMS was calculated as a single point
source level for three tugs operating at 50 percent power output.
Because the 2021 Cook Inlet SSV measurements by JASCO represent the
most recent best available data, and because multiple tugs may be
operating simultaneously, the analyses presented below use a mean tug
sound source level scenario of 185 dB RMS to calculate the Level B
harassment estimates for three tugs operating at 50
[[Page 60188]]
percent power output. In practice, the load condition of the three tugs
is unlikely to be identical at all times, so sound emissions would be
dominated by the single tug in the group that is working hardest at any
point in time.
Further modeling was done to account for one additional tug working
for one hour at 50 percent power during jack-up rig positioning, a
stationary activity. This is equivalent in terms of acoustic energy to
three tugs operating at 180.0 dB RMS (each of them) for 4 hours, joined
by a fourth tug for 1 hour, increasing the source level to 186.0 dB RMS
only during the 1-hour period (the logarithmic sum of four tugs working
together at 180.0 dB RMS). An SEL of 185.1 dB was used to account for
the cumulative sound exposure when calculating Level A harassment by
adding a 4th tug operating at 50 percent power for 20 percent of the 5-
hour period. This is equivalent in terms of acoustic energy to 3 tugs
operating at 185.0 dB for 4 hours, joined by a fourth tug for 1 hour,
increasing the source level to 186.0 dB only during the 1-hour period.
The use of the 20 percent duty cycle was a computational requirement
and, although equal in terms of overall energy and determination of
impacts, should not be confused with the actual instantaneous SPL (see
section 6.2.1.1 of Hilcorp's application for additional computational
details).
In summary, Hilcorp has proposed to use a source level of 185.0 dB
RMS to calculate the stationary Level B harassment isopleth where three
tugs were under load for 4 hours with a 50 percent power output and a
source level of 186.0 dB RMS to calculate the stationary Level B
harassment isopleth where four tugs were under load for 1 hour with a
50 percent power output. Further, Hilcorp has proposed to use a source
level of 185.1 dB SEL to calculate the stationary Level A harassment
isopleths where three tugs were underload for 4 hours and then one tug
joined for 1 additional hour. Lastly, Hilcorp proposed to use the 185.0
dB RMS level to model the mobile Level A harassment isopleths for three
tugs under load with a 50 percent power output. NMFS concurs that
Hilcorp's proposed source levels are appropriate.
Underwater Sound Propagation Modeling. Hilcorp contracted SLR
Consulting to model the extent of the Level A and Level B harassment
isopleths for tugs under load with a jack-up rig during their proposed
activities. Cook Inlet is a particularly complex acoustic environment
with strong currents, large tides, variable sea floor and generally
changing conditions. Accordingly, Hilcorp applied a more detailed
propagation model than the ``practical spreading loss'' approach that
uses a factor of 15. The objective of a more detailed propagation
calculation is to improve the representation of the influence of some
environmental variables, in particular, by accounting for bathymetry
and specific sound source locations and frequency-dependent propagation
effects.
Modeling was conducted using the dBSea software package. The fluid
parabolic equation modeling algorithm was used with 5 Pad[eacute] terms
to calculate the TL between the source and the receiver at low
frequencies (\1/3\-octave bands, 31.5 Hz up to 1 kHz). For higher
frequencies (1 kHz up to 8 kHz) the ray tracing model was used with
1,000 reflections for each ray. Sound sources were assumed to be
omnidirectional and modeled as points. The received sound levels for
the project were calculated as follows: (1) One-third octave source
spectral levels were obtained via reference spectral curves with
subsequent corrections based on their corresponding overall source
levels; (2) TL was modeled at one-third octave band central frequencies
along 100 radial paths at regular increments around each source
location, out to the maximum range of the bathymetry data set or until
constrained by land; (3) The bathymetry variation of the vertical plane
along each modeling path was obtained via interpolation of the
bathymetry dataset which has 83 m grid resolution; (4) The one-third
octave source levels and transmission loss were combined to obtain the
received levels as a function of range, depth, and frequency; and (5)
The overall received levels were calculated at a 1-m depth resolution
along each propagation path by summing all frequency band spectral
levels.
Model Inputs. Bathymetry data used in the model was collected from
the NOAA National Centers for Environmental Information (AFSC, 2019).
Using NOAA's temperature and salinity data, sound speed profiles were
computed for depths from 0 to 100 m for May, July, and October to
capture the range of possible sound speed depending on the time of year
Hilcorp's work could be conducted. These sound speed profiles were
compiled using the Mackenzie Equation (1981) and are presented in table
8 of Hilcorp's application (available at https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/action/incidental-take-authorization-hilcorp-alaska-llc-oil-and-gas-activities-cook-inlet-alaska-0). Geoacoustic
parameters were also incorporated into the model. The parameters were
based on substrate type and their relation to depth. These parameters
are presented in table 9 of Hilcorp's application (available at https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/action/incidental-take-authorization-hilcorp-alaska-llc-oil-and-gas-activities-cook-inlet-alaska-0).
Detailed broadband sound transmission loss modeling in dBSea used
the source level of 185 dB RMS calculated in one-third octave band
levels (31.5 Hz to 64,000 Hz) for frequency dependent solutions. The
frequencies associated with tug sound sources occur within the hearing
range of marine mammals in Cook Inlet. Received levels for each hearing
marine mammal group based on one-third octave auditory weighting
functions were also calculated and integrated into the modeling
scenarios of dBSea. For modeling the distances to relevant PTS
thresholds, a weighting factor adjustment was not used; instead, the
data on the spectrum associated with their source was used and
incorporated the full auditory weighting function for each marine
mammal hearing group.
The tugs towing the jack-up rig represent a mobile sound source,
and tugs holding and positioning the jack-up rig on a platform are more
akin to a stationary sound source. In addition, three tugs would be
used for towing (mobile) and holding and positioning (stationary) and
up to four tugs could be used for positioning (stationary).
Consequently, sound TL modeling was undertaken for the various
stationary and mobile scenarios for three and four tugs to generate
Level A and Level B harassment threshold distances.
For acoustic modeling purposes of the stationary Level A harassment
thresholds, two locations representative of where tugs will be
stationary while they position the jack-up rig were selected in middle
Cook Inlet near the Tyonek platform and in lower Trading Bay where the
production platforms are located. To account for the mobile scenarios,
the acoustic model generated Levels A and Level B harassment distances
along a representative route from the Rig Tenders dock in Nikiski to
the Tyonek platform, the northernmost platform in Cook Inlet
(representing middle Cook Inlet), as well as from the Tyonek Platform
to the Dolly Varden platform in lower Trading Bay, then from the Dolly
Varden platform back to the Rig Tenders Dock in Nikiski. Note that this
route is representative of a typical route the tugs may take; the
specific route is not yet known, as the order in which platforms will
be drilled with the jack-up rig is not yet known. These results were
used to calculate Level A and Level B harassment exposure estimates
from mobile tugs
[[Page 60189]]
towing a jack-up rig. The Level B harassment results were also used to
calculate Level B harassment exposure estimates from stationary tugs
holding or positioning a jack-up rig, as the mobile route encompassed
the stationary modeling points. The locations represent a range of
water depths from 18 to 77 m found throughout the project area.
For mobile Level B harassment and stationary Level B harassment
with three tugs, the average distance to the 120 dB RMS threshold was
based on the assessment of 100 radials at 25 locations across seasons
(May, July, and October) and represents the average Level B harassment
zone for each season and location (table 5). The result is a mobile and
stationary Level B harassment zone of 3,850 m when three tugs are used
(table 5). For stationary Level B harassment with four tugs, the
average distance to the 120 dB RMS threshold was based on 100 radials
at two locations, one in Trading Bay and one in middle Cook Inlet,
across seasons (May, July, and October) and represents the average
Level B harassment zone for each season and location. The result is a
stationary Level B harassment zone of 4,453 m when four tugs are in use
(table 6). NMFS concurs that 3,850 m and 4,453 m are appropriate
estimates for the extent of the Level B harassment zones for Hilcorp's
towing, holding, and positioning activities when using three and four
tugs, respectively.
Table 5--Average Distances to the Level B Harassment Threshold (120 dB) for Three Tugs Towing (Mobile) and
Holding and Positioning for 4 Hours (Stationary)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average distance to 120 dB threshold (m) Season
------------------------------------------------ average
Location distance to
May July October threshold (m)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
M1.............................................. 4,215 3,911 4,352 4,159
M2.............................................. 3,946 3,841 4,350 4,046
M3.............................................. 4,156 3,971 4,458 4,195
M4.............................................. 4,040 3,844 4,364 4,083
M5.............................................. 4,053 3,676 4,304 4,011
M6.............................................. 3,716 3,445 3,554 3,572
M7.............................................. 2,947 2,753 2,898 2,866
M8.............................................. 3,270 3,008 3,247 3,175
M9.............................................. 3,567 3,359 3,727 3,551
M10............................................. 3,600 3,487 3,691 3,593
M11............................................. 3,746 3,579 4,214 3,846
M12............................................. 3,815 3,600 3,995 3,803
M13............................................. 4,010 3,831 4,338 4,060
M14............................................. 3,837 3,647 4,217 3,900
M15............................................. 3,966 3,798 4,455 4,073
M16............................................. 3,873 3,676 4,504 4,018
M18............................................. 5,562 3,893 4,626 4,694
M20............................................. 5,044 3,692 4,320 4,352
M22............................................. 4,717 3,553 4,067 4,112
M24............................................. 4,456 3,384 4,182 4,007
M25............................................. 3,842 3,686 4,218 3,915
M26............................................. 3,690 3,400 3,801 3,630
M27............................................. 3,707 3,497 3,711 3,638
M28............................................. 3,546 3,271 3,480 3,432
M29............................................. 3,618 3,279 3,646 3,514
---------------------------------------------------------------
Average..................................... 3,958 3,563 4,029 3,850
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 6--Average Distances to the Level B Harassment Threshold (120 dB) for Four Tugs Positioning (Stationary)
for 1 Hour
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average distance to Level B harassment Season
threshold (m) average
Location ------------------------------------------------ distance to
May July October threshold (m)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Trading Bay..................................... 4,610 3,850 4,810 4,423
Middle CI....................................... 4,820 4,130 4,500 4,483
---------------------------------------------------------------
Average..................................... 4,715 3,990 4,655 4,453
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The average Level A harassment distances for the stationary, four
tug scenario were calculated assuming a SEL of 185.1 dB for a 5-hour
exposure duration (table 7). For the mobile, three tug scenario, the
average Level A harassment distances were calculated assuming a SEL of
185.0 dB with an 18-second exposure period (table 8). This 18-second
exposure was derived using the standard TL equation (Source Level-TL =
Received Level) for determining threshold distance (R [m]), where TL =
15Log10. In this case, the equation was 185.0 dB-15Log10 = 173 dB.
Solving for threshold distance (R) yields a distance of approximately 6
m, which was then used as the preliminary
[[Page 60190]]
ensonified radius to determine the duration of time it would take for
the ensonified area of the sound source traveling at a speed of 2.06 m/
s (4 knots) to pass a marine mammal. The duration (twice the radius
divided by speed of the source) that the ensonified area of a single
tug would take to pass a marine mammal under these conditions is 6
seconds. An 18-second exposure was used in the model to reflect the
time it would take for three ensonified areas (from three consecutive
individual tugs) to pass a single point that represents a marine mammal
(6 seconds + 6 seconds + 6 seconds = 18 seconds).
Table 7--Average Distances to the Level A Harassment Thresholds for Four Stationary Tugs Under Load With a Jack-Up Rig for 5 Hours
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average distance (m) to Level A harassment threshold by functional hearing
group
Location Season -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LF MF HF PW OW \1\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Trading Bay............................... May......................... 107 77 792 64 ..............
Trading Bay............................... July........................ 132 80 758 66 ..............
Trading Bay............................... October..................... 105 75 784 79 ..............
Middle Cook Inlet......................... May......................... 86 85 712 78 ..............
Middle Cook Inlet......................... July........................ 95 89 718 80 ..............
Middle Cook Inlet......................... October..................... 82 86 730 80 ..............
Average................................... ............................ 102 82 749 75 0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The Level A harassment distances are smaller than the footprint of the tugs.
Table 8--Average Distances to the Level A Harassment Thresholds for Three Mobile Tugs Under Load
With a Jack-Up Rig Assuming a 18-Second Exposure Duration
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average distance (m) to Level A threshold by functional hearing group
Location Season -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LF \1\ MF \1\ HF PW \1\ OW \1\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
M2........................................ May......................... .............. .............. 10 .............. ..............
M2........................................ July........................ .............. .............. 5 .............. ..............
M2........................................ October..................... .............. .............. 10 .............. ..............
M11....................................... May......................... .............. .............. 10 .............. ..............
M11....................................... July........................ .............. .............. 5 .............. ..............
M11....................................... October..................... .............. .............. 10 .............. ..............
M22....................................... May......................... .............. .............. 10 .............. ..............
M22....................................... July........................ .............. .............. 5 .............. ..............
M22....................................... October..................... .............. .............. 10 .............. ..............
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average............................... ............................ 0 0 8 0 0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The Level A harassment distances are smaller than the footprint of the tugs.
Tugs are anticipated to be towing the jack-up rig between platforms
and considered a mobile sound source for 6 hours in a single day per
jack-up rig move. Tugs are anticipated to be towing the jack-up rig and
considered a mobile source during demobilization and mobilization to/
from Rig Tenders Dock in Nikiski for 9 hours. One jack-up rig move
between platforms is planned during the IHA period. Tugs are
anticipated to be holding or positioning the jack-up rig at the
platforms or Rig Tenders Dock during demobilization and mobilization
and are considered a stationary sound source for 5 hours in the first
day and 5 hours in the second day if a second attempt to pin the jack-
up rig is required. A second attempt was built into the exposure
estimate for each pinning event; three total pinning events are
anticipated during the IHA period for production drilling.
The ensonified area for a location-to-location transport for
production drilling represents a rig move between two production
platforms in middle Cook Inlet and/or Trading Bay and includes 6 mobile
hours over an average distance of 16.77 km in a single day and 5
stationary hours on the first day and 5 stationary hours on a second
day. The 5 stationary hours are further broken into 4 hours with three
tugs under load and 1 hour with four tugs under load. One location-to-
location jack-up rig move is planned for the IHA period.
The ensonified area for production drilling demobilization and
mobilization represents a rig move from a production platform in middle
Cook Inlet to Rig Tenders Dock in Nikiski and reverse for mobilization
and includes 9 mobile hours over a distance of up to 64.34 km in a
single day and 5 stationary hours on the first day and 5 stationary
hours on a second day, which are further broken into the same three
tugs working for 4 hours and four tugs working for 1 hour as mentioned
above. A summary of the estimated Level A and Level B harassment
distances and areas for the various tugging scenarios if provided in
table 9.
[[Page 60191]]
Table 9--Average Distances and Areas to the Estimated Level A and Bevel B Harassment Thresholds for the Various
Tugging Scenarios
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level A harassment distance (m)/area (km\2\) Level B
----------------------------------------------------------------- harassment
Activity distance (m)/area
LF MF HF PW OW (km\2\)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Demobilization/Mobilization
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Tugs Towing a Jack-Up Rig-- \1\ \1\ 8/1.07 \1\ \1\ 3,850/541.96
Mobile.....................
3 Tugs Towing a Jack-Up Rig-- 102/0.03 82/0.02 749/1.76 75/0.02 \1\ 3,850/46.56
Stationary for up to 4
hours......................
4 Tugs Towing a Jack-Up Rig-- 102/0.03 82/0.02 749/1.76 75/0.02 \1\ 4,453/62.30
Stationary for up to 1 hour
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Location-to-Location
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Tugs Towing a Jack-Up Rig-- \1\ \1\ 8/0.28 \1\ \1\ 3,850/175.6
Mobile.....................
3 Tugs Towing a Jack-Up Rig-- 102/0.03 82/0.02 749/1.76 75/0.02 \1\ 3,850/46.56
Stationary for up to 4
hours......................
4 Tugs Towing a Jack-Up Rig-- 102/0.03 82/0.02 749/1.76 75/0.02 \1\ 4,453/62.30
Stationary for up to 1 hour
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The Level A harassment distances are smaller than the footprint of the tugs.
Marine Mammal Occurrence
In this section we provide information about the occurrence of
marine mammals, including density or other relevant information which
will inform the take calculations.
Densities for marine mammals in Cook Inlet were derived from NMFS'
Marine Mammal Laboratory (MML) aerial surveys, typically flown in June,
from 2000 to 2022 (Rugh et al., 2005; Shelden et al., 2013, 2015b,
2017, 2019, 2022; Goetz, et al. 2023). While the surveys are
concentrated for a few days in summer annually, which may skew
densities for seasonally present species, they represent the best
available long-term dataset of marine mammal sightings available in
Cook Inlet. Density was calculated by summing the total number of
animals observed and dividing the number sighted by the area surveyed.
The total number of animals observed accounts for both lower and upper
Cook Inlet. There are no density estimates available for California sea
lions and Pacific white-sided dolphins in Cook Inlet, as they were so
infrequently sighted. Average densities across survey years are
presented in table 10.
Table 10--Average Densities of Marine Mammal Species in Cook Inlet
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Density
Species (individuals per
km\2\)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Humpback whale....................................... 0.00185
Minke whale.......................................... 0.00004
Gray whale........................................... 0.00007
Fin whale............................................ 0.00028
Killer whale......................................... 0.00061
Beluga whale (MML--Entire Cook Inlet)................ 0.07166
Beluga whale (MML--Middle Cook Inlet)................ 0.00658
Beluga whale (MML--Lower Cook Inlet)................. 0.00003
Beluga whale (Goetz--North Cook Inlet)............... 0.00166
Beluga whale (Goetz--Lower Cook Inlet)............... 0.00000
Beluga whale (Goetz--Trading Bay).................... 0.01505
Dall's porpoise...................................... 0.00014
Harbor porpoise...................................... 0.00380
Pacific white-sided dolphin.......................... N/A\1\
Harbor seal.......................................... 0.26819
Steller sea lion..................................... 0.00669
California sea lion.................................. N/A \1\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Density estimates are not available in Cook Inlet for this species.
For CIBWs, two densities were considered as a comparison of
available data. The first source considered was directly from the MML
aerial surveys, as described above. Sighting data collected during
aerial surveys was collected and then several correction factors were
applied to address perception, availability, and proximity bias. These
corrected sightings totals were then divided by the total area covered
during the survey to arrive at a density value. Densities were derived
for the entirety of Cook Inlet as well as for middle and lower Cook
Inlet. Densities across all three regions are low and there is a known
effect of seasonality on the distribution of the whales. Thus,
densities derived directly from surveys flown in the summer might
underestimate the density of CIBWs in lower Cook Inlet at other ice-
free times of the year.
The other mechanism for arriving at CIBW density considered here is
the Goetz et al. (2012a) habitat-based model. This model is derived
from sightings and incorporates depth soundings, coastal substrate
type, environmental sensitivity index, anthropogenic disturbance, and
anadromous fish streams to predict densities throughout Cook Inlet. The
output of this model is a density map of Cook Inlet, which predicts
spatially explicit density estimates for CIBW. Using the resulting grid
densities, average densities were calculated for two regions applicable
to Hilcorp's operations (table 10). The densities applicable to the
area of activity (i.e., the North Cook Inlet Unit density for middle
Cook Inlet activities
[[Page 60192]]
and the Trading Bay density for activities in Trading Bay) are provided
in table 10 above and were carried forward to the exposure estimates as
they were deemed to likely be the most representative estimates
available. Likewise, when a range is given, the higher end of the range
was used out of caution to calculate exposure estimates (i.e., Trading
Bay in the Goetz model has a range of 0.004453 to 0.015053; 0.015053
was used for the exposure estimates).
Take Estimation
Here we describe how the information provided above is synthesized
to produce a quantitative estimate of the take that is reasonably
likely to occur and proposed for authorization.
As described above, Hilcorp's tug towing rig activity considers a
total of three rig moves across 6 days (one 2-day location-to-location
jack-up rig move, one 2-day demobilization effort, and one 2-day
mobilization effort). For the location-to-location move, Hilcorp
assumed 6 hours of mobile (towing) and 5 hours of stationary (holding
and positioning) activities on the first day, and 5 hours of the
stationary activity (4 hours with three tugs and 1 hour with four tugs)
on the second day to account for two positioning attempts (across 2
days). For the demobilization and mobilization efforts, Hilcorp assumed
9 hours of mobile and 5 hours of stationary (4 hours with three tugs
and 1 hour with four tugs) activities on the first day, and 5 hours of
stationary (4 hours with three tugs and 1 hour with four tugs)
activities on the second day (across 2 days for each effort, for a
total of 4 days of tugs under load with a jack-up rigs).
Take by Level A harassment was estimated by multiplying the
ensonified Level A harassment areas per tugging activity scenario for
each functional hearing group (table 9) by the estimated marine mammal
densities (table 10) to get an estimate of exposures per day. This
value was then multiplied by the number of days per move and the number
of moves of that type of activity scenario. The estimated exposures by
activity scenario were then summed to result in a number of exposures
for all tug towing rig activity. Based on this analysis, only Dall's
porpoise, harbor porpoise, and harbor seals had estimated take by Level
A harassment that were greater than zero: 0.001, 0.018, and 0.006,
respectively. Given these small estimates, NMFS does not propose to
authorize take by Level A harassment related to Hilcorp's tugging
activity. For mobile tugging, the distances to the PTS thresholds for
HF cetaceans and phocids are smaller than the overall size of the tug
and rig configuration (i.e., 8 m and 0 m, respectively), making it
unlikely an animal would remain close enough to the tug engines to
incur PTS. For stationary positioning of the jack up rig, the PTS
isopleths for both the 3-tug and 4-tug scenarios are up to 749 m for HF
cetaceans and up to 102 m for all other species, but calculated on the
assumption that an animal would remain within several hundred meters of
the jack-up rig for the full 5 hours of noise-producing activity. Given
the location of the activity is not in an area known to be essential
habitat for any marine mammal species with extreme site fidelity over
the course of 2 days, in addition to the mobile nature of marine
mammals, the occurrence of PTS is unlikely and thus not proposed to be
authorized for any species.
The ensonified Level B harassment areas calculated per activity
scenario (three tug stationary, four tug stationary, and three tug
mobile for the location-to-location move and the demobilization and
mobilization efforts) for a single day (see table 9) were multiplied by
marine mammal densities to get an estimate of exposures per day. This
was then multiplied by the number of days per move and the number of
moves of that type of activity scenario to arrive at the number of
estimated exposures per activity type. These exposures by activity
scenario were then summed to result in a number of exposures per year
for all Hilcorp's proposed tug under load activities (table 11). As
exposure estimates were calculated based on specific potential rig
moves or well locations, the density value for CIBWs that was carried
through the estimate was the higher density value for that particular
location (table 10). There are no estimated exposures based on this
method of calculation for California sea lions and pacific white-sided
dolphins because the assumed density of these species in the project
area is 0.00 animals per km\2\. Table 11 also indicates the number of
takes, by Level B harassment, proposed to be authorized. For species
where the total calculated take by Level B harassment is less than the
estimated group size for that species, NMFS adjusted the take proposed
for authorization to the anticipated group size. Explanations for
species for which take proposed for authorization is greater than the
calculated take are included below.
Table 11--Amount of Estimated and Proposed Take by Level B Harassment, by Species and Stock for Hilcorp's Tug Towing, Holding, and Positioning of a Jack-Up Rig Activities
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Location-to-location Demobilization/mobilization Total
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ estimated take Proposed Take
Scenario 3 Stationary 4 Stationary 3 Stationary 4 Stationary by level B by Level B
3 Mobile Tugs Tugs Tugs 3 Mobile Tugs Tugs Tugs harassment Harassment
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level B Harassment Area (km\2\)................................. 175.67 46.56 62.30 541.96 46.56 62.30
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Species Estimated Take by Level B Harassment
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Humpback whale.................................................. 0.324 0.029 0.010 2.001 0.057 0.019 2.440 3
Minke whale..................................................... 0.005 0.000 0.000 0.031 0.001 0.000 0.037 3
Gray whale...................................................... 0.012 0.001 0.000 0.072 0.002 0.001 0.088 3
Fin whale....................................................... 0.048 0.004 0.001 0.299 0.009 0.003 0.364 2
Killer whale.................................................... 0.108 0.009 0.003 0.663 0.019 0.006 0.808 10
Beluga whale.................................................... 1.900 0.168 0.056 7.133 0.204 0.068 9.529 15
Dall's porpoise................................................. 0.024 0.002 0.001 0.148 0.004 0.001 0.180 6
Harbor porpoise................................................. 0.667 0.059 0.020 4.117 0.118 0.039 5.020 12
Pacific white-sided dolphin..................................... 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 3
Harbor seal..................................................... 47.112 4.163 1.392 290.699 8.325 2.785 354.476 355
Steller sea lion................................................ 1.175 0.104 0.035 7.253 0.208 0.069 8.844 9
California sea lion............................................. 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 60193]]
During annual aerial surveys conducted in Cook Inlet from 2000 to
2016, humpback group sizes ranged from one to 12 individuals, with most
groups comprised of 1 to 3 individuals (Shelden et al., 2013). Three
humpback whales were observed in Cook Inlet during SAExploration's
seismic study in 2015: two near the Forelands and one in Kachemak Bay
(Kendall and Cornick, 2015). In total, 14 sightings of 38 humpback
whales (ranging in group size from 1 to 14) were recorded in the 2019
Hilcorp lower Cook Inlet seismic survey in the fall (Fairweather
Science, 2020). Two sightings totaling three individual humpback whales
were recorded near Ladd Landing north of the Forelands on the recent
Harvest Alaska CIPL Extension Project (Sitkiewicz et al., 2018). Based
on documented observations from the CIPL Extension Project, which is
the data closest to the specific geographic region, NMFS is proposing
to authorize, three takes by Level B harassment for humpback whales,
which is slightly greater than the take estimated using the methods
described above (0.2440 takes by Level B harassment, table 11).
Minke whales usually travel in groups of two to three individuals
(NMFS, 2023b). During Cook Inlet-wide aerial surveys conducted from
1993 to 2004, minke whales were encountered three times (1998, 1999,
and 2006), all were observed off Anchor Point (Shelden et al., 2013,
2015b, and 2017). Several minke whales were recorded off Cape
Starichkof in early summer 2013 during exploratory drilling (Owl Ridge,
2014), suggesting this location is regularly used by minke whales year-
round. During Apache's 2014 survey, a total of two minke whale groups
(three individuals) were observed. One sighting occurred southeast of
Kalgin Island while the other sighting occurred near Homer (Lomac-
MacNair et al., 2014). SAExploration noted one minke whale near Tuxedni
Bay in 2015 (Kendall and Cornick, 2015). Eight sightings of eight minke
whales were recorded in the 2019 Hilcorp lower Cook Inlet seismic
survey (Fairweather Science, 2020). Based on these observations of
group size and consistency of sightings in Cook Inlet, NMFS is
proposing to authorize three takes by Level B harassment for minke
whales (table 11). This is higher than the exposure estimate (i.e.,
0.037, table 11) to allow for the potential occurrence of a group, or
several individuals, during the project period.
During Apache's 2012 seismic program, nine sightings of a total of
nine gray whales were observed in June and July (Lomac-MacNair et al.,
2013). In 2014, one gray whale was observed during Apache's seismic
program (Lomac-MacNair et al., 2014) and in 2015, no gray whales were
observed during SAExploration's seismic survey (Kendall and Cornick,
2015). No gray whales were observed during the 2018 CIPL Extension
Project (Sitkiewicz et al., 2018) or during the 2019 Hilcorp seismic
survey in lower Cook Inlet (Fairweather Science, 2020). The greatest
densities of gray whales in Cook Inlet occur from November through
January and March through May; the former are southbound, the latter
are northbound (Ferguson et al., 2015). Based on this information, NMFS
is proposing to authorize three takes by Level B harassment for gray
whales. This is higher than the exposure estimate (i.e., 0.088, table
11) to allow for the potential occurrence of a group, or several
individuals, particularly during the fall shoulder season during the
higher density periods mentioned above.
Fin whales most often travel alone, although they are sometimes
seen in groups of two to seven individuals. During migration they may
be in groups of 50 to 300 individuals (NMFS, 2010). During the NMFS
aerial surveys in Cook Inlet from 2000 to 2018, 10 sightings of 26
estimated individual fin whales were recorded in lower Cook Inlet
(Shelden et al., 2013, 2015b, and 2017; Shelden and Wade, 2019). Wild
et al. (2023) identified areas south of the mouth of Cook Inlet as a
fin whale feeding BIA from June to September with an importance score
of 1 and an intensity score of 1 (see Harrison et al. 2023 for more
details regarding BIA scoring). As such, the potential for fin whales
to occupy waters adjacent to the BIA during that time period and near
the specified area may be higher. Acoustic detections of fin whales
were recorded during passive acoustic monitoring in the fall of 2019
(Castellote et al., 2020) Additionally, during seismic surveys
conducted in 2019 by Hilcorp in lower Cook Inlet, 8 sightings of 23 fin
whales were recorded in groups ranging in size from 1 to 15 individuals
(Fairweather Science, 2020). The higher number of sightings in a single
year relative to the multi-year NMFS aerial surveys flown earlier in
season each year suggests fin whales may be present in greater numbers
in the fall. Given the possible presence of fin whales in the project
area, NMFS proposes to authorize two takes by Level B harassment for
fin whales during tugs Hilcorp's planned activities.
Killer whale pods typically consist of a few to 20 or more animals
(NMFS, 2023c). During seismic surveys conducted in 2019 by Hilcorp in
lower Cook Inlet, 21 killer whales were observed. Although also
observed as single individuals, killer whales were recorded during this
survey in groups ranging in size from two to five individuals
(Fairweather Science, 2020). One killer whale group of two individuals
was observed during the 2015 SAExploration seismic program near the
North Foreland (Kendall and Cornick, 2015). Based on recent documented
sightings, observed group sizes, and the established presence of killer
whales in Cook Inlet, NMFS is proposing to authorize 10 takes by Level
B harassment for killer whales. This would facilitate two sightings
with a group size of five individuals, which represents the upper end
of recorded group size in recent surveys conducted in Cook Inlet.
The total estimated take for CIWB was calculated to be 9.529
individuals based on recorded densities and estimated durations that
tugs would be under load with a jack-up rig (table 11). The 2018 MML
aerial survey (Shelden and Wade, 2019) reported a median beluga group
size estimate of approximately 11 whales, although estimated group
sizes were highly variable (ranging from 2 to 147 whales) as was the
case in previous survey years (Boyd et al., 2019). The median group
size during 2021 and 2022 MML aerial surveys was 34 and 15,
respectively, with variability between 1 and 174 between the years
(Goetz et al., 2023). Additionally, vessel-based surveys in 2019 found
CIBW groups in the Susitna River Delta (roughly 24 km north of the
Tyonek Platform) that ranged from 5 to 200 animals (McGuire et al.,
2022). Based on these observations, NMFS proposes to increase the
estimated take calculated above and authorize 15 takes by Level B
harassment for CIBWs to account for 1 group of 15 individuals, the
lower end of the 2022 median group size, or 2 observations of smaller-
sized groups. While large groups of CIBWs have been seen in the Susitna
River Delta region, they are not expected near Hilcorp's specified
activity because groups of this size have not been observed or
documented outside river deltas in upper Cook Inlet; however, smaller
groups (i.e., around the 2022 median group size) could be traveling
through to access the Susitna River Delta and other nearby coastal
locations.
Dall's porpoises are usually found in groups averaging between 2
and 12 individuals (NMFS, 2023d). During seismic surveys conducted in
2019 by Hilcorp in lower Cook Inlet, Dall's porpoises were recorded in
groups ranging from two to seven individuals (Fairweather Science,
2020). The 2012
[[Page 60194]]
Apache survey recorded two groups of three individual Dall's porpoises
(Lomac-MacNair et al., 2014). NMFS proposes to authorize six takes by
Level B harassment for Dall's porpoises. This is greater than the
estimated exposure estimate for this species (0.180, table 11), but
would allow for at least one group at the higher end of documented
group size or a combination of small groups plus individuals.
Harbor porpoises are most often seen in groups of two to three
(NMFS, 2023e); however, based on observations during project-based
marine mammal monitoring, they can also occur in larger group sizes.
Shelden et al. (2014) compiled historical sightings of harbor porpoises
from lower to upper Cook Inlet that spanned from a few animals to 92
individuals. The 2018 CIPL Extension Project that occurred in middle
Cook Inlet reported 29 sightings of 44 individuals (Sitkiewicz et al.,
2018). NMFS proposes to authorize 12 takes by Level B harassment for
harbor porpoises to allow for multiple group sightings during the
specified activity. This authorization is greater than the exposure
estimate calculated (5.020, table 11) but would account for the
possibility of a couple sightings of small groups of harbor porpoises
during Hilcorp's 6 days of tugging activity.
Recent data specific to Pacific white-sided dolphins within Cook
Inlet is lacking, and the calculated exposure estimate is zero based on
the paucity of sightings of this species in this region (table 11).
However, Pacific-white sided dolphins have been observed in Cook Inlet.
During an aerial survey in May 2014, Apache observed three Pacific
white-sided dolphins near Kenai. No large groups of Pacific white-sided
dolphins have been reported within Cook Inlet, although acoustic
detections of several Pacific white-sided dolphins were recorded near
Iniskin Bay during Hilcorp's 3D seismic survey in 2020. Prior to this,
only one other survey in the last 20 years noted the presence of
Pacific white-sided dolphins (three animals) within Cook Inlet. As a
result of the dearth of current data on this species, an accurate
density for Pacific white-sided dolphins in the specific project region
has not been generated. However, based on the possibility of this
species in the project area, NMFS proposes to authorize three takes by
Level B harassment for Pacific white-sided dolphins, the maximum number
of Pacific white-sided dolphins that have been recorded in the somewhat
recent past are present in Cook Inlet. This is consistent with NMFS'
IHA for Hilcorp's previous tugging activities (87 FR 62364, October 14,
2022).
Harbor seals are often solitary in water but can haul out in groups
of a few to thousands (Alaska Department of Fish and Game (ADF&G),
2022). Given their presence in the study region, NMFS proposes to
authorize 355 takes by Level B harassment for harbor seals, which is
commensurate with the calculated exposure estimate based on harbor seal
densities and Hilcorp's estimated durations for tugs under load with a
jack-up rig (table 11).
Steller sea lions tend to forage individually or in small groups
(Fiscus and Baines, 1966) but have been documented feeding in larger
groups when schooling fish were present (Gende et al., 2001). Steller
sea lions have been observed during marine mammal surveys conducted in
Cook Inlet. In 2012, during Apache's 3D Seismic survey, three sightings
of approximately four individuals in upper Cook Inlet were reported
(Lomac-MacNair et al., 2013). Marine mammal observers associated with
Buccaneer's drilling project off Cape Starichkof observed seven Steller
sea lions during the summer of 2013 (Owl Ridge, 2014). During
SAExploration's 3D Seismic Program in 2015, four Steller sea lions were
observed in Cook Inlet. One sighting occurred between the West and East
Forelands, one occurred near Nikiski, and one occurred northeast of the
North Foreland in the center of Cook Inlet (Kendall and Cornick, 2015).
During NMFS Cook Inlet beluga whale aerial surveys from 2000 to 2016,
39 sightings of 769 estimated individual Steller sea lions in lower
Cook Inlet were reported (Shelden et al., 2017). During a waterfowl
survey in upper Cook Inlet, an observer documented an estimated 25
Steller sea lions hauled-out at low tide in the Lewis River on the west
side of Cook Inlet (K. Lindberg, pers. comm., August 15, 2022). Hilcorp
reported one sighting of two Steller sea lions while conducting
pipeline work in upper Cook Inlet (Sitkiewicz et al., 2018).
Commensurate with exposure estimates shown in table 11, NMFS is
proposing to authorize nine takes by Level B harassment for Steller sea
lions.
While California sea lions are uncommon in the specific geographic
region, two were seen during the 2012 Apache seismic survey in Cook
Inlet (Lomac-MacNair et al., 2013). California sea lions in Alaska are
typically alone but may be seen in small groups usually associated with
Steller sea lions at their haul outs and rookeries (Maniscalco et al.,
2004). Despite the estimated exposure estimate being zero due to the
lack of sightings during aerial surveys, NMFS proposes to authorize two
takes by Level B harassment for California sea lions to account for the
potential to see up to two animals over the course of the season. This
is consistent with NMFS authorization for Hilcorp's previous tugging
activities (87 FR 62364, October 14, 2022).
Proposed Mitigation
In order to issue an IHA under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA,
NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to the
activity, and other means of effecting the least practicable impact on
the species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to
rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on
the availability of the species or stock for taking for certain
subsistence uses. NMFS regulations require applicants for incidental
take authorizations to include information about the availability and
feasibility (economic and technological) of equipment, methods, and
manner of conducting the activity or other means of effecting the least
practicable adverse impact upon the affected species or stocks, and
their habitat (50 CFR 216.104(a)(11)).
In evaluating how mitigation may or may not be appropriate to
ensure the least practicable adverse impact on species or stocks and
their habitat, as well as subsistence uses where applicable, NMFS
considers two primary factors:
(1) The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful
implementation of the measure(s) is expected to reduce impacts to
marine mammals, marine mammal species or stocks, and their habitat, as
well as subsistence uses. This considers the nature of the potential
adverse impact being mitigated (likelihood, scope, range). It further
considers the likelihood that the measure will be effective if
implemented (probability of accomplishing the mitigating result if
implemented as planned), the likelihood of effective implementation
(probability implemented as planned); and
(2) The practicability of the measures for applicant
implementation, which may consider such things as cost and impact on
operations.
There is a discountable potential for marine mammals to incur PTS
from the project, as source levels are relatively low, non-impulsive,
and animals would have to remain at very close distances for multiple
hours to accumulate acoustic energy at levels that could damage
hearing. Therefore, we do not believe there is reasonable potential for
Level A harassment and we are not proposing to authorize it. However,
Hilcorp will implement a number of
[[Page 60195]]
mitigation measures designed to reduce the potential for and severity
of Level B harassment and minimize the impacts of the project.
The tugs towing a jack-up rig are not able to shut down while
transiting, holding, or positioning the rig. Hilcorp would maneuver the
tugs towing the jack-up rig such that they maintain a consistent speed
(approximately 4 knots [7 km/hr]) and avoid multiple changes of speed
and direction to make the course of the vessels as predictable as
possible to marine mammals in the surrounding environment,
characteristics that are expected to be associated with a lower
likelihood of disturbance.
During activities involving tugs under load with a jack-up rig,
Hilcorp would implement a clearance zone of 1,500 m centered around the
jack-up rig for non-CIBW species and a clearance zone that extends as
far as PSOs can feasibly observe for CIBWs. The 1,500 m proposed
clearance zone is consistent with previous authorizations for tugging
activities (87 FR 62364, October 14, 2022), and was determined to be
appropriate as it is approximately twice as large as largest Level A
harassment zone (table 10) and is a reasonable distance within which
cryptic species (e.g., porpoises, pinnipeds) could be observed. The
larger clearance zone for CIBWs is a new measure aimed to further
minimize any potential impacts from tugs under load with a jack-up rig
on this species.
Hilcorp would employ two NMFS-approved PSOs to conduct marine
mammal monitoring to a distance out to the greatest extent possible for
all mobile and stationary tugging activity. Prior to new commencing
activities during daylight hours or if there is a 30-minute lapse in
operational activities, the PSOs would observe the clearance zones
described above for 30 minutes (i.e., pre-clearance monitoring)
(transitioning from towing to positioning without shutting down would
not be considered commencing a new operational activity). If no marine
mammals are observed within the relevant clearance zone during this
pre-clearance monitoring period, tugs may commence their towing,
positioning, or holding of a jack-up rig. If a non-CIBW marine
mammal(s) is observed within the relevant clearance zone during the
pre-clearance monitoring period towing, positioning, or holding of a
jack-up rig would be delayed, unless the delay interferes with the
safety of working conditions. Operations would not commence until the
PSO(s) observe that the non-CIBW animal(s) is outside of and on a path
away from the clearance zone, or 30 minutes have elapsed without
observing the non-CIBW marine mammal. If a CIBW(s) is observed within
the relevant clearance zone during those 30 minutes, operations may not
commence until the CIBW(s) is no longer detected at any range and 30
minutes have elapsed without any observations of CIBWs. Once the PSOs
have determined one of those conditions are met, operations may
commence. PSOs would also conduct monitoring for marine mammals through
30 minutes post-completion of any tugging activity each day, and after
each stoppage of 30 minutes or greater.
During nighttime hours or low/no-light conditions, night-vision
devices (NVDs) shown to be effective at detecting marine mammals in
low-light conditions (e.g., Portable Visual Search-7 model, or similar)
would be provided to PSOs to aid in their monitoring of marine mammals.
Every effort would be made to observe that the relevant clearance zone
is free of marine mammals by using night-vision devices and or the
naked eye, however it may not always be possible to see and clear the
entire clearance zones prior to nighttime transport. Prior to
commencing new operational activities during nighttime hours or if
there is a 30-minute lapse in operational activities in low/no-light
conditions, the PSOs would observe out to the greatest extent feasible
while using NVDs for 30 minutes (i.e., pre-clearance monitoring); if no
marine mammals are observed during this pre-clearance monitoring
period, tugs may commence towing, positioning, or holding a jack-up
rig. If a marine mammal(s) is observed during the pre-clearance
monitoring period, tugs towing, positioning, or holding a jack-up rig
would be delayed, unless the delay interferes with the safety of
working conditions. Operations would not commence until the PSO(s)
observe that: (1) the animal(s) is outside of the observable area; or
(2) 30 minutes have elapsed. Once the PSOs have determined one of those
conditions are met, operations may commence.
Hilcorp would operate with the tide, resulting in a low power
output from the tugs towing the jack-up rig, unless human safety or
equipment integrity are at risk. Due to the nature of tidal cycles in
Cook Inlet, it is possible that the most favorable tide for the towing
operation would occur during nighttime hours. Hilcorp would operate the
tugs towing the jack-up rigs at night if the nighttime operations
result in a lower power output from the tugs by operating with a
favorable tide.
Out of concern for potential disturbance to CIBWs in sensitive and
essential habitat, Hilcorp would maintain a distance of 2.4 km from the
MLLW line of the Susitna River Delta (Beluga River to the Little
Susitna River) between April 15 and November 15. The dates of
applicability of this exclusion area have been expanded based on new
available science, including visual surveys and acoustic studies, which
indicate that substantial numbers of CIBWs continue to occur in the
Susitna Delta area through at least mid-November (M. Castellote, pers.
comm., T. McGuire, pers. comm.). In addition, Hilcorp would coordinate
with local Tribes as described in its Stakeholder Engagement Plan (see
Appendix C in Hilcorp's application), notify the communities of any
changes in the operation, and take action to avoid or mitigate impacts
to subsistence harvests.
For transportation of a jack-up rig to or from the Tyonek platform,
in addition to the two PSOs stationed on the rig during towing, one
additional PSO would be stationed on the Tyonek platform to monitor for
marine mammals. The PSO would be on-watch for at least 1 hour before
tugs are expected to arrive (scheduled to approach the Level B
harassment threshold).
Based on our evaluation of Hilcorp's proposed measures, NMFS has
preliminarily determined that the proposed mitigation measures provide
the means of effecting the least practicable impact on the affected
species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to
rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on
the availability of such species or stock for subsistence uses.
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an IHA for an activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of
the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of such taking. The MMPA implementing
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(13) indicate that requests for
authorizations must include the suggested means of accomplishing the
necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased
knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on
populations of marine mammals that are expected to be present while
conducting the activities. Effective reporting is critical both to
compliance as well as ensuring that the most value is obtained from the
required monitoring.
Monitoring and reporting requirements prescribed by NMFS should
contribute to improved
[[Page 60196]]
understanding of one or more of the following:
Occurrence of marine mammal species or stocks in the area
in which take is anticipated (e.g., presence, abundance, distribution,
density);
Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure
to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or
chronic), through better understanding of: (1) action or environment
(e.g., source characterization, propagation, ambient noise); (2)
affected species (e.g., life history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence
of marine mammal species with the activity; or (4) biological or
behavioral context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or feeding areas);
Individual marine mammal responses (behavioral or
physiological) to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or cumulative),
other stressors, or cumulative impacts from multiple stressors;
How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1)
long-term fitness and survival of individual marine mammals; or (2)
populations, species, or stocks;
Effects on marine mammal habitat (e.g., marine mammal prey
species, acoustic habitat, or other important physical components of
marine mammal habitat); and
Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.
Hilcorp would abide by all monitoring and reporting measures
contained within the IHA, if issued, and their Marine Mammal Monitoring
and Mitigation Plan (see appendix D of Hilcorp's application). A
summary of those measures and additional requirements proposed by NMFS
is provided below.
A minimum of two NMFS-approved PSOs must be stationed on the tug or
jack-up rig for monitoring purposes for the entirety of jack-up rig
towing, holding, and positioning operations. PSOs would be independent
of the activity contractor (for example, employed by a subcontractor)
and have no other assigned tasks during monitoring periods. At least
one PSO would have prior experience performing the duties of a PSO
during an activity pursuant to a NMFS-issued Incidental Take
Authorization or Letter of Concurrence. Other PSOs may substitute other
relevant experience (including relevant Alaska Native traditional
knowledge), education (degree in biological science or related field),
or training for prior experience performing the duties of a PSO.
PSOs would also have the following additional qualifications:
(a) The ability to conduct field observations and collect data
according to assigned protocols;
(b) Experience or training in the field identification of marine
mammals, including the identification of behaviors;
(c) Sufficient training, orientation, or experience with the
tugging operation to provide for personal safety during observations;
(d) Sufficient writing skills to record required information
including but not limited to the number and species of marine mammals
observed; dates and times when tugs were under load with the jack-up
rig; dates, times, and reason for implementation of mitigation (or why
mitigation was not implemented when required); and marine mammal
behavior; and
(e) The ability to communicate orally, by radio or in person, with
project personnel to provide real-time information on marine mammals
observed in the area as necessary.
PSOs would be positioned aboard the tug or the jack-up-rig at the
best practical vantage points that are determined to be safe, ideally
an elevated stable platform from which a single PSO would have an
unobstructed 360-degree view of the water or a total 360-degree view
between all PSOs on-watch. Generally, one PSO would be on the port side
and one PSO would be on the starboard side. Additionally, when towing
the jack-up rig to the Tyonek platform, an additional PSO would be
stationed on the Tyonek platform 1 hour before tugs are expected to
arrive (i.e., scheduled to approach the Level B threshold) to monitor
for marine mammals out to the maximum extent possible. PSOs may use a
combination of equipment to scan the monitoring area and to verify the
required monitoring distance from the project site, including the naked
eye, 7 by 50 binoculars, and NMFS approved NVDs for low light and
nighttime operations. PSOs would be in communication with all vessel
captains via VHF radio and/or cell phones at all times and alert vessel
captains to all marine mammal sightings relative to the vessel
location.
Hilcorp would submit interim monthly reports for all months in
which tug towing, holding, or positioning of the jack-up rig occurs.
Monthly reports would be due 14 days after the conclusion of each
calendar month, and would include a summary of marine mammal species
and behavioral observations, delays, and tugging activities completed
(i.e., tugs towing, holding, or positioning the jack-up rig). They also
must include an assessment of the amount of tugging remaining to be
completed, in addition to the number of CIBWs observed within estimated
harassment zones to date.
A draft final summary marine mammal monitoring report would be
submitted to NMFS within 90 days after the completion of the tug towing
jack-up rig activities for the year or 60 calendar days prior to the
requested issuance of any subsequent IHA for similar activity at the
same location, whichever comes first. The draft summary report would
include an overall description of all work completed, a narrative
regarding marine mammal sightings, and associated marine mammal
observation data sheets (data must be submitted electronically in a
format that can be queried such as a spreadsheet or database).
Specifically, the summary report would include:
Date and time that monitored activity begins or ends;
Activities occurring during each observation period,
including (a) the type of activity (towing, holding, positioning), (b)
the total duration of each type of activity, (c) the number of attempts
required for positioning, (d) when nighttime operations were required,
and (e) whether towing against the tide was required;
PSO locations during marine mammal monitoring;
Environmental conditions during monitoring periods (at the
beginning and end of the PSO shift and whenever conditions change
significantly), including Beaufort sea state, tidal state, and any
other relevant weather conditions including cloud cover, fog, sun
glare, overall visibility to the horizon, and estimated observable
distance;
Upon observation of a marine mammal, the following
information:
[cir] Name of PSO who sighted the animal(s) and PSO location and
activity at time of sighting;
[cir] Time of sighting;
[cir] Identification of the animal(s) (e.g., genus/species, lowest
possible taxonomic level, or unidentified), PSO confidence in
identification, and the composition of the group if there is a mix of
species;
[cir] Distance and location of each observed marine mammal relative
to the tug boats for each sighting;
[cir] Estimated number of animals (min/max/best estimate);
[cir] Estimated number of animals by cohort (adults, juveniles,
neonates, group composition, etc.);
[cir] Animal's closest point of approach and estimated time spent
within the harassment zone;
[cir] Description of any marine mammal behavioral observations
(e.g., observed
[[Page 60197]]
behaviors such as feeding or traveling), including an assessment of
behavioral responses thought to have resulted from the activity (e.g.,
no response or changes in behavioral state such as ceasing feeding,
changing direction, flushing, or breaching);
Number of marine mammals detected within the harassment
zones, by species; and
Detailed information about implementation of any
mitigation (e.g., delays), a description of specific actions that
ensued, and resulting changes in behavior of the animal(s), if any.
If no comments are received from NMFS within 30 days, the draft
summary report would constitute the final report. If comments are
received, a final report addressing NMFS comments must be submitted
within 30 days after receipt of comments.
In the event that personnel involved in Hilcorp's tugging
activities discover an injured or dead marine mammal, Hilcorp would
report the incident to the Office of Protected Resources, NMFS
([email protected], [email protected]), and to
the Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinator as soon as feasible. If the
death or injury was clearly caused by the specified activity, Hilcorp
would immediately cease the specified activities until NMFS is able to
review the circumstances of the incident and determine what, if any,
additional measures are appropriate to ensure compliance with the IHA.
Hilcorp would not resume their activities until notified by NMFS. The
report would include the following information:
Time, date, and location (latitude and longitude) of the
first discovery (and updated location information if known and
applicable);
Species identification (if known) or description of the
animal(s) involved;
Condition of the animal(s) (including carcass condition if
the animal is dead);
Observed behaviors of the animal(s), if alive;
If available, photographs or video footage of the
animal(s); and
General circumstances under which the animal was
discovered.
Negligible Impact Analysis and Determination
NMFS has defined negligible impact as an impact resulting from the
specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not
reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (50 CFR 216.103). A
negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (i.e., population-
level effects). An estimate of the number of takes alone is not enough
information on which to base an impact determination. In addition to
considering estimates of the number of marine mammals that might be
``taken'' through harassment, NMFS considers other factors, such as the
likely nature of any impacts or responses (e.g., intensity, duration),
the context of any impacts or responses (e.g., critical reproductive
time or location, foraging impacts affecting energetics), as well as
effects on habitat, and the likely effectiveness of the mitigation. We
also assess the number, intensity, and context of estimated takes by
evaluating this information relative to population status. Consistent
with the 1989 preamble for NMFS' implementing regulations (54 FR 40338,
September 29, 1989), the impacts from other past and ongoing
anthropogenic activities are incorporated into this analysis via their
impacts on the baseline (e.g., as reflected in the regulatory status of
the species, population size and growth rate where known, ongoing
sources of human-caused mortality, or ambient noise levels).
To avoid repetition, the discussion of our analysis applies to all
the species listed in table 11, except CIBWs, given that many of the
anticipated effects of this project on different marine mammal stocks
are expected to be relatively similar in nature. For CIBWs, there are
meaningful differences in anticipated individual responses to
activities, impact of expected take on the population, or impacts on
habitat; therefore, we provide a separate independent detailed analysis
for CIBWs following the analysis for other species for which we propose
take authorization.
NMFS has identified several key factors which may be employed to
assess the level of analysis necessary to conclude whether potential
impacts associated with a specified activity should be considered
negligible. These include (but are not limited to) the type and
magnitude of taking, the amount and importance of the available habitat
for the species or stock that is affected, the duration of the
anticipated effect on the individuals, and the status of the species or
stock. The potential effects of the specified activity on humpback
whales, minke whales, gray whales, fin whales, killer whales, Dall's
porpoises, harbor porpoises, Pacific white-sided dolphins, Steller sea
lions, harbor seals, and California sea lions are discussed below.
These factors also apply to CIBWs; however, an additional analysis for
CIBWs is provided in a separate sub-section below.
Tugs under load with the jack-up rig, as outlined previously, have
the potential to disturb or displace marine mammals. Specifically, the
specified activities may result in take, in the form of Level B
harassment, from underwater sounds generated by tugs towing, holding,
and positioning a jack-up rig. Potential takes could occur if marine
mammals are present in zones ensonified above the thresholds for Level
B harassment, identified above, while activities are underway.
Hilcorp's planned activities and associated impacts would occur
within a limited, confined area of the affected species or stocks'
range over a total of 6 days between September 14, 2024, and September
13, 2025. The intensity and duration of take by Level B harassment
would be minimized through use of mitigation measures described herein.
Further the amount of take proposed to be authorized is small when
compared to stock abundance (see tables 2 and 11). In addition, NMFS
does not anticipate that serious injury or mortality would occur as a
result of Hilcorp's planned activity given the nature of the activity,
even in the absence of required mitigation.
Exposures to elevated sound levels produced during tugs under load
with the jack-up rig may cause behavioral disturbance of some
individuals within the vicinity of the sound source. Behavioral
responses of marine mammals to tugs under load with the jack-up rig are
expected to be mild, short term, and temporary. Effects on individuals
that are taken by Level B harassment, as enumerated in the Estimated
Take section, on the basis of reports in the literature as well as
monitoring from other similar activities conducted by Hilcorp (Horsley
and Larson, 2023), would likely be limited to behavioral response such
as increased swimming speeds, changing in directions of travel and
diving and surfacing behaviors, increased respiration rates, or
decreased foraging (if such activity were occurring) (Ridgway et al.,
1997; Nowacek et al., 2007; Thorson and Reyff, 2006; Kendall and
Cornick, 2015; Goldbogen et al., 2013b; Blair et al., 2016; Wisniewska
et al., 2018; Piwetz et al., 2021). Marine mammals within the Level B
harassment zones may not show any visual cues they are disturbed by
activities or they could become alert, avoid the area, leave the area,
or have other mild responses that are not observable such as increased
stress levels (e.g., Rolland et al. 2012; Bejder et al., 2006; Rako et
al., 2013; Pirotta et
[[Page 60198]]
al., 2015; P[eacute]rez-Jorge et al., 2016). They may also exhibit
increased vocalization rates (e.g., Dahlheim, 1987; Dahlheim and
Castellote, 2016), louder vocalizations (e.g., Frankel and Gabriele,
2017; Fournet et al., 2018), alterations in the spectral features of
vocalizations (e.g., Castellote et al., 2012), or a cessation of
communication signals (e.g., Tsujii et al., 2018). However, as
described in the Potential Effects of Specified Activities on Marine
Mammals and Their Habitat section, marine mammals observed near
Hilcorp's planned activities have shown little to no observable
reactions to tugs under load with a jack-up rig (Horsley and Larson,
2023).
Tugs pulling, holding, and positioning a jack-up rig are slow-
moving as compared to typical recreational and commercial vessel
traffic. Assuming an animal was stationary, exposure from the moving
tug configuration (which comprises most of the tug activity being
considered) would be on the order of minutes in any particular
location. The slow, predictable, and generally straight path of this
activity is expected to further lessen the likelihood that sound
exposures at the expected levels would result in the harassment of
marine mammals. Also, this slow transit along a predictable path is
planned in an area of routine vessel traffic where many large vessels
move in slow straight-line paths, and some individuals are expected to
be habituated to these sorts of sounds. While it is possible that
animals may swim around the project area, avoiding closer approaches to
the boats, we do not expect them to abandon any intended path. Further,
most animals present in the region would likely be transiting through
the area; therefore, any potential exposure is expected to be brief.
Based on the characteristics of the sound source and the other
activities regularly encountered in the area, it is unlikely Hilcorp's
plannedactivities would be of a duration or intensity expected to
result in impacts on reproduction or survival.
Further, most of the species present in the region would only be
present temporarily based on seasonal patterns or during transit
between other habitats. These temporarily present species would be
exposed to even shorter periods of noise-generating activity, further
decreasing the impacts. Most likely, individual animals would simply
move away from the sound source and be temporarily displaced from the
area. Takes may also occur during important feeding times. The project
area though represents a small portion of available foraging habitat
and impacts on marine mammal feeding for all species should be minimal.
We anticipate that any potential reactions and behavioral changes
are expected to subside quickly when the exposures cease and,
therefore, we do not expect long-term adverse consequences from
Hilcorp's proposed activities for individuals of any species. The
intensity of Level B harassment events would be minimized through use
of mitigation measures described herein, which were not quantitatively
factored into the take estimates. Hilcorp would use PSOs to monitor for
marine mammals before commencing any tugging activity, which would
minimize the potential for marine mammals to be present within Level B
harassment zones when tugs are under load. Further, given the absence
of any major rookeries or areas of known biological significance for
marine mammals (e.g., foraging hot spots) within the estimated
harassment zones (other than critical habitat and a BIA for CIBWs as
described below), we assume that potential takes by Level B harassment
would have an inconsequential short-term effect on individuals and
would not result in population-level impacts.
Theoretically, repeated, sequential exposure to elevated noise from
tugs under load with a jack-up rig over a long duration could result in
more severe impacts to individuals that could affect a population (via
sustained or repeated disruption of important behaviors such as
feeding, resting, traveling, and socializing; Southall et al., 2007).
Alternatively, marine mammals exposed to repetitious sounds may become
habituated, desensitized, or tolerant after initial exposure to these
sounds (reviewed by Richardson et al., 1995; Southall et al., 2007).
Cook Inlet is a regional hub of marine transportation, and is used by
various classes of vessels, including containerships, bulk cargo
freighters, tankers, commercial and sport-fishing vessels, and
recreational vessels. Off-shore vessels, tug vessels, and tour boats
represent 86 percent of the total operating days for vessels in Cook
Inlet (BOEM, 2016). Given that marine mammals still frequent and use
Cook Inlet despite being exposed to anthropogenic sounds such as those
produced by tug boats and other vessels across many years, these severe
population level impacts resulting from the additional noise produced
by tugs under load with a jack-up rig are not anticipated. The absence
of any pinniped haulouts or other known home-ranges in the planned
action area further decreases the likelihood of severe population level
impacts.
Hilcorp's tugs under load with a jack-up rig are also not expected
to have significant adverse effects on any marine mammal habitat as no
physical impacts to habitat are anticipated to results from the
specified activities and any impacts to marine mammal habitat (i.e.,
elevated sound levels) would be temporary. In addition to being
temporary and short in overall duration, the acoustic footprint of the
proposed activity is small relative to the overall distribution of the
animals in the area and their use of the area. Additionally, the
habitat within the estimated acoustic footprint is not known to be
heavily used by marine mammals.
Impacts to marine mammal prey species are also expected to be minor
and temporary and to have, at most, short-term effects on foraging of
individual marine mammals, and likely no effect on the populations of
marine mammals as a whole. Overall, as described above, the area
anticipated to be impacted by Hilcorp's planned activities is very
small compared to the available surrounding habitat, and does not
include habitat of particular importance. The most likely impact to
prey would be temporary behavioral avoidance of the immediate area.
When tugs are under load with the jack-up rig, it is expected that some
fish would temporarily leave the area of disturbance (e.g., Nakken,
1992; Olsen, 1979; Ona and Godo, 1990; Ona and Toresen, 1988), thus
impacting marine mammals' foraging opportunities in a limited portion
of their foraging range. But, because of the relatively small area of
the habitat that may be affected, and lack of any foraging habitat of
particular importance, the impacts to marine mammal habitat are not
expected to cause significant or long-term negative consequences.
Finally, Hilcorp will minimize potential exposure of marine mammals
to elevated noise levels by delaying tugs being under load with the
jack-up rig if marine mammals are observed during the pre-clearance
monitoring period. Hilcorp would also implement vessel maneuvering
measures to reduce the likelihood of disturbing marine mammals during
any periods when marine mammals may be present near the vessels.
Lastly, Hilcorp would also reduce the impact of their activity by
conducting tugging operations with favorable tides whenever feasible.
In summary and as described above, the following factors (with
additional analyses for CIBWs included below) primarily support our
preliminary determinations that the impacts resulting from the
activities described for this proposed IHA are not expected
[[Page 60199]]
to adversely affect the species or stocks through effects on annual
rates of recruitment or survival:
No takes by mortality, serious injury, or Level A
harassment are anticipated or proposed to be authorized;
Exposure would likely be brief given the short duration of
the specified activity and the transiting behavior of marine mammals in
the action area;
Marine mammal densities are low in the project area;
therefore, there will not be substantial numbers of marine mammals
exposed to the noise from the project compared to the affected
population sizes;
Take would not occur in places and/or times where take
would be more likely to accrue to impacts on reproduction or survival,
such as within ESA-designated or proposed critical habitat, BIAs (other
than for CIBWs as described below), or other habitats critical to
recruitment or survival (e.g., rookery);
The project area represents a very small portion of the
available foraging area for all potentially impacted marine mammal
species;
Take would only occur within middle Cook Inlet and Trading
Bay--a limited, confined area of any given stock's home range;
Monitoring reports from previous projects where tugs were
under load with a jack-up rig in Cook Inlet have documented little to
no observable effect on individuals of the same species impacted by the
specified activities;
The required mitigation measures (i.e., pre-clearance
monitoring, vessel maneuver) are expected to be effective in reducing
the effects of the specified activity by minimizing the numbers of
marine mammals exposed to sound and the intensity of the exposures; and
The intensity of anticipated takes by Level B harassment
is low for all stocks consisting of, at worst, temporary modifications
in behavior, and would not be of a duration or intensity expected to
result in impacts on reproduction or survival.
Cook Inlet Beluga Whales. For CIBWs, we further discuss our
negligible impact findings in addition to the findings discussed above
for all species in the context of potential impacts to this endangered
stock based on our evaluation of the take proposed to be authorized
(table 11).
All tug towing, holding, or positioning would be done in a manner
implementing best management practices to preserve water quality, and
no work would occur around creek mouths or river systems leading to
prey abundance reductions. In addition, no physical structures would
restrict passage, though impacts to the acoustic habitat are relevant
and discussed here. While the specified activity would occur within
CIBW Critical Habitat Area 2, and the CIBW small and resident BIA,
monitoring data from Hilcorp's activities suggest that the presence of
tugs under load with a jack-up rig do not discourage CIBWs from
transiting throughout Cook Inlet and between critical habitat areas and
that the whales do not abandon critical habitat areas (Horsley and
Larson, 2023). In addition, large numbers of CIBWs have continued to
use Cook Inlet and pass through the area, likely traveling to critical
foraging grounds found in upper Cook Inlet, while noise-producing
anthropogenic activities, including vessel use, have taken place during
the past 2 decades (e.g., Shelden et al., 2013, 2015b, 2017, 2022;
Shelden and Wade, 2019; Geotz et al., 2023). These findings are not
surprising as food is a strong motivation for marine mammals. As
described in Forney et al. (2017), animals typically favor particular
areas because of their importance for survival (e.g., feeding or
breeding), and leaving may have significant costs to fitness (reduced
foraging success, increased predation risk, increased exposure to other
anthropogenic threats). Consequently, animals may be highly motivated
to maintain foraging behavior in historical foraging areas despite
negative impacts (e.g., Rolland et al., 2012).
Generation of sound may result in avoidance behaviors that would be
limited in time and space relative to the larger availability of
important habitat areas in Cook Inlet; however, the area ensonified by
sound from the specified activity is anticipated to be small compared
to the overall available critical habitat for CIBWs to feed and travel.
Therefore, the specified activity would not create a barrier to
movement through or within important areas. We anticipate that
disturbance to CIBWs would manifest in the same manner as other marine
mammals described above (i.e., increased swimming speeds, changes in
the direction of travel and dive behaviors, increased respiration
rates, decreased foraging (if such activity were occurring), or
alterations to communication signals). We do not believe exposure to
elevated noise levels during transit past tugging activity would have
adverse effects on individuals' fitness for reproduction or survival.
Although data demonstrate that CIBWs are not abandoning the planned
project area during anthropogenic activities, results of an expert
elicitation (EE) at a 2016 workshop, which predicted the impacts of
noise on CIBW survival and reproduction given lost foraging
opportunities, helped to inform our assessment of impacts on this
stock. The 2016 EE workshop used conceptual models of an interim
population consequences of disturbance (PCoD) for marine mammals (NRC,
2005; New et al., 2014; Tollit et al., 2016) to help in understanding
how noise-related stressors might affect vital rates (survival, birth
rate and growth) for CIBW (King et al., 2015). NMFS (2016b) suggests
that the main direct effects of noise on CIBWs are likely to be through
masking of vocalizations used for communication and prey location and
habitat degradation. The 2016 workshop on CIBWs was specifically
designed to provide regulators with a tool to help understand whether
chronic and acute anthropogenic noise from various sources and projects
are likely to be limiting recovery of the CIBW population. The full
report can be found at https://www.smruconsulting.com/publications/
with a summary of the expert elicitation portion of the workshop below.
For each of the noise effect mechanisms chosen for EE, the experts
provided a set of parameters and values that determined the forms of a
relationship between the number of days of disturbance a female CIBW
experiences in a particular period and the effect of that disturbance
on her energy reserves. Examples included the number of days of
disturbance during the period April, May, and June that would be
predicted to reduce the energy reserves of a pregnant CIBW to such a
level that she is certain to terminate the pregnancy or abandon the
calf soon after birth, the number of days of disturbance in the period
April-September required to reduce the energy reserves of a lactating
CIBW to a level where she is certain to abandon her calf, and the
number of days of disturbance where a female fails to gain sufficient
energy by the end of summer to maintain themselves and their calves
during the subsequent winter. Overall, median values ranged from 16 to
69 days of disturbance depending on the question. However, for this
elicitation, a ``day of disturbance'' was defined as any day on which
an animal loses the ability to forage for at least one tidal cycle
(i.e., it forgoes 50-100 percent of its energy intake on that day). The
day of disturbance considered in the context of the report is notably
more severe than the Level B harassment expected to result from these
activities, which as described is expected to be comprised
predominantly of temporary
[[Page 60200]]
modifications in the behavior of individual CIBWs (e.g., faster swim
speeds, longer dives, decreased sighting durations, alterations in
communication). Also, NMFS proposes to authorize 15 instances of takes,
with the instances representing disturbance events within a day--this
means that either 15 different individual CIBWs are disturbed on no
more than 1 day each, or some lesser number of individuals may be
disturbed on more than 1 day, but with the product of individuals and
days not exceeding 15. Given the overall anticipated take, and the
short duration of the specified activities (i.e., 6 days), it is
unlikely that any one CIBW will be disturbed on more than a couple
days. Lastly, even if a CIBW was exposed every day of Hilcorp's planned
activities, these activities are only planned for 6 days, and thus do
not fall into the expected range of days of disturbance expected to
elicit an effect on energy reserves as determined by the experts as
described above (i.e., 16 to 19 days). Further, Hilcorp has proposed
mitigation measures specific to CIBWs whereby they would not begin
towing, holding, or positioning of the jack-up rig should a CIBW be
observed at any distance. While Level B harassment (behavioral
disturbance) would be authorized, this measure, along with other
mitigation measures described herein, would limit the severity of the
effects of that Level B harassment to behavioral changes such as
increased swim speeds, changes in diving and surfacing behaviors, and
alterations to communication signals, not the loss of foraging
capabilities. Finally, take by mortality, serious injury, or Level A
harassment of CIBWs is not anticipated or proposed to be authorized.
In summary and as described above, the additional following factors
primarily support our preliminary determination that the impacts
resulting from this activity are not expected to adversely affect the
CIBWs through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival:
The area of exposure would be limited to habitat primarily
used for transiting, and not areas known to be of particular importance
for feeding or reproduction;
The activities are not expected to result in CIBWs
abandoning critical habitat nor are they expected to restrict passage
of CIBWs within or between critical habitat areas; and
Any disturbance to CIBWs is expected to be limited to
temporary modifications in behavior, and would not be of a duration or
intensity expected to result in impacts on reproduction or survival.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the proposed monitoring and
mitigation measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that the total marine
mammal take from the proposed activity will have a negligible impact on
all affected marine mammal species or stocks.
Small Numbers
As noted previously, only take of small numbers of marine mammals
may be authorized under sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA for
specified activities other than military readiness activities. The MMPA
does not define small numbers and so, in practice, where estimated
numbers are available, NMFS compares the number of individuals taken to
the most appropriate estimation of abundance of the relevant species or
stock in our determination of whether an authorization is limited to
small numbers of marine mammals. When the predicted number of
individuals to be taken is fewer than one-third of the species or stock
abundance, the take is considered to be of small numbers (86 FR 5322,
January 19, 2021). Additionally, other qualitative factors may be
considered in the analysis, such as the temporal or spatial scale of
the activities.
For all stocks whose abundance estimate is known, the amount of
taking is less than one-third of the best available population
abundance estimate (in fact it is less than 2 percent for all stocks,
except for CIBWs whose proposed take is 5.38 percent of the stock;
table 12). The number of animals proposed for authorization to be taken
from these stocks therefore, would be considered small relative to the
relevant stocks abundances even if each estimated take occurred to a
new individual.
Table 12--Proposed Take To Be Authorized as a Percentage of Stock Abundance
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposed total
amount of take Abundance Percent of
Species to be Stock (Nbest) stock
authorized
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Humpback whale..................... 3 Hawaii (Hawaii DPS)........ 11,278 0.03
Mexico-North Pacific \1\ N/A N/A
(Mexico DPS).
Western North Pacific...... 1,084 0.28
Minke whale........................ 3 Alaska..................... \2\ N/A N/A
Gray whale......................... 3 Eastern Pacific............ 26,960 0.01
Fin whale.......................... 2 Northeast Pacific.......... \3\ UND N/A
Killer whale....................... 10 Eastern North Pacific 1,920 0.52
Alaska Resident.
Eastern North Pacific Gulf 587 1.7
of Alaska, Aleutian
Islands, and Bering Sea
Transient.
Beluga whale....................... 15 Cook Inlet................. \4\ 279 5.38
Dall's porpoise.................... 6 Alaska..................... \5\ UND N/A
Harbor porpoise.................... 12 Gulf of Alaska............. 31,046 0.04
Pacific white-sided dolphin........ 3 North Pacific.............. 26,880 0.01
Harbor seal........................ 365 Cook Inlet/Shelikof........ 28,411 1.29
Steller sea lion................... 9 Western U.S................ \6\ 49,932 0.02
California sea lion................ 2 U.S........................ 257,606 <0.01
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Abundance estimates are based upon data collected more than 8 years ago and, therefore, current estimates
are considered unknown.
\2\ Reliable population estimates are not available for this stock. Please see Friday et al. (2013) and Zerbini
et al. (2006) for additional information on numbers of minke whales in Alaska.
\3\ The best available abundance estimate for this stock is not considered representative of the entire stock as
surveys were limited to a small portion of the stock's range.
[[Page 60201]]
\4\ On June 15, 2023, NMFS released an updated abundance estimate for endangered CIBWs in Alaska (Goetz et al.,
2023). Data collected during NOAA Fisheries' 2022 aerial survey suggest that the whale population is stable or
may be increasing slightly. Scientists estimated that the population size is between 290 and 386, with a
median best estimate of 331. In accordance with the MMPA, this population estimate will be incorporated into
the CIBW SAR, which will be reviewed by an independent panel of experts, the Alaska Scientific Review Group.
After this review, the SAR will be made available as a draft for public review before being finalized. When
the number of instances of takes is compared to this median abundance, the percent of the stock proposed for
authorization is 4.53%.
\5\ The best available abundance estimate is likely an underestimate for the entire stock because it is based
upon a survey that covered only a small portion of the stock's range.
\6\ Nest is best estimate of counts, which have not been corrected for animals at sea during abundance surveys.
Abundance estimates for the Mexico-North Pacific stock of humpback
whales are based upon data collected more than 8 years ago and,
therefore, current estimates are considered unknown (Young et al.,
2023). The most recent minimum population estimates (NMIN)
for this population include an estimate of 2,241 individuals between
2003 and 2006 (Martinez-Aguilar, 2011) and 766 individuals between 2004
and 2006 (Wade, 2021). NMFS' Guidelines for Assessing Marine Mammal
Stocks suggest that the NMIN estimate of the stock should be
adjusted to account for potential abundance changes that may have
occurred since the last survey and provide reasonable assurance that
the stock size is at least as large as the estimate (NMFS, 2023a). The
abundance trend for this stock is unclear; therefore, there is no basis
for adjusting these estimates (Young et al., 2023). Assuming the
population has been stable, the 4 takes of this stock proposed for
authorization represents small numbers of this stock (0.18 percent of
the stock assuming a NMIN of 2,241 individuals and 0.52
percent of the stock assuming an NMIN of 766 individuals).
A lack of an accepted stock abundance value for the Alaska stock of
minke whale did not allow for the calculation of an expected percentage
of the population that would be affected. The most relevant estimate of
partial stock abundance is 1,233 minke whales in coastal waters of the
Alaska Peninsula and Aleutian Islands (Zerbini et al., 2006). Given
three proposed takes by Level B harassment for the stock, comparison to
the best estimate of stock abundance shows, at most, less than 1
percent of the stock would be expected to be impacted.
There is no stock-wide abundance estimate for Northeast Pacific fin
whales. However, Young et al. (2022) estimate the minimum stock size
for the areas surveyed is 2,554. Given two proposed takes by Level B
harassment for the stock, comparison to the minimum population estimate
shows, at most, less than 1 percent of the stock would be expected to
be impacted.
The Alaska stock of Dall's porpoise has no official NMFS abundance
estimate for this area, as the most recent estimate is greater than 8
years old. As described in the 2022 Alaska SAR (Young et al., 2023) the
minimum population estimate is assumed to correspond to the point
estimate of the 2015 vessel-based abundance computed by Rone et al.
(2017) in the Gulf of Alaska (N = 13,110; CV = 0.22). Given six
authorized takes by Level B harassment for the stock, comparison to the
minimum population estimate shows, at most, less than 1 percent of the
stock would be expected to be impacted.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the proposed activity
(including the proposed mitigation and monitoring measures) and the
anticipated take of marine mammals, NMFS preliminarily finds that small
numbers of marine mammals would be taken relative to the population
size of the affected species or stocks.
Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis and Determination
In order to issue an IHA, NMFS must find that the specified
activity will not have an ``unmitigable adverse impact'' on the
subsistence uses of the affected marine mammal species or stocks by
Alaskan Natives. NMFS has defined ``unmitigable adverse impact'' in 50
CFR 216.103 as an impact resulting from the specified activity: (1)
That is likely to reduce the availability of the species to a level
insufficient for a harvest to meet subsistence needs by: (i) Causing
the marine mammals to abandon or avoid hunting areas; (ii) Directly
displacing subsistence users; or (iii) Placing physical barriers
between the marine mammals and the subsistence hunters; and (2) That
cannot be sufficiently mitigated by other measures to increase the
availability of marine mammals to allow subsistence needs to be met.
Hilcorp's towing, holding, and positioning of the jack-up rig would
occur offshore and north of Kenai and the Village of Salmatof. The last
ADF&G subsistence survey conducted in Kenai was in 1998 (Fall et al.,
2000). In the greater Kenai area, an estimated 13 harbor seals and no
sea lions were harvested in 1988 by an estimated 10 households. In the
Kenai area, estimated harbor seal harvest has ranged between 13 (1998)
and 35 (1997) animals. In 1996, two sea lions and six harbor seals were
harvested. No sea otters have been reported harvested in Kenai. ADF&G
Community Subsistence Information System harvest data are not available
for Salamatof, so Hilcorp assumes the subsistence harvest patterns are
similar to other communities along the road system on the southern
Kenai Peninsula, namely Kenai.
Tugs towing, holding, or positioning a jack-up rig on the Tyonek
platform in the North Cook Inlet Unit in middle Cook Inlet would occur
approximately 10 km from the Native Village of Tyonek. Tyonek, on the
western side of middle Cook Inlet, has a subsistence harvest area that
extends south from the Susitna River to Tuxedni Bay (Stanek et al.,
2007). Moose and salmon are the most important subsistence resources
measured by harvested weight (Stanek, 1994). In Tyonek, harbor seals
were harvested between June and September by 6 percent of the
households (Jones et al., 2015). Seals were harvested in several areas,
encompassing an area stretching 32 km along the Cook Inlet coastline
from the McArthur Flats north to the Beluga River. Seals were searched
for or harvested in the Trading Bay areas as well as from the beach
adjacent to Tyonek (Jones et al., 2015).
The only non-ESA-listed marine mammal available for subsistence
harvest in Cook Inlet is the harbor seal (Wolfe et al., 2009). The
listed Steller sea lions are occasionally taken in lower Cook Inlet,
but at a low level (Wolfe et al. 2009) (e.g., 33 harbor seals were
harvested in Tyonek between 1983 and 2013). Seal hunting occurs
opportunistically among Alaska Natives who may be fishing or traveling
in upper Cook Inlet near the mouths of the Susitna River, Beluga River,
and Little Susitna River. Hilcorp's tug towing jack-up rig activities
may overlap with subsistence hunting of seals. However, these
activities typically occur along the shoreline or very close to shore
near river mouths, whereas most of Hilcorps's tugging is in the middle
of the Inlet and rarely near the shoreline or river mouths.
Any harassment to marine mammal stocks if it were to occur would be
limited to minor behavioral changes (e.g., increased swim speeds,
changes in dive behaviors and communication signals, temporary
avoidance near the tugs) and is anticipated to be short-term,
[[Page 60202]]
mild, and not result in any abandonment or behaviors that would make
the animals unavailable to Alaska Natives.
To further minimize any potential effects of their action on
subsistence activities, Hilcorp has outlined their communication plan
for engaging with subsistence users in their Stakeholder Engagement
Plan (appendix C of Hilcorp's application). This includes using
traditional/subsistence knowledge to inform planning for the activity.
Hilcorp would be required to abide by this plan and update the plan
accordingly.
Based on the description of the specified activity, the measures
described to minimize adverse effects on the availability of marine
mammals for subsistence purposes, and the proposed mitigation and
monitoring measures, NMFS has preliminarily determined that there will
not be an unmitigable adverse impact on subsistence uses from the POA's
proposed activities.
Endangered Species Act
Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (ESA; 16
U.S.C. 1531 et seq.) requires that each Federal agency insure that any
action it authorizes, funds, or carries out is not likely to jeopardize
the continued existence of any endangered or threatened species or
result in the destruction or adverse modification of designated
critical habitat. To ensure ESA compliance for the issuance of IHAs,
NMFS consults internally whenever we propose to authorize take for
endangered or threatened species, in this case with the NMFS Alaska
Regional Office (AKRO).
NMFS is proposing to authorize take of fin whale, humpback whale
(Mexico DPS and Western North Pacific DPS), fin whale (Northeastern
Pacific stock), beluga whale (Cook Inlet), and Steller sea lion
(Western DPS), which are listed under the ESA. The Permits and
Conservation Division has requested initiation of section 7
consultation with NMFS AKRO for the issuance of this IHA. NMFS will
conclude the ESA consultation prior to reaching a determination
regarding the proposed issuance of the authorization.
Proposed Authorization
As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes to
an IHA to Hilcorp for the use of tugs to tow, hold, and position a
jack-up rig in support of their oil and gas activities in Cook Inlet,
Alaska from September 14, 2024 through September 13, 2025, provided the
previously mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements
are incorporated. Drafts of the proposed IHA can be found at: https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/incidental-take-authorizations-under-marine-mammal-protection-act.
Request for Public Comments
We request comment on our analyses, the proposed authorization, and
any other aspect of this notice of proposed IHA and the draft EA for
the proposed tugging activities. We also request comment on the
potential renewal of this proposed IHA as described in the paragraph
below. Please include with your comments any supporting data or
literature citations to help inform decisions on the proposed IHA or a
subsequent renewal IHA.
On a case-by-case basis, NMFS may issue a one-time, 1-year renewal
IHA following notice to the public providing an additional 15 days for
public comments when (1) up to another year of identical or nearly
identical activities as described in the Description of Proposed
Activity section of this notice is planned or (2) the activities as
described in the Description of Proposed Activity section of this
notice would not be completed by the time the IHA expires and a renewal
would allow for completion of the activities beyond that described in
the Dates and Duration section of this notice, provided all of the
following conditions are met:
A request for renewal is received no later than 60 days
prior to the needed renewal IHA effective date (recognizing that the
renewal IHA expiration date cannot extend beyond 1 year from expiration
of the initial IHA).
The request for renewal must include the following:
(1) An explanation that the activities to be conducted under the
requested renewal IHA are identical to the activities analyzed under
the initial IHA, are a subset of the activities, or include changes so
minor (e.g., reduction in pile size) that the changes do not affect the
previous analyses, mitigation and monitoring requirements, or take
estimates (with the exception of reducing the type or amount of take).
(2) A preliminary monitoring report showing the results of the
required monitoring to date and an explanation showing that the
monitoring results do not indicate impacts of a scale or nature not
previously analyzed or authorized.
Upon review of the request for renewal, the status of the
affected species or stocks, and any other pertinent information, NMFS
determines that there are no more than minor changes in the activities,
the mitigation and monitoring measures will remain the same and
appropriate, and the findings in the initial IHA remain valid.
Dated: July 17, 2024.
Kimberly Damon-Randall,
Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries
Service.
[FR Doc. 2024-16112 Filed 7-23-24; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P